home *** CD-ROM | disk | FTP | other *** search
/ The World of Computer Software / The World of Computer Software.iso / ozgis88.zip / OZGIS.DOC < prev    next >
Text File  |  1992-09-12  |  805KB  |  10,690 lines

  1.                                                                                 
  2.                                                                                 
  3.                                                                                 
  4.                                                                                 
  5.                                                                                 
  6.                                                                                 
  7.                                                                                 
  8.                                                                                 
  9.                                                                                 
  10.                                                                                 
  11.                                                                                 
  12.                                                                                 
  13.                                                                                 
  14.                                                                                 
  15.                                                                                 
  16.                                                                                 
  17.                                                                                 
  18.                                                                                 
  19.                                                                                 
  20.                                                                                 
  21.                                                                                 
  22.                                                                                 
  23.                                                                                 
  24.                                                                                 
  25.                                 OzGIS                                           
  26.                                                                                 
  27.                                 V8.8                                            
  28.                                                                                 
  29.                            (September 1992)                                     
  30.                                                                                 
  31.                                                                                 
  32.                                                                                 
  33.                                                                                 
  34.                                                                                 
  35.                                                                                 
  36.                                                                                 
  37.                                                                                 
  38.                                                                                 
  39.                                                                                 
  40.                                                                                 
  41.                                                                                 
  42.                                                                                 
  43.                                                                                 
  44.                                                                                 
  45.                                                                                 
  46.                                                                                 
  47.                                                                                 
  48.                          Geismar Holdings Pty Ltd.                              
  49.                                                                                 
  50.                          QMDD Box 6108                                          
  51.                          Queanbeyan,                                            
  52.                          Australia 2620.                                        
  53.                                                                                 
  54.  
  55.                                                                        2
  56.                PREFACE                                                          
  57.                                                                                 
  58. OzGIS is a software system for displaying geographically referenced data as     
  59. coloured maps on graphics display devices. The maps portray the data            
  60. values associated with geographic zones by uniform colours, site data by        
  61. different sized symbols, and line data by different line types.                 
  62. The system can be used to analyze socio-economic and demographic                
  63. data produced by censuses and surveys and to support management decisions       
  64. associated with for example marketing, sales, site and personnel location,      
  65. and advertising. Other spatial data such as environmental data can be displayed.
  66.                                                                                 
  67. The software was originally developed as part of a research project at the      
  68. Division of computing Research of the Commonwealth Scientific and Research      
  69. Organisation (CSIRO) in Canberra for a mapping product called COLOURMAP.        
  70.                                                                                 
  71. Software development started in 1979 with the purchase of hardware that had     
  72. been developed for the DIDS mapping system in the White House in Washington DC. 
  73. This hardware consisted of a PDP11 mini-computer and a DeAnza display system.   
  74. The display featured a 12bit frame buffer, 4096 value primary look-up table and 
  75. cascaded 256 value colour table. This enabled maps of up to 4000 zones (e.g.    
  76. USA Counties) to be displayed and manipulated very rapidly, and is the best     
  77. hardware so far produced.                                                       
  78.                                                                                 
  79. The environment changed over several years, with moves to larger PDP11 systems  
  80. and to VAX and CDC machines. Several display systems were used, Tektronix,      
  81. Jupiter and RAMTEK, and maps were generated on plotters and film recorders. The 
  82. system was also available on CSIRONET, an Australia-wide computer network with  
  83. Control Data and FACOM host computers. The 1981 ABS Census data could be        
  84. accessed via the SIR/CENSYS system on the Cyber 845. A system was developed to  
  85. handle the Census district boundaries digitised by the Division of National     
  86. Mapping, to enable windowing, line simplification and aggregation for production
  87. of geographic map data files. The SAS system was available on the FACOM 180 for 
  88. statistical analysis and display of map data.                                   
  89.                                                                                 
  90. The first year of development was supported by Techway, and APASCO supported    
  91. the development of techniques for retail applications. APASCO used the system   
  92. and hardware for several years as part of their consulting activities to churn  
  93. out thousands of maps.                                                          
  94.                                                                                 
  95.  The Division of computing research was split into the CSIRONET computing bureau
  96. and the new Division of Information Technology in 1985. Later, CSIRONET was     
  97. given to private industry. The mapping project was abandoned.                   
  98.                                                                                 
  99. The software was resurrected in late 1990 and ported to the IBM PC to produce   
  100. the current system.                                                             
  101.                                                                                 
  102.  The purpose of the Guide is to introduce the facilities of OzGIS. The Guide is 
  103. intended to complement the messages and assistance given during the operation of
  104. OzGIS.                                                                          
  105.                                                                                 
  106.  The user should understand the techniques of statistical data analysis and     
  107. computer mapping, and also have an elementary understanding of colour           
  108. representations.                                                                
  109.                                                                                 
  110. This manual describes the  IBM PC version. Some of the facilities that were     
  111. available on the PDP11 and VAX systems have not yet been ported.                
  112.                                                                                 
  113.  
  114.                                                                        3
  115.                                                                                 
  116.                                                                                 
  117.                                                                                 
  118. Geismar Holdings is a Canberra based software company offering consulting and   
  119. contract programming services in the areas of:                                  
  120.                                                                                 
  121. . C and FORTRAN programming                                                     
  122. . Spatial databases                                                             
  123. . Scientific applications                                                       
  124. . Graphics                                                                      
  125. . UNIX workstation, minicomputer and PC environments                            
  126.                                                                                 
  127.  
  128.                                                                        4
  129.                     1. OzGIS INTRODUCTION                                
  130.                        ==================
  131.  
  132.                                                                                 
  133.                                                                                 
  134. This chapter gives an overview of the programs in the OzGIS system, the concepts
  135. behind the design of the system, and something about the software.              
  136.                                                                                 
  137.                                                                                 
  138.                                                                                 
  139.  
  140.   1. 1 Programs                                          
  141.        --------
  142.  
  143.                                                                                 
  144.                                                                                 
  145. The system consists of several modules:                                         
  146.                                                                                 
  147. OzEnter  - for entry of data files into the system.                             
  148. OzData   - preparation of data for mapping                                      
  149. OzZone   - formation of zones / polygons structure from line segments           
  150. OzGIS    - interactive display and analysis                                     
  151. OzCensus - Display and analysis of Census type data (subset of OzGIS)           
  152. OzGISco  - maths coprocessor version of OzGIS                                   
  153. OzMap    - output of saved displays on plotters and printers and to files       
  154. OzTerr   - definition of territories from zones                                 
  155. OzProj   - map projections                                                      
  156.                                                                                 
  157. Being tested are:                                                               
  158.                                                                                 
  159. OzSpat   - spatial operations                                                   
  160. OzDigit  - digitising                                                           
  161. WINDOWS3.1 version                                                              
  162.                                                                                 
  163. Start by using OzCensus; its a simpler version of OzGIS suitable for            
  164. Census-type mapping.                                                            
  165.  
  166.   1. 2 Concepts                                          
  167.        --------
  168.  
  169.  OzGIS aims to accept basic data files and to provide most of the facilities    
  170. required for the analysis and display of attribute data as maps. The            
  171. analyst has to be able to rapidly use the facilities, so OzGIS provides an      
  172. interactive user interface. The user interacts via menus and is aided by on-line
  173. assistance.                                                                     
  174.                                                                                 
  175.  Visual inspection of choropleth maps is the intuitive way to interpret the     
  176. spatial features of data. An analyst needs to be able to rapidly display and    
  177. manipulate maps to aid his understanding. OzGIS was designed to enable maps to  
  178. be changed within seconds so the analyst does not lose his train of thought.    
  179.                                                                                 
  180.  OzGIS enables the analyst not just to display a map, but to generate the map   
  181. that best shows the features of the attribute data. A hardcopy map can be       
  182. generated as the final operation as a record or for dissemination.              
  183.                                                                                 
  184. Easy to use systems are either trivial systems, or have a small number of       
  185. options. The enormous number of options within OzGIS means that it takes        
  186.  
  187.                                                                        5
  188. some time to understand everything. However, maps can be produced quite simply  
  189. by using only a small number of options and by using the system defaults.       
  190.                                                                                 
  191.                                                                                 
  192.  OzGIS can be considered as one system of a facility for analysis and display   
  193. of Census type data. The various components are:                                
  194.                                                                                 
  195.  - Database systems for manipulation and retrieval of attribute data            
  196.  - Systems for generation of map boundary data                                  
  197.  - Statistical analysis systems with graphic display and reporting facilities   
  198.  - Mapping systems with analysis and hardcopy facilities.                       
  199.                                                                                 
  200. Hence you may use:                                                              
  201. a CAD package for digitising geographic data                                    
  202. a database system for storing attribute data                                    
  203. a spreadsheet for manipulating numeric data                                     
  204. a statistics program for analysis                                               
  205. etc                                                                             
  206.                                                                                 
  207.                                                                                 
  208.  It is expected that an analyst would have access to a PC close to his          
  209. office. The PC/workstation may be connected via a computer network to           
  210. provide access to large host machines. The host machines would contain the      
  211. database systems from which map data could be extracted, and other systems for  
  212. analysis and hard-copy generation.                                              
  213.                                                                                 
  214.  
  215.   1. 3 Environment                                       
  216.        -----------
  217.  
  218.  OzGIS requires advanced raster display systems for rapid display of maps.      
  219. Unfortunately PC display systems are extremely limited in capability. In        
  220. particular only a maximum of 256 colours are available (on 512K super VGA       
  221. boards). OzGIS is able to generate maps on most graphic devices by using polygon
  222. fill to colour map zones. This faciity also allows for hardcopy generation of   
  223. maps previewed on raster displays.  PC display systems do not have hardware     
  224. polygon fill, so map display is slow.                                           
  225.                                                                                 
  226.  OzGIS is based on the GKS graphics standard. The standard provides device      
  227. independence, and the basic graphic capabilities of lines, text and fill. OzGIS 
  228. does contain its own set of GKS-type routines which can be used to interface to 
  229. display devices with hardware fill capabilities or to other device independent  
  230. packages. The INTERACTOR graphics package is used for the interactive version,  
  231. and the SCIPLOT package for hardcopy map production.                            
  232.                                                                                 
  233.  OzGIS is a large FORTRAN program. It will run on computer systems with a       
  234. FORTRAN 77 compiler and about a mega-byte of memory. The system is well         
  235. structured, so by using overlays and reducing capabilities (array sizes) the    
  236. software can be implemented in smaller memory machines. Hence OzGIS is          
  237. reasonably portable.  The PC version is heavily overlayed to fit it into the    
  238. artificial 640K limit imposed by the DOS operating system.                      
  239.                                                                                 
  240. The WINDOWS version (under development) will enable extended memory to be       
  241. used. A PC with at least 4Meg of RAM and a mouse will be required. The          
  242. interface to the API is coded in 'C'.                                           
  243.                                                                                 
  244. Generally the speed of the system is dependent on hardware:                     
  245.                                                                                 
  246.  
  247.                                                                        6
  248. Processor 286 -> 386 -> 486                                                     
  249. Disk speed                                                                      
  250. Floating point processor                                                        
  251. Extra memory for RAM disk                                                       
  252.                                                                                 
  253. INTERACTOR is a graphics package produced by:                                   
  254.                                                                                 
  255. Interactive Software Services,                                                  
  256. 25 St Michael's Close,                                                          
  257. Penkridge,                                                                      
  258. Stafford. ST19 5AD.                                                             
  259. U.K.                                                                            
  260.                                                                                 
  261. We have found INTERACTOR very good, and the support is excellent.               
  262.                                                                                 
  263. SCIPLOT is a plotting package produced by:                                      
  264.                                                                                 
  265. MicroGlyph Systems,                                                             
  266. PO Box 474,                                                                     
  267. Lexington, MA 02173,                                                            
  268. U S A                                                                           
  269.  
  270.                                                                        7
  271.                     2. SUMMARY                                           
  272.                        =======
  273.  
  274.                                                                                 
  275.                                                                                 
  276. This chapter provides an overview of the facilities provided by the OzGIS       
  277. suite of programs.                                                              
  278.                                                                                 
  279.                                                                                 
  280.                                                                                 
  281.                                                                                 
  282.                                                                                 
  283. OzGIS was designed to:                                                          
  284.                                                                                 
  285. . facilitate the interpretation of the spatial distributions of data            
  286. . prepare maps to be output on printers and plotters                            
  287. . assist the analysis and modelling of spatial relationships in data            
  288.                                                                                 
  289. The system can therefore be used to analyse socio-economic data produced        
  290. by censuses and surveys and to support management decisions associated with     
  291. for example Government planning, marketing, sales, site and personnel           
  292. location, advertising and natural resources.                                    
  293.                                                                                 
  294. Products:                                                                       
  295.                                                                                 
  296. . Zone maps displaying polygons that are filled (with colours, patterns or      
  297.   hatching) to show the distribution of attribute data                          
  298. . Line maps displaying lines in different line patterns to show the attribute   
  299.   data distribution                                                             
  300. . Site maps displaying symbols at locations where the symbol sizes show the     
  301.   attribute data distribution                                                   
  302. . Bivariate maps showing filled zones for two attribute files                   
  303. . Zone and line maps showing lines overlayed on zones for two attribute files   
  304.   Zone and site maps showing site symbols overlayed on zones for two attribute  
  305.   files                                                                         
  306. . Geographic maps displaying polygons, line segments, symbols or site names     
  307.   according to feature codes but without reference to attribute files           
  308. . Histograms showing the number of items (zones, lines or sites) assigned       
  309.   to each class, or the number of items within value intervals (distribution)   
  310.   or the attribute values sorted in ascending order                             
  311. . Scatter diagram for two attributes                                            
  312. . Map statistics                                                                
  313. . Map reports                                                                   
  314.                                                                                 
  315. Files:                                                                          
  316.                                                                                 
  317. . Data files are raw Ascii data files in a variety of external formats. Standard
  318.   GIS formats and formats from Census Bureaus and Mapping Agencies are          
  319.   supported                                                                     
  320. . Geographic files describe geographic data in terms of the graphic elements    
  321.   zones, polygons,line networks, line segments, and points                      
  322. . Attribute files contain the values of attributes (variates, statistics,       
  323.   variables) referenced to zones, line or site names.                           
  324. . Names files contain a list of zones, lines or sites that defines a region     
  325.   of interest                                                                   
  326. . Combine files define new items in terms of zones for aggregation              
  327. . Marker files define simple shapes as polygons for display as symbols          
  328.  
  329.                                                                        8
  330. . Saved display files contain the information to regenerate a complete map      
  331. . Device files define the graphics devices and their capabilities; colours,     
  332.   fonts, line types, hatching, markers etc                                      
  333. . Parameter files contain special data for some processing.                     
  334. . Presentation files define a series of maps for demonstrations.                
  335.                                                                                 
  336. User Interface:                                                                 
  337.                                                                                 
  338. . Menu / windows interface                                                      
  339. . Help facility                                                                 
  340. . Trace information                                                             
  341. . File interrogation, audits, deletion                                          
  342. . Tutorials                                                                     
  343.                                                                                 
  344. Data processing                                                                 
  345.                                                                                 
  346. . Subsetting of geographic files                                                
  347. . Line segment simplification                                                   
  348. . Joining short line segments for polygons                                      
  349. . Amalgamation of geographic and attribute data                                 
  350. . New attributes by arithmetic and logical expression                           
  351. . Building zones structure from line segments                                   
  352. . Generation of names files                                                     
  353. . Generation of template attribute data files                                   
  354. . Map projections                                                               
  355. . Address matching                                                              
  356.                                                                                 
  357. Quantisation                                                                    
  358.                                                                                 
  359. . Classification methods: equal value, quantiles, specified intervals,          
  360.   specified number, refined, sequential colour, mean and standard deviations,   
  361.   nested means, natural breaks, percentiles, fixed                              
  362. . Quantisation over value ranges                                                
  363. . Quantisation for lists of items                                               
  364. . Independent quantisation for one or two files                                 
  365.                                                                                 
  366. Map regions                                                                     
  367.                                                                                 
  368. . Display of several geographic files at the same time, joined together or      
  369.   as multiple regions                                                           
  370. . Windowing and viewporting for layout                                          
  371. . Coordinate grids                                                              
  372. . Overlays of line segments, polygons, names and symbols                        
  373.                                                                                 
  374. Attribute selection                                                             
  375.                                                                                 
  376. . Sequentially off attribute file                                               
  377. . By position in file                                                           
  378. . By description                                                                
  379.                                                                                 
  380. Map enhancement                                                                 
  381.                                                                                 
  382. . Specification of legend contents                                              
  383. . Addition of text                                                              
  384. . Addition of histograms showing distributions, sorted values or quantisation   
  385.   results                                                                       
  386. . Addition of scatter diagrams to bivariate maps                                
  387. . Overlay of mean and standard deviation, median and regression curves on       
  388.  
  389.                                                                        9
  390.   diagrams                                                                      
  391.                                                                                 
  392. Hardcopy Map Production                                                         
  393.                                                                                 
  394. . HP compatible plotters                                                        
  395. . Many dot matrix printers                                                      
  396. . Postscript laser printers                                                     
  397. . HPGL, CGM and word processor files                                            
  398.                                                                                 
  399. Applications                                                                    
  400.                                                                                 
  401. . Territory assignment                                                          
  402. . Site catchments (not available yet)                                           
  403.                                                                                 
  404. Environment                                                                     
  405.                                                                                 
  406. . Requires minimum of IBM PC compatible with hard disk, 640K RAM and EGA.       
  407. . Preferred hardware is AT compatible with 512K super VGA card giving 256       
  408.   colours at at least 640 x 480 resolution. 1Mbyte boards with Trident or       
  409.   Tseng Labs 4000 chipsets are recommended.                                     
  410. . MS DOS operating system                                                       
  411.                                                                                 
  412. Under Development                                                               
  413.                                                                                 
  414. . WINDOWS 3.1 version                                                           
  415. . Spatial operations (polygon overlay etc)                                      
  416. . Digitising (being ported from Vax)                                            
  417.  
  418.                                                                       10
  419.                     3. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION                              
  420.                        ====================
  421.  
  422.                                                                                 
  423.                                                                                 
  424. This chapter describes how to set up the OzGIS system and how to make the       
  425. best use of your hardware.                                                      
  426.                                                                                 
  427.                                                                                 
  428.                                                                                 
  429.                                                                                 
  430.  
  431.   3. 1 Introduction                                      
  432.        ------------
  433.  
  434. Various parameter files have to be set up correctly before the system can be    
  435. used, as OzGIS supports a range of video boards. This should be quite straight  
  436. forward for standard EGA and VGA boards, but as there are no standards for      
  437. super VGA boards the procedure may get involved.                                
  438.                                                                                 
  439. The configuration is worth spending the time on as it is very important to      
  440. display maps as fast as possible and to use the highest display resolution      
  441. possible. If you plan to do a lot of mapping it is worth purchasing good        
  442. hardware (its optional).                                                        
  443.                                                                                 
  444. Resolution is provided by using Super VGA boards.                               
  445.                                                                                 
  446. Speed is provided by:                                                           
  447.                                                                                 
  448. . Super VGA boards with 256 colours (512K or 1 Mbyte RAM on the board)          
  449. . Using an extra 1MByte of RAM as a RAM disk.                                   
  450. . Math coprocessor                                                              
  451. . fast processors (386 / 486)                                                   
  452.                                                                                 
  453. The other hardware worth having is a mouse. While the arrows on the keyboard    
  454. can be used, they are slow.                                                     
  455.                                                                                 
  456.                                                                                 
  457. FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY!                                              
  458.                                                                                 
  459.                                                                                 
  460.  
  461.   3. 2  DOS system files                                 
  462.        -----------------
  463.  
  464. The start-up command file AUTOEXEC.BAT will have to be modified so the programs 
  465. can be accessed by changing the path statement to reference /ozgis. e.g.        
  466.                                                                                 
  467. PATH C:\DOS;C:\PROGS;C:\OZGIS                                                   
  468.                                                                                 
  469.                                                                                 
  470. The system file CONFIG.SYS has to have:                                         
  471.                                                                                 
  472. FILES=20                                                                        
  473. BUFFERS=20                                                                      
  474.                                                                                 
  475. These changes to the DOS system files will not take effect until the system is  
  476.  
  477.                                                                       11
  478. re-booted.                                                                      
  479.  
  480.   3. 3  Standard EGA and VGA boards                      
  481.        ----------------------------
  482.  
  483. If you have a super VGA board SKIP this section.                                
  484.                                                                                 
  485. You need to be aware of the resolution of your video card. This is one of:      
  486.                                                                                 
  487. 350 lines of 640 pixels for EGA                                                 
  488. 480 lines of 640 pixels for VGA                                                 
  489.                                                                                 
  490. Both boards have 16 colours.                                                    
  491.                                                                                 
  492. You now need to check two configuration files:                                  
  493.                                                                                 
  494. All the following take place in the \ozgis directory.                           
  495.                                                                                 
  496.                                                                                 
  497. The file \OZGIS\OZGIS.INI is the initialisation file for the system.            
  498. This file has to be modified using your word-processor.                         
  499.                                                                                 
  500. The file should be well commented, and modifications should be fairly obvious.  
  501. Ensure that you dont alter the columns used i.e. the file is not free format!   
  502.                                                                                 
  503. The first three lines should be either:                                         
  504.                                                                                 
  505. for the EGA board                                                               
  506.                                                                                 
  507.        640         Number of pixels across EGA screen                           
  508.        350         Number of lines on screen                                    
  509.         16         Number of colours                                            
  510.                                                                                 
  511.                                                                                 
  512. or for the VGA board                                                            
  513.                                                                                 
  514.        640         Number of pixels across VGA screen                           
  515.        480         Number of lines on screen                                    
  516.         16         Number of colours                                            
  517.                                                                                 
  518.                                                                                 
  519.                                                                                 
  520. The file \OZGIS\INTERACT.INI is the initialisation file for the interactor      
  521. graphics package. This file has to be modified using your word-processor.       
  522.                                                                                 
  523. The file should be well commented, and modifications should be fairly obvious.  
  524.                                                                                 
  525. If a standard VGA card is being used, nothing may have to be changed.           
  526.                                                                                 
  527. If an EGA card is being used the display type may have to be set via            
  528. the DISPLAY= parameter (colours will be strange).                               
  529.                                                                                 
  530.                                                                                 
  531.  
  532.                                                                       12
  533.  
  534.   3. 4  Super VGA boards                                 
  535.        -----------------
  536.  
  537. The recommended display is a super VGA board with the ability to display 256    
  538. colours at a resolution of at least 640 X 480, as this enables maps of up to    
  539. 240 zones to be manipulated rapidly by changing the colours via the colour      
  540. look-up table. 16 colour displays require the map polygons to be redrawn every  
  541. time the colours change (e.g. by displaying another attribute).                 
  542.                                                                                 
  543. Hence you should use the highest resolution available with your board and       
  544. monitor that gives 256 colours. (this may not be true if you are mapping e.g.   
  545. environmental data without attribute data or have maps of more than 240 zones   
  546. when resolution may be more important).                                         
  547.                                                                                 
  548. First determine the resolution and number of colours you want to use. This will 
  549. depend on the amount of memory on your board and the chipset. If in doubt read  
  550. your video board manual or ask your computer shoppe.                            
  551.                                                                                 
  552. In order of preference the resolutions are:                                     
  553.                                                                                 
  554. Pixels Lines Colours                                                            
  555.                                                                                 
  556. 1024   768   256         (1MByte boards)                                        
  557.  800   600   256         (512K boards)                                          
  558.  640   480   256         (512K boards with standard monitor)                    
  559.  800   600    16         (256K board)                                           
  560.                                                                                 
  561. If your board has only 256K of memory you should consider adding more memory,   
  562. but in the meantime use the highest resolution possible for 16 colours          
  563.                                                                                 
  564. The boards supported by the graphics package are:                               
  565.                                                                                 
  566.     Chipset     Chipset   640x350   640x400   640x480   800x600  1024x768       
  567.                 Number                                                          
  568.     Tseng 3000    0          y                   y         y                    
  569.     Tseng 4000    1          y         y         y         y         y          
  570.     Paradise      2                    y         y                              
  571.     Video 7       3                    y         y         y                    
  572.     Everex        4          y         y         y         y                    
  573.     ATI           5                    y         y         y                    
  574.     Trident       6                    y         y         y         y          
  575.     Chips & Tech  7                    y         y         y                    
  576.     Ahead B       8                    y         y         y                    
  577.     Oak           9                              y         y                    
  578.                                                                                 
  579. The precise combination of modes available on any given board varies            
  580. according to the manufacturer and the amount of video RAM available.            
  581. The 640x480 and 800x600 modes require 512k and the 1024x768 mode requires       
  582. 1 megabyte.                                                                     
  583.                                                                                 
  584.                                                                                 
  585. You now need to modify two configuration files in the \ozgis directory.         
  586.                                                                                 
  587.                                                                                 
  588. The file \OZGIS\OZGIS.INI is the initialisation file for the system.            
  589. This file has to be modified using your word-processor.                         
  590.  
  591.                                                                       13
  592.                                                                                 
  593. The file should be well commented, and modifications should be fairly obvious.  
  594.                                                                                 
  595. The first three lines have to be the resolution and number of colours e.g.      
  596.                                                                                 
  597.        800         Number of pixels across VGA screen       (640 - 1024)        
  598.        600         Number of lines on screen                (350 - 768)         
  599.        256         Number of colours                        (16 or 256)         
  600.                                                                                 
  601. Ensure that you dont alter the columns used i.e. the file is not free format!   
  602.                                                                                 
  603.                                                                                 
  604. The file \OZGIS\INTERACT.INI is the initialisation file for the interactor      
  605. graphics package. This file has to be modified using your word-processor.       
  606.                                                                                 
  607. The file should be well commented, and modifications should be fairly obvious.  
  608.                                                                                 
  609.                                                                                 
  610. The display type may have to be set via the DISPLAY= parameter.                 
  611.                                                                                 
  612. Super VGA boards require registers to be initialised. Look through the list and 
  613. find yours. If its not there you may have to use the system as a standard VGA   
  614. as described in the previous section, but first look in your video board manual 
  615. to see if there is information about the registers to be used to set modes. If  
  616. there is you may be able to set up an appropriate mode command as described     
  617. in the following paragraphs (try it to see if it works).                        
  618.                                                                                 
  619. All you have to do is to is enable a command that corresponds to your video card
  620.                                                                                 
  621.                                                                                 
  622. e.g. if you have a 1Meg TSENG Labs ET4000 card you will find the following      
  623. entry:                                                                          
  624.                                                                                 
  625. REM mode13  = 56 0 0 0 1 1024 768 (1024x768 256-colour graphics)  C             
  626.                                                                                 
  627. All you have to do is remove the "REM " from the front (dont forget the blank   
  628. i.e. left align it).                                                            
  629.                                                                                 
  630. You would normally also remove the comment too, so you end up with:             
  631.                                                                                 
  632. mode13  = 56 0 0 0 1 1024 768  C                                                
  633.                                                                                 
  634. (the "C" on the end is require with a mouse to tell the system to generate a    
  635. cursor as mouse drivers normally do not do that with super VGAs).               
  636.                                                                                 
  637.                                                                                 
  638. Try and find the corresponding entry for your board. If you are still confused  
  639. try reading the appendix.                                                       
  640.                                                                                 
  641.                                                                                 
  642. The OzGIS system is now configured for your super VGA board.                    
  643.  
  644.   3. 5 Maths Coprocessor                                 
  645.        -----------------
  646.  
  647. If you have a maths coprocessor you can use a different version of the main     
  648. OZGIS program.                                                                  
  649.                                                                                 
  650.  
  651.                                                                       14
  652. You need to modify the batch files \ozgis\ozgis.bat and \ozgis\ozcensus.bat to  
  653. use the program ozgisco instead of ozgisprg.                                    
  654.  
  655.   3. 6 Extra RAM                                         
  656.        ---------
  657.  
  658. If you have more than 1 Mbyte of RAM you can speed up display of menus and      
  659. other windows enormously by using a RAM disk.                                   
  660.                                                                                 
  661. You put a command in your config.sys file like:                                 
  662.                                                                                 
  663. DEVICE=C:\DOS\RAMDRIVE.SYS 1024 /E                                              
  664.                                                                                 
  665. This then gives you a pseudo disk drive in RAM, so its very fast. The drive     
  666. identifier is one more than you are using e.g. if you have one disk drive       
  667. called C: then the RAM disk drive will be D:                                    
  668.                                                                                 
  669. After you have put in the command, reboot you PC and type "DIR D:" to check     
  670. that you got it right (see your DOS manual).                                    
  671.                                                                                 
  672. Now modify the \ozgis\interact.ini file to define the two save files to be on   
  673. the RAM drive. The entries should look something like:                          
  674.                                                                                 
  675. TEMPMENU   = D:\menu.tmp                                                        
  676. TEMPWINDOW = D:\window.tmp                                                      
  677.                                                                                 
  678.  
  679.   3. 7 Mouse                                             
  680.        -----
  681.  
  682. If you have a mouse it must be installed in the standard way.                   
  683.                                                                                 
  684. The driver must be call MOUSE.COM (for the system to detect it).                
  685.                                                                                 
  686. Mouse drivers usually only work with standard VGA and EGA. If you are operating 
  687. in super VGA modes you would have to set the mode command in                    
  688. \ozgis\interact.ini with a "C" on the END (as already described) for the cursor 
  689. to appear.                                                                      
  690.  
  691.   3. 8 Hardcopy configuration                            
  692.        ----------------------
  693.  
  694. Configuration for production of hard-copy maps via OzMap is described in the    
  695. appendix.                                                                       
  696.  
  697.   3. 9 Digitiser                                         
  698.        ---------
  699.  
  700. Configuration for digitising is described in the relevant chapter               
  701.  
  702.                                                                       15
  703.                     4. OzEnter DATA ENTRY                                
  704.                        ==================
  705.  
  706.                                                                                 
  707.                                                                                 
  708. Map data are imported as data files into the OzGIS system.                      
  709.                                                                                 
  710. This chapter shows how to use the OzEnter program.                              
  711.                                                                                 
  712.                                                                                 
  713.                                                                                 
  714.                                                                                 
  715.  
  716.   4. 1 Introduction                                      
  717.        ------------
  718.  
  719.                                                                                 
  720. Most data are entered into OzGIS as external data files. Examples are Census    
  721. data and Census digitised boundaries. These files come from Census Bureaux,     
  722. Mapping agencies, data supply companies or your own data-base systems.          
  723. Some data can be prepared or modified with word processors or spreadsheets.     
  724.                                                                                 
  725. OzEnter supports data files in several formats. If your format is not supported 
  726. you have to convert it into one of the supported formats or the OzGIS standard  
  727. format for the type of file.                                                    
  728.                                                                                 
  729. The files are entered into the system via the OzEnter program which checks the  
  730. data and writes them to internal files.                                         
  731.                                                                                 
  732. The main menu enables selection of the type of file:                            
  733.                                                                                 
  734. INPUT GEOGRAPHIC FILES                                                          
  735. INPUT ATTRIBUTE FILES                                                           
  736. INPUT A NAMES FILE                                                              
  737. INPUT A COMBINE FILE                                                            
  738. INPUT A DEVICE FILE                                                             
  739. INPUT A MARKER FILE                                                             
  740.                                                                                 
  741. Choosing a menu item may generate another menu e.g. for GEOGRAPHIC FILES        
  742.                                                                                 
  743. INPUT A STANDARD FORMAT GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                         
  744. INPUT NEW FORMAT SAS GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                            
  745. INPUT OLD FORMAT SAS GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                            
  746. INPUT A DLG-3 OPTIONAL FORMAT GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                   
  747. INPUT A GINA FORMAT GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                             
  748. INPUT A TIGER FORMAT GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                            
  749. INPUT A DIME FORMAT GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                             
  750. INPUT A DXF FORMAT GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                              
  751.     .                                                                           
  752.     .                                                                           
  753.     .                                                                           
  754.     .                                                                           
  755.                                                                                 
  756. where DLG-3, TIGER, DXF etc are different data formats.                         
  757.                                                                                 
  758.                                                                                 
  759. In all cases, data entry requires giving the name of your data file and         
  760.  
  761.                                                                       16
  762. supplying the name to be used for the internal file.                            
  763.                                                                                 
  764.                                                                                 
  765. Data files usually have names that finish with the extension DAT.               
  766. e.g. LONDON.DAT, A:SALES.DAT.                                                   
  767.                                                                                 
  768. The one time a full file name can be given within OzGIS is when reading a data  
  769. file, as it is sometimes inconvenient to rename files (but typing L for a list  
  770. of files will only list those with extension .DAT). For example you may have    
  771. TIGER files from the US Census bureau on CD-ROM. Then you could read the files  
  772. directly by giving the complete file name e.g. E:/18/003/TGR18003.F42           
  773.                                                                                 
  774. Often data files will need further processing by the OzData program before used 
  775. for mapping e.g. attribute data may need manipulating by arithmetic expressions 
  776. or geographic line segments may need thinning and forming into polygons.        
  777.                                                                                 
  778. Future versions of the OzGIS system may have incompatible internal file formats 
  779. so always keep important data files.                                            
  780.                                                                                 
  781. The system comes with many of the system files already entered e.g. device      
  782. files. The data files are also provided.                                        
  783.  
  784.   4. 2 Example of data entry                             
  785.        ---------------------
  786.  
  787. You will often have a file of attribute data (such as population Census         
  788. data) and a file of digitised boundary data for mapping (e.g. TIGER):           
  789.                                                                                 
  790. We will look at data for Australia. There are two data files:                   
  791.                                                                                 
  792. OZ-G.DAT are the digitised boundary data, (Australian Statistical Divisions)    
  793. OZ-A.DAT are the attribute data                                                 
  794.                                                                                 
  795. to run the OzEnter program type:                                                
  796.                                                                                 
  797. cd \ozdemo                                                                      
  798. ozenter                                                                         
  799.                                                                                 
  800. A menu will appear like:                                                        
  801.                                                                                 
  802. 1 TUTORIALS & SYSTEM INFORMATION                                                
  803. 2 INPUT GEOGRAPHIC FILES                                                        
  804. 3 INPUT ATTRIBUTE FILES                                                         
  805. 4 INPUT A NAMES FILE                                                            
  806. 5 INPUT A COMBINE FILE                                                          
  807. 6 INPUT A DEVICE FILE                                                           
  808. 7 INPUT A MARKER FILE                                                           
  809.                                                                                 
  810. You select the options by moving up and down with the arrows and pressing Enter 
  811. or by typing the number.                                                        
  812.                                                                                 
  813. The system trace is usually turned on so messages will appear on the screen     
  814. during processing.                                                              
  815.                                                                                 
  816.                                                                                 
  817.                                                                                 
  818. First enter the digitised boundary data:                                        
  819. ---------------------------------------                                         
  820.  
  821.                                                                       17
  822.                                                                                 
  823.                                                                                 
  824. Select the option to INPUT GEOGRAPHIC FILES                                     
  825.                                                                                 
  826. The next menu appears:                                                          
  827.                                                                                 
  828. 1 INPUT A STANDARD FORMAT GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                       
  829. 2 INPUT NEW FORMAT SAS GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                          
  830. 3 INPUT OLD FORMAT SAS GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                          
  831. 4 INPUT A DLG-3 OPTIONAL FORMAT GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                 
  832. 5 INPUT A GINA FORMAT GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                           
  833. 6 INPUT A TIGER FORMAT GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                          
  834. 7 INPUT A DIME FORMAT GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                           
  835. 8 INPUT A DXF FORMAT GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                            
  836. 9 INPUT AUSLIG SEGMENTS FORMAT CENSUS BOUNDARY FILE                             
  837.                                                                                 
  838. This enables geographic data to be read in in a variety of "standard" formats.  
  839.                                                                                 
  840. The test data is in the OzGIS standard format so choose                         
  841. INPUT A STANDARD FORMAT GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                         
  842.                                                                                 
  843. A  data input window now appears for you to specify a file name. You type in    
  844. what you want and then type enter:                                              
  845.                                                                                 
  846. give the input data file as OZ-G                                                
  847. give the output geographic file as OZ                                           
  848.                                                                                 
  849. The data file will be processed, and a standard geographic file created.        
  850.                                                                                 
  851. The trace message at the bottom of the screen describes what is going on.       
  852.                                                                                 
  853. Now type Esc to go back to the first menu.                                      
  854.                                                                                 
  855.                                                                                 
  856.                                                                                 
  857. Now enter the attribute data:                                                   
  858. -----------------------------                                                   
  859.                                                                                 
  860. select the option to INPUT ATTRIBUTE FILES                                      
  861.                                                                                 
  862. A new menu appears:                                                             
  863.                                                                                 
  864. 1 INPUT A STANDARD FORMAT ATTRIBUTE FILE                                        
  865. 2 INPUT A LOTUS 1-2-3 FORMAT ATTRIBUTE FILE                                     
  866. 3 INPUT A DATABASE (SIMPLE) FORMAT ATTRIBUTE FILE                               
  867. 4 INPUT A LAMM FORMAT ATTRIBUTE FILE                                            
  868. 5 INPUT USA CENSUS STF 1A FILES FOR TRACT/BNA                                   
  869. 6 INPUT USA CENSUS STF 1A FILES FOR BLOCK GROUPS                                
  870. 7 INPUT ATLAS DATA FILES                                                        
  871.                                                                                 
  872. The data are in standard form so:                                               
  873.                                                                                 
  874. Select INPUT A STANDARD FORMAT ATTRIBUTE FILE                                   
  875.                                                                                 
  876. give the input data file as OZ-A                                                
  877. give the output attribute file as OZ                                            
  878.                                                                                 
  879. 3. The data files are now entered so -                                          
  880.  
  881.                                                                       18
  882.                                                                                 
  883. type F10 to exit                                                                
  884.                                                                                 
  885.                                                                                 
  886. If you type DIR "OZ.*" you will find that there are two new files there:        
  887.                                                                                 
  888. OZ.ATT is the attribute file and                                                
  889. OZ.GEO is the geographic file.                                                  
  890.                                                                                 
  891. You (almost) never give a full file name within OzGIS - the system appends      
  892. a file extension to the name according to the file type.                        
  893.                                                                                 
  894.  
  895.   4. 3 Demonstration Files                               
  896.        -------------------
  897.  
  898. The OzGIS system is supplied with a complete set of sample external             
  899. data files so that the user can become familiar with the system.  These         
  900. files can be inspected to clarify the file formats.                             
  901.                                                                                 
  902. The files are usually in the directory \OZDEMO                                  
  903.  
  904.   4. 4 Example geographic and attribute data             
  905.        -------------------------------------
  906.  
  907. Generally there will be two data files for each map; a file that describes the  
  908. map boundaries and another for attribute data. The example files are:           
  909.                                                                                 
  910. 1. Far East Asia                                                                
  911.                                                                                 
  912. Attribute file - FEA-A                                                          
  913. Geographic file- FEA-G                                                          
  914.                                                                                 
  915.                                                                                 
  916. 2. Lowe electorate (Sydney)                                                     
  917.                                                                                 
  918. Attribute files- LOWE-A1 and LOWE-A2                                            
  919. Geographic files- LOWE-G (zones), LOWE-S1, LOWE-S2 (sites)                      
  920.                                                                                 
  921. These files are already entered (supplied with the system).                     
  922.                                                                                 
  923. 3. Australia                                                                    
  924.                                                                                 
  925. Attribute file - OZ-A                                                           
  926. Geographic file- OZ-G                                                           
  927.                                                                                 
  928. These files have already been input in the demonstration chapter.               
  929.                                                                                 
  930.                                                                                 
  931. Other files may also be supplied:                                               
  932.                                                                                 
  933. Washington DC Census Tract/BNA and TIGER lines                                  
  934.                                                                                 
  935. Africa in Atlas format                                                          
  936.                                                                                 
  937. Hawaii in DLG-3 optional format                                                 
  938.  
  939.                                                                       19
  940.  
  941.   4. 5 Example device files                              
  942.        --------------------
  943.  
  944. The characteristics of devices and the appearance of maps are given by display  
  945. files. Data files are provided for all the device files supplied with the       
  946. system. There are two sets for 16 and 256 colour video boards, and also sets    
  947. for hatching and colour simulation on plotters etc.                             
  948.                                                                                 
  949. Files are already entered on the system and have already been used.             
  950.  
  951.   4. 6 Marker data files                                 
  952.        -----------------
  953.  
  954. These have already been entered, and are supplied with the system. They are     
  955. circle, diamond, hbar, nabla, plus, square, triangle, vbar. (You can of course  
  956. have your own markers).                                                         
  957.                                                                                 
  958.  
  959.   4. 7 Colour names data (no longer used)                
  960.        ----------------------------------
  961.  
  962. This option has been removed as DOS limits were being exceeded.                 
  963.                                                                                 
  964. A colour names file X11-BGR.DAT is supplied and is useful for colour definition.
  965.                                                                                 
  966.  
  967.                                                                       20
  968.                     5. BASIC CHOROPLETH MAPPING EXAMPLE                  
  969.                        ================================
  970.  
  971.                                                                                 
  972.                                                                                 
  973. This chapter gives an introduction to the map display programs.                 
  974.                                                                                 
  975.                                                                                 
  976.                                                                                 
  977.                                                                                 
  978.                                                                                 
  979.  
  980.   5. 1 OzCensus                                          
  981.        --------
  982.  
  983. The main display and analysis program is OzGIS.                                 
  984.                                                                                 
  985. A much simpler version of OzGIS is provided called OzCensus.                    
  986.                                                                                 
  987. This version is suitable for simple mapping of Census type data and is          
  988. recommended for use while learning to use the system.                           
  989.                                                                                 
  990. OzCensus has two or three menus and about twenty menu options while the full    
  991. OzGIS version has about fifty menus and a few hundred menu options.             
  992.                                                                                 
  993. When you want to do more advanced mapping use OzGIS!                            
  994.  
  995.   5. 2 Example Choropleth Map                            
  996.        ----------------------
  997.  
  998. The most common application is the display of data such as Census data as       
  999. coloured polygons. Here the processes necessary to display such data are        
  1000. described.                                                                      
  1001.                                                                                 
  1002. Census data enables you to display maps that show where people live who         
  1003. are of different nationalities, ages, income groups etc. These maps are         
  1004. used for applications such as retail marketing to find where potential          
  1005. customers are located or for government planning to decide where to build       
  1006. facilities like schools.                                                        
  1007.                                                                                 
  1008. You will probably have a file of attribute data (such as population Census      
  1009. data) and a file of digitised boundary data for mapping (e.g. TIGER):           
  1010.                                                                                 
  1011. We will look at the data data for Australia. There are two data files:          
  1012.                                                                                 
  1013. OZ-G.DAT are the digitised boundary data, (Australian Statistical Divisions)    
  1014. OZ-A.DAT are the attribute data                                                 
  1015.                                                                                 
  1016. An example of entering these data files with the OzEnter program has been       
  1017. given in the last chapter.                                                      
  1018.                                                                                 
  1019. Both the attribute file and geographic file are called OZ. Different types of   
  1020. files can have the same name.                                                   
  1021.                                                                                 
  1022.                                                                                 
  1023.                                                                                 
  1024. To start the Census mapping program type:                                       
  1025.  
  1026.                                                                       21
  1027.                                                                                 
  1028. cd \ozdemo                                                                      
  1029. ozcensus                                                                        
  1030.                                                                                 
  1031. The first menu appears:                                                         
  1032.                                                                                 
  1033. 1 TUTORIALS & SYSTEM INFORMATION                                                
  1034. 2 DISPLAY A NEW MAP                                                             
  1035.                                                                                 
  1036.                                                                                 
  1037. choose the option to "DISPLAY A NEW MAP".                                       
  1038.                                                                                 
  1039. give the attribute file name as OZ.                                             
  1040.                                                                                 
  1041. When asked for the geographic file name input "L". A list of the available files
  1042. will appear (type Enter or Esc to exit). Give the geographic file name as OZ.   
  1043.                                                                                 
  1044. The data are now processed, the map is displayed, and the next menu appears.    
  1045.                                                                                 
  1046. You now have a default map with legend and distribution diagram. The legend     
  1047. has the numbers of zones in each class on the left and the class value ranges   
  1048. to the right of the coloured boxes.                                             
  1049.                                                                                 
  1050. The new menu is:                                                                
  1051.                                                                                 
  1052. 1 TUTORIALS & SYSTEM INFORMATION                                                
  1053. 2 DISPLAY A NEW MAP                                                             
  1054. 3 ADD TEXT TO MAP                                                               
  1055. 4 DISPLAY THE NEXT SEQUENTIAL ATTRIBUTE                                         
  1056. 5 SELECT AN ATTRIBUTE FOR DISPLAY BY NUMBER                                     
  1057. 6 CHANGE THE NUMBER OF CLASSES                                                  
  1058. 7 CHANGE THE QUANTISATION METHOD                                                
  1059. 8 DISPLAY ATTRIBUTE STATISTICS                                                  
  1060. 9 LIST ZONES SELECTED WITH BOX-CURSOR                                           
  1061. 0 SAVE DISPLAY FOR HARDCOPY MAP GENERATION WITH OzMap                           
  1062.                                                                                 
  1063.                                                                                 
  1064. Now investigate some of the options:                                            
  1065.                                                                                 
  1066. Choose the option to DISPLAY THE NEXT SEQUENTIAL ATTRIBUTE                      
  1067.                                                                                 
  1068. If you only have 16 colours the system does not display the map until you       
  1069. request regeneration. This enables several options to be changed before the     
  1070. slow polygon drawing takes place.                                               
  1071.                                                                                 
  1072. If the map does not change type F3 to regenerate the map.                       
  1073.                                                                                 
  1074.                                                                                 
  1075. Select the option to SELECT AN ATTRIBUTE FOR DISPLAY BY NUMBER.                 
  1076. Type 0 to get a list.                                                           
  1077.                                                                                 
  1078. A list of the attribes available will appear in a window.                       
  1079.                                                                                 
  1080. Type Esc to return to the question. Type in a number to select an attribute.    
  1081. (type F3 to regenerate if necessary)                                            
  1082.                                                                                 
  1083.                                                                                 
  1084. Now investigate some of the function keys:                                      
  1085.  
  1086.                                                                       22
  1087.                                                                                 
  1088. (You should print the file FNKEYS.DOC for a template.)                          
  1089.                                                                                 
  1090. Type F1 to get a help message. Esc is usually used to return.                   
  1091.                                                                                 
  1092. F2 hides the menu; type Esc to redisplay it.                                    
  1093.                                                                                 
  1094. F3 regenerates the map when required                                            
  1095.                                                                                 
  1096. F4 enables files to be audited and maintained. Type F4 and select the option to 
  1097. interrogate files. Select geographic files and use the file name OZ (the one    
  1098. displayed). Type Esc three times to return to main menu (Esc is used to return  
  1099. to the previous menu).                                                          
  1100.                                                                                 
  1101. F6 enables the user interaction to be controlled; try turning on partial trace  
  1102. (level 1) which causes a series of messages to appear at the bottom of the      
  1103. screen telling you what the system is doing, but not as many as level 2.        
  1104. The initial trace levels for all programs are set in the \ozgis\ozgis.ini file. 
  1105.                                                                                 
  1106. F8 causes a jump back to the previous main menu. This enables skipping back     
  1107. several levels. You will find that at main menus this is the only way to exit.  
  1108. (Irrelevant with the tiny number of menus in OzCensus).                         
  1109.                                                                                 
  1110. F10 is used to exit from the program. Dont use it yet!                          
  1111.                                                                                 
  1112. Back at the main menu, select CHANGE THE NUMBER OF CLASSES.                     
  1113.                                                                                 
  1114. change the number of classes to 10.                                             
  1115. (type F3 to regenerate if necessary)                                            
  1116.                                                                                 
  1117. Select the option to CHANGE THE QUANTISATION METHOD.                            
  1118.                                                                                 
  1119. Another menu will appear.                                                       
  1120.                                                                                 
  1121. QUANTISATION TUTORIAL                                                           
  1122. USE EQUAL VALUE INTERVALS                                                       
  1123. USE QUANTILES                                                                   
  1124. USE SELECTED CLASS INTERVALS                                                    
  1125. USE SELECTED NUMBER OF ZONES PER CLASS                                          
  1126. USE REFINED EQUAL VALUE INTERVALS                                               
  1127. USE PSEUDO CONTINUOUS-COLOUR                                                    
  1128. USE THE MEAN AND STD DEVIATION METHOD                                           
  1129. USE THE NESTED MEANS METHOD                                                     
  1130. USE THE NATURAL BREAKS METHOD                                                   
  1131. USE SELECTED PERCENTILES                                                        
  1132. USE SELECTED CLASS RANGE PERCENTILES                                            
  1133. USE INTERACTIVE SELECTION OF CLASS INTERVAL,                                    
  1134. USE EQUIVALENCE CLASSES                                                         
  1135. USE CURRENT CLASS RANGES                                                        
  1136. USE CURRENT NO PER CLASS                                                        
  1137.                                                                                 
  1138. These options are very important as they enable the map to show the data in a   
  1139. way relevant to the purpose of the analysis.                                    
  1140.                                                                                 
  1141. For example, to select deciles:                                                 
  1142.                                                                                 
  1143. Choose USE QUANTILES and set the number of classes to 10. The legend            
  1144. will now describe the 10 colours in the map. (Type F3 to display)               
  1145.  
  1146.                                                                       23
  1147.                                                                                 
  1148. Type Esc to go back to the main menu.                                           
  1149.                                                                                 
  1150. Choose the option to DISPLAY ATTRIBUTE STATISTICS.                              
  1151.                                                                                 
  1152. Basic statistics will be displayed in a window for the displayed map.           
  1153.                                                                                 
  1154. Type return (or Esc) to remove the window.                                      
  1155.                                                                                 
  1156. Choose the option to LIST ZONES SELECTED WITH BOX-CURSOR.                       
  1157. This will enable the current values for the displayed zones to be listed.       
  1158.                                                                                 
  1159. A cursor will appear on the screen which indicates the bottom left position.    
  1160. Place it using either the arrows (type Enter to select the position) or the     
  1161. mouse (left button to select). A box cursor then appears to select the other    
  1162. corner. All zones are listed that have a minimum bounding rectangle (MBR)       
  1163.                                                                                 
  1164. that intersects the selected window.                                            
  1165.                                                                                 
  1166.                                                                                 
  1167. Type F10 to exit.                                                               
  1168.  
  1169.   5. 3 Summary                                           
  1170.        -------
  1171.  
  1172. You now have seen simple examples of the processes to produce maps.             
  1173.                                                                                 
  1174. 1. you obtain your data as files in a standard format.                          
  1175.                                                                                 
  1176. 2. you usually set up a directory on the same disk as \OZGIS and put the data   
  1177. files there.                                                                    
  1178.                                                                                 
  1179. 3. You use the OzEnter program to input the files.                              
  1180.                                                                                 
  1181. 4. You use either OzCensus or OzGIS to display the data.                        
  1182.                                                                                 
  1183. But ......... this is very simple                                               
  1184.                                                                                 
  1185. You may want to use OzData to do some data preparation before mapping.          
  1186.                                                                                 
  1187. You may have geographic data as line segments and need to use OzZone to         
  1188. form the polygons.                                                              
  1189.                                                                                 
  1190. You may want to display other types of maps or diagrams with OzGIS.             
  1191.                                                                                 
  1192. You may want to output prepared maps to a printer, plotter or file with OzMap.  
  1193.                                                                                 
  1194. and so on.                                                                      
  1195.                                                                                 
  1196.  
  1197.                                                                       24
  1198.                     6. INTERACTIVE USER INTERFACE TO OzGIS               
  1199.                        ===================================
  1200.  
  1201.                                                                                 
  1202.                                                                                 
  1203. The user controls OzGIS by responding to menus, questions and                   
  1204. commands presented on the PC screen.                                            
  1205.                                                                                 
  1206. This chapter describes these forms of user communication.                       
  1207.                                                                                 
  1208.                                                                                 
  1209.                                                                                 
  1210.  
  1211.   6. 1 Menus                                             
  1212.        -----
  1213.  
  1214.  
  1215.   6. 1. 1 Menu format                                       
  1216.           -----------
  1217.  
  1218.       Menus are presented in the format below.  The MENU HEADER                 
  1219. contains the previous menu item selected, or in the case of a main menu         
  1220. the system title.                                                               
  1221.                                                                                 
  1222.                [MENU HEADER]                                                    
  1223.                 1:  [menu item 1]                                               
  1224.                 2:  [menu item 2]                                               
  1225.                          :                                                      
  1226.                          :                                                      
  1227.                          :                                                      
  1228.                 n:  [menu item n]                                               
  1229.                                                                                 
  1230. Menu items are numbered sequentially from one.  A selection is made by typing in
  1231. the character next to the item. Alternatively the arrows can be used to move up 
  1232. or down and Enter typed to select.                                              
  1233.                                                                                 
  1234. You will find that some programs (e.g. OzGIS) have lots of menus, and it is     
  1235. difficult at first to know where you are in the menu "tree". To make it more    
  1236. confusing the menus are dynamic e.g. adding something to a map can cause a new  
  1237. menu iten to appear that allows you to delete that item.                        
  1238.                                                                                 
  1239. The general approach is: if the current menu does not have the option you want  
  1240. type Esc to go back to the previous menu and so on.                             
  1241.                                                                                 
  1242.                                                                                 
  1243.  
  1244.   6. 1. 2 Function keys                                     
  1245.           -------------
  1246.  
  1247.       User interaction is provided at every menu by typing function keys:       
  1248.                                                                                 
  1249.       (print out \ozgis\fnkeys.doc for a template)                              
  1250.                                                                                 
  1251.                                                                                 
  1252.       F1    presents "help" or informative messages about the menu items        
  1253.             and describes the effect of selection of the items                  
  1254.                                                                                 
  1255.  
  1256.                                                                       25
  1257.       F2    enables the menu to be removed so it does not obscure the display.  
  1258.             Esc will display it again.                                          
  1259.                                                                                 
  1260.       F3    regenerates the map after parameters have changed. Enter must be    
  1261.             typed to display the next menu.                                     
  1262.                                                                                 
  1263.       F4    permits interrogation and maintenance of OzGIS files.               
  1264.             A menu is presented with the following options:                     
  1265.                                                                                 
  1266.                -  delete a file                                                 
  1267.                -  interrogate the header of a file                              
  1268.                -  generate a list of files.                                     
  1269.                                                                                 
  1270.       F6    permits the extent of user communication to be controlled.          
  1271.             A menu with the following options is presented:                     
  1272.                                                                                 
  1273.                -  turn user assistance messages on/off                          
  1274.                -  turn trace messages from tasks on/off                         
  1275.                -  turn the bell to signal cursor operation on/off               
  1276.                -  turn on debug (useful for reporting errors)                   
  1277.                                                                                 
  1278.             The default of the option for user assistance messages is "on"      
  1279.             (i.e., that the messages are displayed).                            
  1280.             The default of the option for trace messages depends on the module. 
  1281.             (it is useful for data entry and preparation)                       
  1282.             The debug option is for system testing, but may be useful to trace  
  1283.             faulty data problems. Output goes to the print file OZGIS.OUT       
  1284.                                                                                 
  1285.       F8    exits from the current menu to the last major menu, which           
  1286.             depends on the stage of processing.                                 
  1287.                                                                                 
  1288.       F10   quit the OzGIS session.                                             
  1289.                                                                                 
  1290. Pressing the "Esc" key before entering any other character has one of           
  1291. two effects:                                                                    
  1292.                                                                                 
  1293.       -  return to the previous menu                                            
  1294. or    -  repeat of the current menu ("F8" should be typed to return to the      
  1295. previous main menu)                                                             
  1296. The option taken depends upon the stage of processing.                          
  1297.  
  1298.   6. 1. 3 Stacking selections                               
  1299.           -------------------
  1300.  
  1301. Menus take quite a time to display as the underlying graphics has to be stored  
  1302. first. A series of selections can be made when the sequence of menu options is  
  1303. known, and the menus will not appear.                                           
  1304.  
  1305.   6. 2 Questions                                         
  1306.        ---------
  1307.  
  1308.       Questions are asked by OzGIS when data are required for an                
  1309. operation.  The user must supply the data by entering appropriate responses     
  1310. on the keyboard.                                                                
  1311.                                                                                 
  1312.       The format of questions consists of the question, a possible range of     
  1313. values in brackets (if appropriate), a default value in parentheses (if         
  1314. appropriate) and terminated by a question mark.  The range of values and        
  1315.  
  1316.                                                                       26
  1317. default values indicate the form of the expected answer.  An example is:        
  1318.                                                                                 
  1319.       -  request to replace an existing file:                                   
  1320.          DO YOU WANT TO REPLACE THE FILE [Y,N]?                                 
  1321.                                                                                 
  1322.                                                                                 
  1323.          The user must respond by typing either "Y" (for "YES") or "N"          
  1324.          (for "NO").                                                            
  1325.                                                                                 
  1326.       The following single character responses provide assistance when          
  1327. answering questions:                                                            
  1328.                                                                                 
  1329.       "H":  presents a "help" or informative message about the required         
  1330.             response.                                                           
  1331.                                                                                 
  1332.       "E":  returns to the previous menu without further action.                
  1333.                                                                                 
  1334.                                                                                 
  1335.       Errors in responses are trapped and result in help messages being         
  1336. printed.  The user is asked the question again.                                 
  1337.  
  1338.   6. 3 Commands                                          
  1339.        --------
  1340.  
  1341.       Commands are issued by OzGIS when an operation has to be                  
  1342. performed by the user.  When the operation is completed, control returns to     
  1343. the appropriate menu.                                                           
  1344.                                                                                 
  1345.       The format for commands consists of a directive, a possible range of      
  1346. values in brackets (if appropriate), a default value in the input field (if     
  1347. appropriate), terminated by a colon.  Examples are:                             
  1348.                                                                                 
  1349.       -  to provide the number of classes:                                      
  1350.          TYPE NUMBER OF CLASSES [1-6] (4):                                      
  1351.                                                                                 
  1352.          The number of classes must be in the range 1 to 6, and if              
  1353.          the user simply presses the "Enter" key a default value of 4 will      
  1354.          be selected.                                                           
  1355.                                                                                 
  1356.       -  request for the name of a file:                                        
  1357.          TYPE FILENAME (TEST):                                                  
  1358.                                                                                 
  1359.          The filename must be entered as a character string, or the             
  1360.          "Enter" key pressed to accept the default filename "TEST".             
  1361.                                                                                 
  1362.       The following single character responses provide assistance when          
  1363. responding to commands:                                                         
  1364.                                                                                 
  1365.       "L":  provides a list of data items that can be selected.                 
  1366.                                                                                 
  1367.             e.g. for FILENAME, a list of available files will be printed.       
  1368.             e.g. for ATTRIBUTE DESCRIPTION, the names of attributes on the file 
  1369.             will be listed.                                                     
  1370.                                                                                 
  1371.       "H":  presents a help or informative message about the desired            
  1372.             operation.                                                          
  1373.                                                                                 
  1374.                                                                                 
  1375.  
  1376.                                                                       27
  1377.       "E":  returns to the previous menu without further action.                
  1378.                                                                                 
  1379. Errors in responses are trapped and cause a help message to be printed and      
  1380. the command to be repeated.                                                     
  1381.  
  1382.   6. 4 Graphic interaction                               
  1383.        -------------------
  1384.  
  1385.       Graphic interaction in OzGIS involves the use of the mouse and/or         
  1386. arrow keys to control the cursors on the monitor.                               
  1387. Use the left mouse button or type Enter to select the position.                 
  1388.                                                                                 
  1389.       The user is directed to operate the mouse etc by the appearance of the    
  1390. cursor on the monitor and by an appropriate command on the screen.  The         
  1391. extent of the command depends on the current level of user communication        
  1392. (see F6  option)                                                                
  1393.                                                                                 
  1394. There are two types of cursors:                                                 
  1395.                                                                                 
  1396. 1. a pointer to select a position of object                                     
  1397. 2. a box to select a region. The bottom left corner is selected and then the    
  1398.    other.                                                                       
  1399.  
  1400.   6. 5 Pop-up                                            
  1401.        ------
  1402.  
  1403. The menus and windows operate in "pop-up" mode. This requires that the screen   
  1404. under the menu etc has to be saved to file before the menu appears so it can be 
  1405. restored. This is slow. Display speed can be increased by specifying the save   
  1406. files to be on RAM disk (if you have extended memory) by modifying the file     
  1407. name in the \ozgis\interact.ini file.                                           
  1408.  
  1409.   6. 6  Print file                                       
  1410.        -----------
  1411.  
  1412. Every program generates printout on a file OZGIS.OUT.                           
  1413.                                                                                 
  1414. This includes:                                                                  
  1415.                                                                                 
  1416. Reports                                                                         
  1417. Error messages                                                                  
  1418. Debug output                                                                    
  1419.  
  1420.                                                                       28
  1421.                     7. OzGIS FILES                                       
  1422.                        ===========
  1423.  
  1424.                                                                                 
  1425.                                                                                 
  1426. This Chapter describes the various files which are processed by                 
  1427. OzGIS.  Some of the files can be entered into OzGIS as data, and                
  1428. the external formats for these files are given later.  All of the               
  1429. files have internal formats, which are generated as part of the user            
  1430. interaction.                                                                    
  1431.                                                                                 
  1432.                                                                                 
  1433.                                                                                 
  1434.  
  1435.   7. 1 File Origins                                      
  1436.        ------------
  1437.  
  1438. Data files usually come from Census bureaux, map data suppliers or your         
  1439. corporate database.                                                             
  1440.                                                                                 
  1441. The file types will become obvious with use of the system.                      
  1442.                                                                                 
  1443. External data files must be entered into OzGIS explicitly.  This                
  1444. operation permits OzGIS to generate internal representations of the             
  1445. data for efficient processing and to check the data.                            
  1446.                                                                                 
  1447. The following kinds of files must be entered into OzGIS with                    
  1448. the OzEnter program:                                                            
  1449.                                                                                 
  1450.       -  marker files                                                           
  1451.       -  device files                                                           
  1452.       -  presentation files                                                     
  1453.                                                                                 
  1454. Certain files must be prepared explicitly within OzGIS under user               
  1455. direction.  These files are:                                                    
  1456.                                                                                 
  1457.       -  saved display files                                                    
  1458.       -  catchment files (OzCatch)                                              
  1459.       -  time lapse files  (no longer available)                                
  1460.       -  palette files (no longer available)                                    
  1461.       -  hardcopy files  (no longer available)                                  
  1462.                                                                                 
  1463. Some files can be prepared externally or internally.  These are:                
  1464.                                                                                 
  1465.       -  geographic files                                                       
  1466.       -  name files                                                             
  1467.       -  combine files                                                          
  1468.       -  colour names file  (no longer available)                               
  1469.                                                                                 
  1470. Some files are usually prepared with a word-processor.  These are:              
  1471.                                                                                 
  1472.       -  presentation files                                                     
  1473.       -  parameter files                                                        
  1474.                                                                                 
  1475.  
  1476.                                                                       29
  1477.  
  1478.   7. 2 File types                                        
  1479.        ----------
  1480.  
  1481.                                                                                 
  1482. There are many different types of files used:                                   
  1483.                                                                                 
  1484. (a)  Geographic Map files describe geographic (map) data in terms of            
  1485.      graphic elements - zones, polygons, line networks, line segments and       
  1486.      points.  The data can be drawn in geographic regions, or overlayed on      
  1487.      displayed maps.                                                            
  1488.                                                                                 
  1489.      The files are generated by digitising base maps.  This is a                
  1490.      time-consuming soul-destroying task.  Fortunately digitised map data       
  1491.      are available for many commonly used maps e.g. states, postcodes,Census    
  1492.      districts.  Where special zones are required, they can often be            
  1493.      defined in terms of Census districts and the map boundaries obtained       
  1494.      by amalgamating the digitised Census boundary data (dropping internal      
  1495.      lines).  This has the additional advantage that Census data can also       
  1496.      be extracted for the amalgamated zones and used for comparisons with       
  1497.      the user's own attribute data.                                             
  1498.                                                                                 
  1499. (b)  Attribute files contain the values of attributes (variates,                
  1500.      statistics, variables) referenced to zone, line or site names.  Each       
  1501.      file may contain a number of attributes for a fixed set of names.          
  1502.                                                                                 
  1503.      Attribute files are processed to assign a class number to zones            
  1504.      (colour) or lines (line type) or sites (symbol sizes) in a displayed       
  1505.      map.                                                                       
  1506.                                                                                 
  1507.      Attribute data files are usually generated via a standard database or      
  1508.      modelling system or by a user's own programs.                              
  1509.                                                                                 
  1510. (c)  Names files contain a list of zones, lines or sites that defines a         
  1511.      geographic region of interest.  The files may be used to subset            
  1512.      geographic data.  It may also be used to restrict the set of               
  1513.      attributes to be quantised for a map, or alternatively the set of          
  1514.      zones lines or sites to be displayed on a map.                             
  1515.                                                                                 
  1516. (d)  Combine files - define new items in terms of zones.  A file may define     
  1517.      new zones in terms of amalgamated base map zones or the influence of       
  1518.      surrounding zones on a site.                                               
  1519.                                                                                 
  1520.      The file contains a list of names of the new zones or sites defined.       
  1521.                                                                                 
  1522.      For each new item there is a list of the base map zones it is defined      
  1523.      by and a list of weights.                                                  
  1524.      New zones are defined by complete base map zones so the weights have       
  1525.      value 1.0 e.g. Sales Territories. Site Catchments are used to retrieve     
  1526.      data from underlying map zones so the weights give the proportions of      
  1527.      the zones (range 0-1).                                                     
  1528.                                                                                 
  1529. (e)  Marker files - define simple shapes as single polygons for display as      
  1530.      markers.                                                                   
  1531.                                                                                 
  1532.      The data are simply the (X,Y) points that are used to draw the             
  1533.      polygons.  The points are in the range -0.5 to +0.5 so the polygon can     
  1534.  
  1535.                                                                       30
  1536.      be easily scaled and displayed centred at a location.                      
  1537.                                                                                 
  1538. (f)  Saved Display files contain the data to regenerate a complete display.     
  1539.      These files should be stored by the user upon completion of a display      
  1540.      for later recall.  Subsequent manipulation of the display is possible      
  1541.      after recall.                                                              
  1542.      There are two modes. The screen is usually saved so the map can be rapidly 
  1543.      displayed, but this is not relevant for later regeneration on plotters     
  1544.      etc.                                                                       
  1545.                                                                                 
  1546.      Saved display files are the common level of storage and retrieval of       
  1547.      maps.  A user may build up a set of commonly displayed maps with all       
  1548.      the desired features that can be displayed and modified rapidly.           
  1549.      Saved display files are also used for presentations.                       
  1550.                                                                                 
  1551. (g)  Presentation files contain references to a number of Saved Display         
  1552.      files.  The files are used to present a set of displays quickly,           
  1553.      usually for demonstration purposes.                                        
  1554.                                                                                 
  1555. (h)  Time Lapse files contain a set of attributes for display as a time         
  1556.      lapse sequence.  All attributes are quantized in the same way by           
  1557.      OzGIS and must exist on the same file. e.g. data that has been             
  1558.      collected regularly, say weekly, can be displayed as a 'movie' to see      
  1559.      if there are any time-based spatial features.                              
  1560.      The format of the files is internal to OzGIS.  These facilities            
  1561.      are only available for colour display systems with large numbers of        
  1562.      colours.                                                                   
  1563.      (no longer available as PC hardware is inadequate)                         
  1564.                                                                                 
  1565. (i)  Device files - define the graphic devices and their capabilities.          
  1566.      Each device is a GKS workstation.  Several files may exist for each        
  1567.      device giving different values for the graphic primitive attributes        
  1568.      (line type, text, colours, patterns etc.).  In particular, each file       
  1569.      contains sets of fill colours or patterns for single and bivariate         
  1570.      maps.                                                                      
  1571.                                                                                 
  1572.                                                                                 
  1573. (j)  Palette files contain a set of colours which can be selected for           
  1574.      display.  The set of colours is displayed as a palette during the          
  1575.      colour selection process.  Colour palette files can be modified and        
  1576.      generated by user interaction, but their format is internal to             
  1577.      OzGIS.                                                                     
  1578.      (no longer available)                                                      
  1579.                                                                                 
  1580. (k)  Colour Names files contain a set of colour names and associated blue,      
  1581.      green and red (B,G,R) values for the display system.  The files enable     
  1582.      users to specify colours by typing a name (e.g. LIGHT RED) on the          
  1583.      keyboard.  Colour names files can be entered as external data files or     
  1584.      can be prepared by entering names and indicating the corresponding         
  1585.      colours.                                                                   
  1586.      (no longer available)                                                      
  1587.                                                                                 
  1588. (l)  Hardcopy files - contain information to enable maps to be reproduced       
  1589.      off-line on other devices (with the vector program)                        
  1590.                                                                                 
  1591. (m)  Parameter files - contain data for special operations e.g. entry of        
  1592.      US Census STF1A files, address matching. These files often come from       
  1593.      other systems.                                                             
  1594.  
  1595.                                                                       31
  1596.                                                                                 
  1597. (n)  Catchment files - contain definitions of sites, boundaries of              
  1598.      catchments around sites, and catchment weights.  Catchment files are       
  1599.      interactively generated with reference to a base map.                      
  1600.      (not ported from the VAX)                                                  
  1601.  
  1602.   7. 3 File Names                                        
  1603.        ----------
  1604.  
  1605. OzGIS distinguishes the various types of files, so you can give the same name   
  1606. to files of different types e.g. you may have a geographic file called AFRICA   
  1607. and also a (probably related) attribute file called AFRICA and you may save the 
  1608. map using these files in a saved display file also called AFRICA.               
  1609.                                                                                 
  1610. The system differentiates between files by adding an extension to the given     
  1611. file name e.g. the AFRICA attribute file would actually be AFRICA.ATT           
  1612.                                                                                 
  1613. You generally dont have to worry too much about extensions, but they are:       
  1614.                                                                                 
  1615. .ATT  attribute files                                                           
  1616. .CMB  combine files                                                             
  1617. .DAT  data files                                                                
  1618. .DEV  device files                                                              
  1619. .GEO  geographic files                                                          
  1620. .HRD  hardcopy files                                                            
  1621. .MRK  marker files                                                              
  1622. .PRM  parameter files                                                           
  1623. .PRS  presentation files                                                        
  1624. .SAV  saved display files                                                       
  1625. .SCR  screen dump for saved display files                                       
  1626. .TMP  temporary scratch files                                                   
  1627.                                                                                 
  1628. The system just adds the extension on the end of the file name you give, so you 
  1629. can put any path on the front e.g. an input attribute file could be given as    
  1630. D:\TEST\AFRICA which the system translates to D:\TEST\AFRICA.ATT                
  1631.                                                                                 
  1632. There is actually two exceptions - because data files are often obtained from   
  1633. elsewhere and you may want to input them directly off floppy disk or CD-ROM     
  1634. (where files cannot be renamed) you can give a full file name when specifying   
  1635. input data files in OzEnter. Similarly, parameter files often come from other   
  1636. systems with naming conventions, so a full file name can be given.              
  1637.                                                                                 
  1638.  
  1639.   7. 4 Directories                                       
  1640.        -----------
  1641.  
  1642. There are two types of files, system and user.                                  
  1643.                                                                                 
  1644. System files are held in the \OZGIS directory and can be specified as input     
  1645. files by putting '*' on the front of the file name.                             
  1646.                                                                                 
  1647. For example, giving a device file as *C16SV3 is the same as giving it           
  1648. as \OZGIS\C16SV3                                                                
  1649.                                                                                 
  1650.                                                                                 
  1651. User files can be in any directory but it                                       
  1652.                                                                                 
  1653. MUST BE ON THE SAME DISK AS \OZGIS !!!                                          
  1654.  
  1655.                                                                       32
  1656.                                                                                 
  1657. Hence the \OZDEMO directory is set up on the same drive as \OZGIS               
  1658.                                                                                 
  1659. The usual procedure when starting a mapping project is to set up a new          
  1660. directory, copy all data files to that directory and then use all the           
  1661. OzGIS programs in that directory.                                               
  1662.                                                                                 
  1663.                                                                                 
  1664.  
  1665.                                                                       33
  1666.                     8. DEVICE FILES                                      
  1667.                        ============
  1668.  
  1669.                                                                                 
  1670.                                                                                 
  1671. This chapter describes device files. It is very important to use a correct      
  1672. file for the number of colours of your EGA/VGA video card.                      
  1673.                                                                                 
  1674.                                                                                 
  1675.                                                                                 
  1676.                                                                                 
  1677. Device files control the appearance of maps:                                    
  1678.                                                                                 
  1679.      . polygon colours and type of fill                                         
  1680.      . text colours, sizes and fonts                                            
  1681.      . line colours and styles                                                  
  1682.      . sequences of class colours or hatch patterns                             
  1683.      . menu and message colours                                                 
  1684.                                                                                 
  1685. Experience showed that it is better to have fixed sets of definitions rather    
  1686. than allow the user to specify the display parameters.                          
  1687.                                                                                 
  1688. Remember that the basic display definition (number of pixels, lines and colours)
  1689. was specified when configuring the system.                                      
  1690.                                                                                 
  1691. There are sets of device files available:                                       
  1692.                                                                                 
  1693.      . 16 or 256 colour sets                                                    
  1694.      . sets for standard maps and for bivariate maps                            
  1695.      . coloured polygon fill or hatching or colour simulation                   
  1696.                                                                                 
  1697. The supplied files have a naming system e.g.                                    
  1698.                                                                                 
  1699.       *C16SV5  is a 16 colour single variate device file                        
  1700.       *B256BV2 is a 256 colour bivariate device file                            
  1701.                                                                                 
  1702.                                                                                 
  1703.                                                                                 
  1704. The best way to understand device files is to look at the contents, for         
  1705. example:                                                                        
  1706.                                                                                 
  1707. First of all to run the OzGIS program type:                                     
  1708.                                                                                 
  1709. cd \ozdemo                                                                      
  1710. ozgis                                                                           
  1711.                                                                                 
  1712. Select the option to CHANGE DEVICE FILE                                         
  1713.                                                                                 
  1714. Type "L" to get a list of the device files that are available.                  
  1715.                                                                                 
  1716. First look at a 16 colour device file                                           
  1717. --------------------------------------                                          
  1718.                                                                                 
  1719. Give the file as *C16SV1                                                        
  1720.                                                                                 
  1721. Select the option to DISPLAY DEVICE CHARACTERISTICS                             
  1722.                                                                                 
  1723.  
  1724.                                                                       34
  1725. You will now get a display that shows the text types (sizes and colours),       
  1726. lines (types and colours) and the various polygon fills as rectangles.          
  1727.                                                                                 
  1728. Of particular interest are the class colours. The bottom set is a sequence of   
  1729. 121 colours which is designed to give the appearance of increasing attribute    
  1730. values. In this device file for a 16 colour board the colours are in blocks,    
  1731. but for 256 colour boards all the colours will be different (and can be used    
  1732. for "continuous colour" maps). The set of colours above are a 7 x 7 set for     
  1733. bivariate maps. They actually map onto the same set as for single variate maps, 
  1734. so if bivariate maps are to be produced different device files should be used.  
  1735.                                                                                 
  1736. Next a 16 colour bivariate file                                                 
  1737. -------------------------------                                                 
  1738.                                                                                 
  1739. Now choose a bivariate device file *C16BV1 and display that. The bivariate      
  1740. sequence will show a progression of colour in each dimension.                   
  1741.                                                                                 
  1742. There is a set of files for 16 colour displays, *C16SV1 to *C16SV9 for single   
  1743. variate maps, and *C16BV1 to *C16BV3 for bivariate maps.                        
  1744.                                                                                 
  1745. Next 256 colour files (super VGA only)                                          
  1746. --------------------------------------                                          
  1747.                                                                                 
  1748. There is also a set of files *C256SV1 to *C256SV9 and *C256BV1 to *C256BV3 for  
  1749. 256 colour boards. If you have a suitable board display one of these. The       
  1750. colour sequence will now be the complete 121 colours.                           
  1751.                                                                                 
  1752. Next hardcopy device files                                                      
  1753. -------------------                                                             
  1754.                                                                                 
  1755. Other device files are also available, primarily for display on printers and    
  1756. plotters, but these can also be used on the display; try them!                  
  1757.                                                                                 
  1758. *HATCHSV1 is for display of hatched single variate maps and *HATCHBV1 for       
  1759. bivariate maps.                                                                 
  1760.                                                                                 
  1761. There is also a series of files CSIMSV1 ......, CSIMBV1... that were designed   
  1762. to simulate colours sequences on plotters.                                      
  1763.                                                                                 
  1764.                                                                                 
  1765. DEFAULT.DEV default device file                                                 
  1766. -------------------------------                                                 
  1767.                                                                                 
  1768. You should now display a few of the single variate device files (*C16sv? or     
  1769. *C256SV?) and decide on one that you will use as the default device file.       
  1770.                                                                                 
  1771. When you have decided on the default file type F10 to exit from OzGIS and:      
  1772.                                                                                 
  1773. cd \ozgis                                                                       
  1774. copy C256SV6.DEV DEFAULT.DEV  (using the file you have chosen)                  
  1775.                                                                                 
  1776. This will overwrite the device file that was supplied as the default with the   
  1777. system. Obviously you can select a different device file for display at         
  1778. any time, and you should do so for bivariate maps.                              
  1779.                                                                                 
  1780. Colour sequences                                                                
  1781. ----------------                                                                
  1782.                                                                                 
  1783.  
  1784.                                                                       35
  1785. The colour sequences are designed to provide a colour progression that can      
  1786. help interpret the pregression in values in the attribute data.                 
  1787.                                                                                 
  1788. The sequences were generated by sampling at equal intervals along curves        
  1789. through uniform colour space, and then transforming the values using a          
  1790. model for the colour response of colour / TV monitors.                          
  1791.  
  1792.                                                                       36
  1793.                     9. OzGIS MAP TYPES                                   
  1794.                        ===============
  1795.  
  1796.                                                                                 
  1797.                                                                                 
  1798. This chapter introduces  the various types of maps and diagrams that can be     
  1799. displayed by the OzGIS program.                                                 
  1800.                                                                                 
  1801.                                                                                 
  1802.                                                                                 
  1803.  
  1804.   9. 1 Map Types                                         
  1805.        ---------
  1806.  
  1807. Several types of maps and diagrams can be displayed with OzGIS.                 
  1808.                                                                                 
  1809. When you start the OzGIS program the first menu enables you to select the type  
  1810. of map or diagram that is required:                                             
  1811.                                                                                 
  1812. DISPLAY ZONES FOR AN ATTRIBUTE FILE                                             
  1813. DISPLAY LINES FOR AN ATTRIBUTE FILE                                             
  1814. DISPLAY SITES FOR AN ATTRIBUTE FILE                                             
  1815. DISPLAY BIVARIATE ZONES FOR TWO ATTRIBUTE FILES                                 
  1816. DISPLAY ZONES & LINES FOR TWO ATTRIBUTE FILES                                   
  1817. DISPLAY ZONES AND SITES FOR TWO ATTRIBUTE FILES                                 
  1818. DISPLAY GEOGRAPHIC FILES (NO ATTRIBUTES)                                        
  1819. DISPLAY ATTRIBUTE FILES (DIAGRAMS)                                              
  1820. DISPLAY A SAVED-DISPLAY FILE                                                    
  1821. DISPLAY A PRESENTATION FILE                                                     
  1822.                                                                                 
  1823.                                                                                 
  1824.  
  1825.   9. 2 Attribute maps                                    
  1826.        --------------
  1827.  
  1828.      There are one or two streams of attribute processing for the types of      
  1829. maps available for zone, line and site attribute data:                          
  1830.                                                                                 
  1831.      -  zones map                                                               
  1832.      -  lines map                                                               
  1833.      -  sites map                                                               
  1834.      -  two zone streams i.e. bivariate maps                                    
  1835.      -  zones and lines                                                         
  1836.      -  zones and sites                                                         
  1837.                                                                                 
  1838. The type of map is selected before display and cannot be changed except         
  1839. by returning to this main menu.                                                 
  1840.                                                                                 
  1841. Basic choropleth maps have already been demonstrated. These are selected        
  1842. within OzGIS by DISPLAY ZONES FOR AN ATTRIBUTE FILE. You can display maps       
  1843. with sized symbols in a similar way via DISPLAY SITES FOR AN ATTRIBUTE FILE, and
  1844. maps using different line types using DISPLAY LINES FOR AN ATTRIBUTE FILE.      
  1845.                                                                                 
  1846. Here are some more examples... Remember you can type "L" to get a list of       
  1847. files when asked for a file name.                                               
  1848.  
  1849.                                                                       37
  1850.  
  1851.   9. 2. 1 Bivariate zones map Example                       
  1852.           ---------------------------
  1853.  
  1854. Bivariate maps enable you to compare two variables. For example you may         
  1855. want to compare your sales figures with Census data for the type of people      
  1856. you think are your customers.                                                   
  1857.                                                                                 
  1858. Select DISPLAY BIVARIATE ZONES FOR TWO ATTRIBUTE FILES from the main menu.      
  1859.                                                                                 
  1860. Use attribute files LOWE1 and LOWE2 and geographic file LOWE (both              
  1861. attribute files can be the same i.e. you only need one file).                   
  1862.                                                                                 
  1863. Remember that you may have to type F3 to display the map.                       
  1864.                                                                                 
  1865.  Note the form of the legend; the primary attribute (first file, top            
  1866. description) is the vertical part of the legend.                                
  1867.                                                                                 
  1868. The main mapping menu will now appear:                                          
  1869.                                                                                 
  1870. CHANGE ATTRIBUTES                                                               
  1871. DEFINE QUANTISATION                                                             
  1872. CHANGE DISPLAY FEATURES                                                         
  1873. DEFINE GEOGRAPHIC OVERLAYS                                                      
  1874. DEFINE MAP REGIONS                                                              
  1875. ANALYSE MAP DATA                                                                
  1876. SAVE DISPLAY FEATURES                                                           
  1877.                                                                                 
  1878. These are the major groups of options and will be descibed in later             
  1879. chapters.                                                                       
  1880.                                                                                 
  1881. Type F8 to return to the top menu.                                              
  1882.  
  1883.   9. 2. 2 Zones & sites Example                             
  1884.           ---------------------
  1885.  
  1886. This type of map is for applications such as deciding where to put shopping     
  1887. centres, where different symbols can be used for e.g. existing centres,         
  1888. centres owned by different retail chains and proposed new centres.              
  1889.                                                                                 
  1890. This example shows that type of map and also how the geographic data displayed  
  1891. on a map can be extended and modified.                                          
  1892.                                                                                 
  1893. Select DISPLAY ZONES AND SITES FOR TWO ATTRIBUTE FILES from the top menu.       
  1894.                                                                                 
  1895. Use the LOWE1 and LOWE2 attribute files again, and the LOWE zones geographic    
  1896. file.                                                                           
  1897.                                                                                 
  1898. Give the sites geographic file as LOWE-S1.                                      
  1899.                                                                                 
  1900. This displayes a file with polygons coloured for one attribute and symbols      
  1901. sized for the other. Now we can add more sites.                                 
  1902.                                                                                 
  1903. Choose DEFINE MAP REGIONS from the map menu, which shows a menu:                
  1904.                                                                                 
  1905. CHANGE THE DISPLAYED ITEMS IN THE MAP                                           
  1906. CHANGE MAP REGION WINDOW (GEOGRAPHIC AREA)                                      
  1907.  
  1908.                                                                       38
  1909. ZOOM MAP REGION WINDOW ABOUT X-HAIR POINT                                       
  1910. CHANGE MAP REGION VIEWPORT (SCREEN AREA)                                        
  1911. DEFINE NEW REGION FOR QUANTISED ZONES                                           
  1912. DEFINE NEW REGION FOR QUANTISED SITES                                           
  1913. DISPLAY MORE QUANTISED ZONES ON A REGION                                        
  1914. DISPLAY MORE QUANTISED SITES ON A REGION                                        
  1915.                                                                                 
  1916. and then DISPLAY MORE QUANTISED SITES ON A REGION. Give the next sites          
  1917. geographic file as LOWE-S2. Use symbol number 2 (number one is already used).   
  1918.                                                                                 
  1919. Type F3 to regenerate the map.                                                  
  1920.                                                                                 
  1921. You will have a coloured zones map with different sized symbols according to    
  1922. the attribute values and different symbols for the two files.                   
  1923.                                                                                 
  1924. Use F8 (twice) to return to the top menu.                                       
  1925.  
  1926.   9. 2. 3 Geographic (GIS) maps Example                     
  1927.           -----------------------------
  1928.  
  1929. Maps can be displayed that show geographic data without attribute data i.e.     
  1930. polygons, lines, names at points and symbols at points.                         
  1931.                                                                                 
  1932. Hence you can display roads, town locations, soil polygons etc.                 
  1933.                                                                                 
  1934. Where the data are preclassified, feature codes can be used to subset the files 
  1935. for display.                                                                    
  1936.                                                                                 
  1937. For example, display some of the Hawaii DLG files. These files came from the    
  1938. USGS, and after some cleaning up, were entered as DLG-3 data and the polygons   
  1939. formed using OzZone.                                                            
  1940.                                                                                 
  1941. This example will display several of the files and show how feature codes       
  1942. can be used to subset the data displayed.                                       
  1943.                                                                                 
  1944. Select DISPLAY GEOGRAPHIC FILES (NO ATTRIBUTES) from the top menu.              
  1945.                                                                                 
  1946. The next menu allows you to define a map according to the main file of          
  1947. geographic data that you have. You can add other data to the map as overlays    
  1948. later:                                                                          
  1949.                                                                                 
  1950. DISPLAY LINE SEGMENTS FROM A GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                    
  1951. DISPLAY MARKERS AT POINTS FROM A GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                
  1952. DISPLAY NAMES AT POINTS FROM A GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                  
  1953. DISPLAY POLYGONS FROM A GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                         
  1954. DISPLAY LINE SEGMENTS FOR FEATURE CODES                                         
  1955. DISPLAY MARKERS AT POINTS FOR FEATURE CODES                                     
  1956. DISPLAY NAMES AT POINTS FOR FEATURE CODES                                       
  1957. DISPLAY POLYGONS FOR FEATURE CODES                                              
  1958.                                                                                 
  1959.                                                                                 
  1960. Select DISPLAY POLYGONS FROM A GEOGRAPHIC FILE and use file HAWDLGWB, which is  
  1961. the outlines of the islands. Use any polygon number, give some text for the     
  1962. legend (e.g. "Islands") and use the no boundaries default.                      
  1963.                                                                                 
  1964. Type F3 to regenerate if necessary.                                             
  1965.                                                                                 
  1966. The main menu now appears for this type of map:                                 
  1967.  
  1968.                                                                       39
  1969.                                                                                 
  1970. OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FROM GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                      
  1971. OVERLAY MARKERS FOR SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                    
  1972. OVERLAY NAMES FOR SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                      
  1973. UNDERLAY POLYGONS FROM GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                          
  1974. OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FOR FEATURE CODES                                         
  1975. OVERLAY MARKERS FOR SITES FOR FEATURE CODES                                     
  1976. OVERLAY NAMES FOR SITES FOR FEATURE CODES                                       
  1977. UNDERLAY POLYGONS FOR FEATURE CODES                                             
  1978. DEFINE MAP REGIONS#                                                             
  1979. CHANGE LEGEND                                                                   
  1980. DISPLAY TEXT                                                                    
  1981. SAVE DISPLAY AS A FILE                                                          
  1982.                                                                                 
  1983.                                                                                 
  1984. Select UNDERLAY POLYGONS FOR FEATURE CODES.                                     
  1985. Use file HAWDLGAB  which is administrative boundaries. The file has feature     
  1986. codes in the range 900103 to 900108. Give the range as 900103 to 900103 and use 
  1987. polygon number say 4.  Repeat for another feature code range and polygon        
  1988. number.                                                                         
  1989.                                                                                 
  1990. You will notice that a new menu item REMOVE POLYGONS UNDERLAY appears. A        
  1991. feature of the OzGIS system is that menus are dynamic and reflect the current   
  1992. status.                                                                         
  1993.                                                                                 
  1994. The administrative boundaries go outside the island coastlines so you may want  
  1995. to redraw the island outlines by overlaying line segments for file HAWDLGWB:    
  1996.                                                                                 
  1997. Select OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FOR FEATURE CODES.                                 
  1998. Use file HAWDLGRD which is roads.  The file has feature codes in the range      
  1999. 2905001 to 2905041.  Select a subset e.g. 2905000 to 2905020.                   
  2000. Give the legend text as "roads".                                                
  2001.                                                                                 
  2002. Select OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FROM GEOGRAPHIC FILE.                              
  2003. Use file HAWDLGST which is streams. Give the legend text as streams.            
  2004.                                                                                 
  2005. Select OVERLAY NAMES FOR SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE. Give the file HAWDLGWB.  The 
  2006. polygon names will be displayed (the area numbers from the DLG file). Usually a 
  2007. points file would be used that has the actual names.                            
  2008.                                                                                 
  2009. If necessary, type F3 to regenerate the map.                                    
  2010.                                                                                 
  2011. Select DISPLAY TEXT, type in a title e.g. "HAWAII", and position it at          
  2012. the top of the map.                                                             
  2013.                                                                                 
  2014. Note that if you regenerate the map the polygons are drawn first, and then line 
  2015. segments, symbols and finally names.  Within each type they are displayed in    
  2016. the order specified.  If a mistake is made overlays can be removed.             
  2017.                                                                                 
  2018. If polygons overlap, "polygon overlay" operations can be simulated by           
  2019. displaying using hatching. e.g. select the hatch device file *HATCHSV1 from     
  2020. the main menu and then display polygons from the two files HAWDLGWB (the        
  2021. islands) and HAWDLGAB (administrative boundaries).                              
  2022.                                                                                 
  2023. Type F8 to return to the top level geographic map menu and then F8 again.       
  2024.                                                                                 
  2025. Be aware that you can type several menu selections without waiting for the      
  2026. menus to appear.                                                                
  2027.  
  2028.                                                                       40
  2029.                                                                                 
  2030. A similar set of options are available for overlaying data on other types of    
  2031. maps. For example you may want to overlay roads or town names on a Census       
  2032. data map.                                                                       
  2033.  
  2034.   9. 2. 4 Diagrams Example                                  
  2035.           ----------------
  2036.  
  2037. Distributions, sorted values and quantisation results can be displayed as full  
  2038. screen diagrams for one or two attribute files. Scatter diagrams can be         
  2039. displayed for two files.                                                        
  2040.                                                                                 
  2041. For example, to display two histograms for two attributes:                      
  2042.                                                                                 
  2043. Choose DISPLAY ATTRIBUTE FILES (DIAGRAMS) from the top menu.                    
  2044.                                                                                 
  2045. A menu appears that enables you to choose the type of diagram:                  
  2046.                                                                                 
  2047. DISPLAY VALUES HISTOGRAM FOR AN ATTRIBUTE FILE                                  
  2048. DISPLAY QUANTISATION HISTOGRAM FOR AN ATTRIBUTE FILE                            
  2049. DISPLAY DISTRIBUTION HISTOGRAM FOR AN ATTRIBUTE FILE                            
  2050. DISPLAY VALUES HISTOGRAM FOR TWO ATTRIBUTE FILES                                
  2051. DISPLAY QUANTISATION HISTOGRAM FOR TWO ATTRIBUTE FILES                          
  2052. DISPLAY DISTRIBUTION HISTOGRAM FOR TWO ATTRIBUTE FILES                          
  2053. DISPLAY SCATTER DIAGRAM FOR TWO ATTRIBUTE FILES                                 
  2054.                                                                                 
  2055.                                                                                 
  2056. Choose DISPLAY DISTRIBUTION HISTOGRAM FOR TWO ATTRIBUTE FILES                   
  2057.                                                                                 
  2058. Use LOWE1 and LOWE2 files.                                                      
  2059.                                                                                 
  2060. Next choose CHANGE DISPLAY FEATURES from the main menu.                         
  2061.                                                                                 
  2062. Now add some statistics lines:                                                  
  2063.                                                                                 
  2064. Choose ADD STATISTICS TO DIAGRAM. A new menu appears:                           
  2065.                                                                                 
  2066. DISPLAY MEAN & STD DEVIATION                                                    
  2067. DISPLAY MEDIAN                                                                  
  2068. DISPLAY REGRESSION POLYNOMIAL (for scatter diagrams)                            
  2069. REMOVE STATISTICS DISPLAY                                                       
  2070.                                                                                 
  2071. Try the DISPLAY MEAN & STD DEVIATION option (and others if you like).           
  2072.                                                                                 
  2073. Now use the Esc key to return to the main diagram menu.                         
  2074.                                                                                 
  2075. You can change attributes and quantisation in the usual ways (and type F3 to    
  2076. show the results).                                                              
  2077.                                                                                 
  2078. By now you will have realised that there are many options available down        
  2079. a multitude of menu paths. This can initially be confusing.                     
  2080.                                                                                 
  2081. Always remember that if the current menu does not show an option for what       
  2082. you want to do, simply keep going up a level until you find a menu option       
  2083. that seems to offer what you want.                                              
  2084.  
  2085.                                                                       41
  2086.  
  2087.   9. 3 Presentations                                     
  2088.        -------------
  2089.  
  2090. This option enables a set of saved display files to be defined for              
  2091. demonstrations.                                                                 
  2092.                                                                                 
  2093. An Ascii file is set up that gives the names of the saved display files and     
  2094. menu lines that are associated with them.                                       
  2095.                                                                                 
  2096. The format of these files is explained in a later chapter.                      
  2097.  
  2098.   9. 4 Saved-display files                               
  2099.        -------------------
  2100.  
  2101. When you have prepared a map and have it displayed you can use the              
  2102. SAVE DISPLAY FEATURES option in the map display menu to store all information   
  2103. about the map in a file. There are two forms. One saves just the map definition 
  2104. while the other saves a screen image as well.                                   
  2105.                                                                                 
  2106. Both forms enable a map to be restored for further mapping. This is the usual   
  2107. procedure if a map has taken a long time to design.                             
  2108.                                                                                 
  2109. Saved maps are also used for hard-copy generation.                              
  2110.  
  2111.   9. 5 Time Lapse Display (not available)                
  2112.        ----------------------------------
  2113.  
  2114.                                                                                 
  2115. This option was not ported from the PDP11 / DeANZA version.                     
  2116. Special options are available for the display of time lapse files.  The         
  2117. following parameters can be altered:                                            
  2118.                                                                                 
  2119.       -  The time interval between successive attributes (given in units of     
  2120.          approximately seconds)                                                 
  2121.                                                                                 
  2122.       -  The time interval between the end and beginning attributes of a        
  2123.          sequence (given in units of seconds); i.e. the pause between a         
  2124.          repeated sequence.                                                     
  2125.                                                                                 
  2126.       -  The beginning and end attribute of the sequence being displayed.       
  2127.                                                                                 
  2128. The zone legend format is not updated during a time lapse sequence, and by      
  2129. default the class description of the legend is set to the "HIGH" and "LOW"      
  2130. format.  Histograms and scatter plots cannot be displayed during a time lapse   
  2131. presentation.                                                                   
  2132. tribute values.                                                                 
  2133.  
  2134.                                                                       42
  2135.                    10. ATTRIBUTE SELECTION                               
  2136.                        ===================
  2137.  
  2138.                                                                                 
  2139.                                                                                 
  2140. Attribute data is held in attribute files. Each file can have many variables    
  2141. e.g. USA Census data STF1A files can have over 900 variables.                   
  2142.                                                                                 
  2143. This chapter explains the options used to select which attribute is to be       
  2144. displayed on a map.                                                             
  2145.                                                                                 
  2146.                                                                                 
  2147.                                                                                 
  2148.  
  2149.  10. 1 Introduction                                      
  2150.        ------------
  2151.  
  2152. Various attribute files can be nominated to generate a map display.             
  2153.                                                                                 
  2154. Attribute may be selected for quantisation and display from attribute           
  2155. files in various ways:                                                          
  2156.                                                                                 
  2157. To try these options, display a zones map using attribute file LOWE1 and        
  2158. geographic file LOWE as before and then select CHANGE ATTRIBUTES.               
  2159.                                                                                 
  2160. The menu gives the following options:                                           
  2161.                                                                                 
  2162. DISPLAY THE NEXT SEQUENTIAL ATTRIBUTE                                           
  2163. SELECT AN ATTRIBUTE FOR DISPLAY BY NUMBER                                       
  2164. SELECT AN ATTRIBUTE FOR DISPLAY BY DESCRIPTION                                  
  2165.                                                                                 
  2166.  
  2167.  10. 2 Sequentially                                      
  2168.        ------------
  2169.  
  2170. This option will simply select the next attribute off the file. As usual F3 may 
  2171. have to be used to display the map.                                             
  2172.  
  2173.  10. 3 By number (position in file)                      
  2174.        ----------------------------
  2175.  
  2176. A particular attribute may be selected by the position within the file. Type    
  2177. zero to generate a list of the attributes on the current file.                  
  2178.  
  2179.  10. 4 By attribute description                          
  2180.        ------------------------
  2181.  
  2182. The attribute can also be selected by typing part of the description e.g.       
  2183. "FORC" to retrieve "ARMED FORCES". Typing L lists the attributes.               
  2184.  
  2185.  10. 5 By arithmetic operation                           
  2186.        -----------------------
  2187.  
  2188. This option is not available now due to the limited PC memory. See the data     
  2189. preparation option in the OzData program.                                       
  2190.  
  2191.                                                                       43
  2192.  
  2193.  10. 6 Zone/Site/Line names                              
  2194.        --------------------
  2195.  
  2196. It is your responsibility to ensure that the names referenced by the            
  2197. attributes match the names of the displayed zones, lines or sites in the        
  2198. map.  Obviously colours can be assigned only to the zone with names common      
  2199. to the attribute and zone files etc.                                            
  2200.                                                                                 
  2201. Only some of the names have to agree; it is quite common to process attribute   
  2202. data for a larger area than is displayed.                                       
  2203.  
  2204.                                                                       44
  2205.                    11. QUANTISATION                                      
  2206.                        ============
  2207.  
  2208.                                                                                 
  2209.                                                                                 
  2210. Quantisation is the process of assigning map items to classes according to      
  2211. their attribute values.                                                         
  2212.                                                                                 
  2213. The quantisation process is the most important aid for the analyst in           
  2214. understanding the features of the attribute data.  The quantisation method      
  2215. and parameters should be chosen logically according to the purpose of           
  2216. analysing the data.                                                             
  2217.                                                                                 
  2218. The aim is to display the map that best shows the spatial features and          
  2219. distribution of the data.                                                       
  2220.                                                                                 
  2221.                                                                                 
  2222.                                                                                 
  2223.                                                                                 
  2224.                                                                                 
  2225.                                                                                 
  2226.  
  2227.  11. 1 Introduction                                      
  2228.        ------------
  2229.  
  2230. Attributes are usually presented to OzGIS as values which have to               
  2231. be quantized into a number of classes for display.                              
  2232.                                                                                 
  2233. A maximum of 10 classes can appear in single variate zone displays and          
  2234. 9 classes (a maximum of 3 per variate) in a bivariate display.  A maximum       
  2235. of 4 classes is available for lines and 4 classes for sites.                    
  2236.                                                                                 
  2237. The best maps usually have a small number of classes; manipulate the            
  2238. map to show the data according to requirements. This contrasts with the         
  2239. production of atlases, where large numbers of colours are used as the purpose   
  2240. to which the map will be put is not known.                                      
  2241.                                                                                 
  2242. To try these options, display a zones map using attribute file LOWE1 and        
  2243. geographic file LOWE as before, and select DEFINE QUANTISATION.                 
  2244.                                                                                 
  2245. The quantisation menu has the following form:                                   
  2246.                                                                                 
  2247. CHANGE THE QUANTISATION METHOD                                                  
  2248. CHANGE THE NUMBER OF CLASSES                                                    
  2249. SELECT THE ZONES FOR QUANTISATION                                               
  2250. SELECT THE ATTRIBUTE VALUE RANGE FOR QUANTISATION                               
  2251.                                                                                 
  2252. You will find that this menu is dynamic as usual. You will find other           
  2253. entries such as SELECT THE LINES FOR QUANTISATION or                            
  2254. CHANGE THE NUMBER OF SITE CLASSES for different types of maps.                  
  2255.                                                                                 
  2256. Try changing the number of classes first and then work through                  
  2257. the various methods.                                                            
  2258.                                                                                 
  2259. There are other options to change the list of zones to which quantisation is    
  2260. applied and to change the range of values over which the method operates.       
  2261.  
  2262.                                                                       45
  2263.  
  2264.  11. 2 Quantisation Methods                              
  2265.        --------------------
  2266.  
  2267. Selecting the menu option CHANGE THE QUANTISATION METHOD will display a new     
  2268. menu of the form:                                                               
  2269.                                                                                 
  2270. USE EQUAL VALUE INTERVALS                                                       
  2271. USE QUANTILES                                                                   
  2272. USE SELECTED CLASS INTERVALS                                                    
  2273. USE SELECTED NUMBER OF ZONES PER CLASS                                          
  2274. USE REFINED EQUAL VALUE INTERVALS                                               
  2275. USE THE MEAN AND STD DEVIATION METHOD                                           
  2276. USE THE NESTED MEANS METHOD                                                     
  2277. USE THE NATURAL BREAKS METHOD                                                   
  2278. USE SELECTED PERCENTILES                                                        
  2279. USE SELECTED CLASS RANGE PERCENTILES                                            
  2280. USE INTERACTIVE SELECTION OF CLASS INTERVALS                                    
  2281. USE EQUIVALENCE CLASSES                                                         
  2282. USE CURRENT CLASS RANGES                                                        
  2283. USE CURRENT NO PER CLASS                                                        
  2284.                                                                                 
  2285. If you have a 256 colour display the following item also appears:               
  2286. USE PSEUDO CONTINUOUS-COLOUR                                                    
  2287.                                                                                 
  2288. You should try out these various methods e.g. with the attribute and            
  2289. geographic files OZ.                                                            
  2290.                                                                                 
  2291.                                                                                 
  2292.                                                                                 
  2293. The following methods for quantization are available for determining            
  2294. the class intervals:                                                            
  2295.                                                                                 
  2296.    (a)  Equivalence Classes:  numbers are assigned to the attribute values      
  2297.         (possibly with integer round-off).  The attribute values should lie     
  2298.         in the range of the maximum number of classes permitted but they        
  2299.         will be scaled for the selected number of classes.                      
  2300.                                                                                 
  2301.         This method enables the quantisation to be carried out on another       
  2302.         system and the resulting class numbers entered instead of attribute     
  2303.         values.  A common use is for mapping discrete data e.g. political       
  2304.         parties on election maps.                                               
  2305.                                                                                 
  2306.    (b)  Quantiles:  intervals are computed by assigning the same number of      
  2307.         zones to each class.                                                    
  2308.                                                                                 
  2309.         This method has often been used to generate choropleth maps, e.g.       
  2310.         deciles.  The effect of equal numbers of zones is maps that have        
  2311.         approximate equal areas of each class colour.  Such maps are            
  2312.         pretty.  Unfortunately quantiles tend to obscure the distribution       
  2313.         of the attribute data.  (Conversely its a great method if your          
  2314.         data is of doubtful value)                                              
  2315.                                                                                 
  2316.    (c)  Equal Value Intervals:  intervals are computed from equal               
  2317.         increments over the range of attribute values.                          
  2318.                                                                                 
  2319.         The default quantisation method selected when a map is first            
  2320.  
  2321.                                                                       46
  2322.         generated is equal value intervals.  The advantage of this method       
  2323.         is that the number of zones assigned to each class indicate the         
  2324.         distribution of the data.  It is recommended for general purpose        
  2325.         maps and for initial investigations of attribute data.                  
  2326.                                                                                 
  2327.    (d)  Refined Equal Value Intervals:  intervals are computed from equal       
  2328.         increments over the attribute value range, modified by a                
  2329.         "round-off" procedure (e.g. an increment of 10.12 would become          
  2330.         10.00).                                                                 
  2331.                                                                                 
  2332.         Maps for publications usually have 'nice' values in the legend.         
  2333.                                                                                 
  2334.    (e)  Continuous Colour:  121 intervals are computed from equal               
  2335.         increments over the range of attribute values.  Only 8 classes are      
  2336.         displayed in the legend, but the colours are assigned over the 121      
  2337.         quantized values to give a "continuous colour" appearance.              
  2338.         This option is only available with standard zone maps on 256            
  2339.         colour display systems.                                                 
  2340.                                                                                 
  2341.    (f)  Interactive Selection of Class Intervals:  intervals are selected       
  2342.         by the user by placing crosshairs on a displayed histogram.             
  2343.         (256 colours interactive mode only!)                                    
  2344.                                                                                 
  2345.    (g)  Mean and Standard Deviation:  intervals are determined by dividing      
  2346.         the range of attribute values at the mean value and at specified        
  2347.         offsets from the mean that are multiples of the standard deviation      
  2348.         of the data.  The number of classes must be even.                       
  2349.                                                                                 
  2350.         This method has particular application for attribute data from          
  2351.         random populations where the data are expected to have a normal         
  2352.         distribution and hence statistical theorems govern percentages of       
  2353.         population within the classes.                                          
  2354.                                                                                 
  2355.    (h)  Nested Means:  intervals are determined by iterative division of        
  2356.         the range of attribute values at the mean value of the subdivision.     
  2357.         The number of classes must be 2, 4 or 8.                                
  2358.                                                                                 
  2359.    (i)  Natural Breaks:  intervals are determined by iterative division at      
  2360.         the largest difference between attribute values.  The number of         
  2361.         attribute values between differences is user-specified.  Hence          
  2362.         class intervals occur at "jumps" in the data.                           
  2363.                                                                                 
  2364.    (j)  Specification of Class Intervals:  interval values (for a specified     
  2365.         number of classes) are typed in by the user.                            
  2366.                                                                                 
  2367.         Hence data within certain value ranges can be isolated.   Suitable      
  2368.         class intervals for hard-copy maps can be selected.                     
  2369.                                                                                 
  2370.    (k)  Specification of Numbers Per Class:  intervals are determined by        
  2371.         user-specification of the number of zones or sites in each class.       
  2372.         The numbers need only be given for some of the classes; the             
  2373.         remaining zones or sites will be distributed over the remaining         
  2374.         classes during each quantization.                                       
  2375.                                                                                 
  2376.         An analyst can isolate data at the extremes of the attribute            
  2377.         distribution by using this method.                                      
  2378.                                                                                 
  2379.    (l)  Class Number Percentiles:  intervals are determined from                
  2380.  
  2381.                                                                       47
  2382.         user-specified values giving the percentages of the number of zones     
  2383.         within each class.                                                      
  2384.                                                                                 
  2385.    (m)  Class Range Percentiles:  intervals are determined from                 
  2386.         user-specified values giving the percentage of the total range of       
  2387.         attribute values in each class.                                         
  2388.                                                                                 
  2389.    (n)  Current Class Intervals:  the intervals (and number of classes) are     
  2390.         used to quantize subsequent attributes.                                 
  2391.                                                                                 
  2392.         Hence a series of maps can be produced with the same legend which       
  2393.         enables attributes to be compared.                                      
  2394.                                                                                 
  2395.    (o)  Current Numbers:  the number of zones or sites per class (and           
  2396.         number of classes) are used to determine the intervals for              
  2397.         subsequent attributes.                                                  
  2398.  
  2399.  11. 3 Quantisation Ranges                               
  2400.        -------------------
  2401.  
  2402. The range of values over which the quantization is applied can be               
  2403. restricted in all methods.  The following options are available for             
  2404. limiting the range:                                                             
  2405.                                                                                 
  2406.       -  the extremes of all values (default)                                   
  2407.       -  user-specified limits (the user enters the low and high values)        
  2408.       -  refined values (i.e., automatically rounded to "nice" values)          
  2409.       -  limits fixed at current values for subsequent quantisations            
  2410.                                                                                 
  2411. Zones with values outside these limits are assigned the "excluded zone"         
  2412. value and colour, lines and sites are not displayed.                            
  2413.                                                                                 
  2414. The menu is of the form:                                                        
  2415.                                                                                 
  2416. QUANTISE FOR ATTRIBUTE VALUE RANGE                                              
  2417. TYPE IN ATTRIBUTE VALUE LIMITS FOR EVERY QUANTISATION                           
  2418. FIX LIMITS AT CURRENT VALUES                                                    
  2419. QUANTISE FOR AUTOMATICALLY SELECTED VALUE LIMITS                                
  2420.                                                                                 
  2421.                                                                                 
  2422. For example a standard legend for percentage data with value ranges             
  2423. 0,25,50,75 and 100 could be generated by choosing extremes to be 0 and 100      
  2424. and fixing them, and by using 4 equal value classes.                            
  2425.  
  2426.  11. 4 Quantisation Lists                                
  2427.        ------------------
  2428.  
  2429. Each of the attribute processing streams has an associated list                 
  2430. that holds the names of the items being quantised i.e. zones or lines or        
  2431. sites.  There is one list for a single stream, one zones list for bivariate     
  2432. maps, and for two streams there is a list of zones and a list of lines or       
  2433. sites.                                                                          
  2434.                                                                                 
  2435. Each list selects the items that are to be quantised from the                   
  2436. corresponding attribute file.  When a map is generated the lists are set to     
  2437. all the names if the attribute files (common names in the case of bivariate     
  2438. maps).                                                                          
  2439.                                                                                 
  2440.  
  2441.                                                                       48
  2442. Zone lists can be reset to:                                                     
  2443.                                                                                 
  2444.       -  all zones in current attribute file (single variate)                   
  2445.       -  all zones common to two attribute files (bivariate)                    
  2446.       -  the displayed zones                                                    
  2447.       -  zones in a names file                                                  
  2448.                                                                                 
  2449. The menu is of the form:                                                        
  2450.                                                                                 
  2451. QUANTISE FOR DISPLAYED SITES                                                    
  2452. QUANTISE FOR ALL SITES IN THE ATTRIBUTE FIL                                     
  2453. QUANTISE FOR SITES IN A NAME FILE                                               
  2454. EDIT SITES USED FOR QUANTISATION                                                
  2455.                                                                                 
  2456.                                                                                 
  2457. Zone lists can also be modified by adding or deleting zone names by             
  2458. typing in a name or selecting the zone with the cursor (256 colour mode)        
  2459.                                                                                 
  2460. Site lists and line lists can be modified by giving the names.                  
  2461.                                                                                 
  2462. Hence the quantisation can take place for a set of items that is                
  2463. independent of the displayed, zone lines and sites (although it is              
  2464. illogical for none to be the same).  It is common for the quantisation to       
  2465. be carried out over a larger geographic area than that being displayed.         
  2466. Sometimes zones are removed because the attribute data are doubtful e.g.        
  2467. Census districts with a low population.                                         
  2468.                                                                                 
  2469. Changing attribute files does not change the items whose values are             
  2470. quantized.                                                                      
  2471.  
  2472.                                                                       49
  2473.                    12. GEOGRAPHIC OVERLAYS                               
  2474.                        ===================
  2475.  
  2476.                                                                                 
  2477. This chapter describes how geographic data such as roads and town locations     
  2478. can be overlayed on top of displayed maps.                                      
  2479.                                                                                 
  2480.                                                                                 
  2481.                                                                                 
  2482.                                                                                 
  2483.  
  2484.  12. 1 Introduction                                      
  2485.        ------------
  2486.  
  2487. Geographic files can be displayed on zones, sites and lines maps to add extra   
  2488. information, usually for "navigation" purposes.                                 
  2489.                                                                                 
  2490. Overlays are selected by choosing DEFINE GEOGRAPHIC OVERLAYS off the main       
  2491. map display menu.                                                               
  2492.                                                                                 
  2493. A menu appears of the following form:                                           
  2494.                                                                                 
  2495. OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FROM A GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                    
  2496. OVERLAY MARKERS FOR SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                    
  2497. OVERLAY NAMES FOR SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                      
  2498. UNDERLAY POLYGONS FROM GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                          
  2499. OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FOR FEATURE CODES                                         
  2500. OVERLAY MARKERS FOR SITES FOR FEATURE CODES                                     
  2501. OVERLAY NAMES FOR SITES FOR FEATURE CODES                                       
  2502. UNDERLAY POLYGONS FOR FEATURE CODES                                             
  2503.                                                                                 
  2504. This menu is similar to the one used with geographic (no attributes) maps.      
  2505.                                                                                 
  2506. Polygons can be displayed underneath, such as postal districts under a sites    
  2507. map.                                                                            
  2508.                                                                                 
  2509. Lines are often displayed on top of a map e.g. roads, rivers.                   
  2510.                                                                                 
  2511. Points can be displayed as symbols e.g. locations of shopping centres.          
  2512.                                                                                 
  2513. Point labels can also be displayed e.g. names of towns.                         
  2514.                                                                                 
  2515. Overlays etc are displayed in the order polygon underlays, then the standard    
  2516. map according to attribute values, then line overlays, then point symbols, and  
  2517. finally names.                                                                  
  2518.                                                                                 
  2519. Within each type of overlay display takes place in the order the overlays are   
  2520. defined. In some cases order of definition is important as a later overlay can  
  2521. obscure an earlier one.                                                         
  2522.                                                                                 
  2523. The basic geographic files contain  polygons,lines, points and names.           
  2524. e.g. a file of one level of census boundaries (e.g. blocks) could be displayed  
  2525. as a lines overlay. Files built with OzZone also contain approximate centroids  
  2526. of zones with labels being the zone names.                                      
  2527.  
  2528.                                                                       50
  2529.  
  2530.  12. 2 USA Census / TIGER Overlays Example               
  2531.        -----------------------------------
  2532.  
  2533. Some sample files are supplied with the system for Washington DC. These were    
  2534. supplied by the US Census Bureau, and would usually be obtained on CD-ROM.      
  2535.                                                                                 
  2536. The attribute file is WASHTRACT and was created by entering the first file off  
  2537. the STF1A CD-ROM (the original file was called STF1A0DC.DBF). This file         
  2538. contains about 40 of the 1990 Census variables extracted for tract/BNAs.        
  2539.                                                                                 
  2540. Three geographic files are supplied. These came from the CD-ROM files for       
  2541. Washington DC. The files for records type 1 (endpoints) and type 2 (shapes) were
  2542. processed. The files were simplified (thinned) to reduce the size.              
  2543.                                                                                 
  2544. WASHTRACT was created by extracting census boundaries for the tract/BNAs with   
  2545. the OzEnter program, thinning with the OzData program, and finally building     
  2546. the zones with OzZone.                                                          
  2547.                                                                                 
  2548. WASHRAIL is a lines file of railroads created by  extracting for feature codes  
  2549. 200 to 252 in OzEnter.                                                          
  2550.                                                                                 
  2551. WASHROAD is a lines file of all roads created by extracting for feature codes   
  2552. 100 to 148 in OzEnter.                                                          
  2553.                                                                                 
  2554.                                                                                 
  2555. These files can be used to demonstrate the use of overlays:                     
  2556.                                                                                 
  2557. First select DISPLAY ZONES FOR AN ATTRIBUTE FILE to display a zones map using   
  2558. attribute file WASHTRACT and geographic file WASHTRACT. This gives a standard   
  2559. choropleth map for 1990 Census data for Washington at tract/BNA level.          
  2560.                                                                                 
  2561. Select DEFINE GEOGRAPHIC OVERLAYS from the map menu.                            
  2562.                                                                                 
  2563. A menu appears that offers options for several types of overlays:               
  2564.                                                                                 
  2565. OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FROM A GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                    
  2566. OVERLAY MARKERS FOR SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                    
  2567. OVERLAY NAMES FOR SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                      
  2568. UNDERLAY POLYGONS FROM GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                          
  2569. OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FOR FEATURE CODES                                         
  2570. OVERLAY MARKERS FOR SITES FOR FEATURE CODES                                     
  2571. OVERLAY NAMES FOR SITES FOR FEATURE CODES                                       
  2572. UNDERLAY POLYGONS FOR FEATURE CODES                                             
  2573.                                                                                 
  2574.                                                                                 
  2575. Now select OVERLAY MARKERS FOR SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE,                        
  2576. use the same geographic file,                                                   
  2577. select marker 1, give the legend text as TRACTS.                                
  2578.                                                                                 
  2579. A series of markers will be displayed. The locations are the points within      
  2580. the standard zones/polygon file built with OzZone so are the approximate        
  2581. centroids of the polygons.                                                      
  2582.                                                                                 
  2583. Next select OVERLAY NAMES FOR SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE, and use the same        
  2584. geographic file in a similar way to display the tract codes. The names here     
  2585. are the zone names. You could of course use any file with differnt locations and
  2586.  
  2587.                                                                       51
  2588. names e.g. town names.                                                          
  2589.                                                                                 
  2590. Now add a line segments overlay. Select OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FROM A            
  2591. GEOGRAPHIC FILE. Use the file WASHRAIL to display railroads.                    
  2592.                                                                                 
  2593. You could now do the same for the roads file. Try subsetting for feature codes  
  2594. as follows:                                                                     
  2595.                                                                                 
  2596. Select OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FOR FEATURE CODES. Use a different                 
  2597. line number each time and try a range 110 to 138 first to display primary,      
  2598. secondary and country roads. Then try a range 140 to 148 to display             
  2599. neighbourhood roads. TIGER file feature codes are defined in the appendix.      
  2600.                                                                                 
  2601. Finally hit F3 to regenerate the map in the default order.                      
  2602.  
  2603.                                                                       52
  2604.                    13.  DISPLAY CONTROL & MAP DESIGN                     
  2605.                        =============================
  2606.  
  2607.                                                                                 
  2608.                                                                                 
  2609. This chapter describes the options available for changing the general appearance
  2610. of a map.                                                                       
  2611.                                                                                 
  2612. These options enable map features that are not geographically referenced to be  
  2613. defined.                                                                        
  2614.                                                                                 
  2615.                                                                                 
  2616.                                                                                 
  2617.                                                                                 
  2618.                                                                                 
  2619.  
  2620.  13. 1 Introduction                                      
  2621.        ------------
  2622.  
  2623. A series of options are available to control the general appearance of maps.    
  2624.                                                                                 
  2625. These are chosen by selecting CHANGE DISPLAY FEATURES from the main map         
  2626. menu.                                                                           
  2627.                                                                                 
  2628. The menu is of the form:                                                        
  2629.                                                                                 
  2630. DISPLAY TEXT                                                                    
  2631. DEFINE ATTRIBUTE DIAGRAMS ON MAP                                                
  2632. ADD STATISTICS TO DIAGRAM                                                       
  2633. CHANGE ZONES LEGEND                                                             
  2634. CHANGE LINES LEGEND                                                             
  2635. CHANGE SITES LEGEND                                                             
  2636. CHANGE GEOGRAPHIC OVERLAYS (GIS) LEGEND                                         
  2637. DISPLAY SYMBOL LEGEND                                                           
  2638. DISPLAY REGION GRIDS                                                            
  2639.                                                                                 
  2640. The actual options that appear depends on the type of map. The options are      
  2641. described in the following sections:                                            
  2642.                                                                                 
  2643.  
  2644.  13. 2  Map Quantisation Legends                         
  2645.        -------------------------
  2646.  
  2647.                                                                                 
  2648. A legend is always displayed on the monitor when an attribute is                
  2649. quantised for map display.  Similar legends are displayed for zones, lines      
  2650. and sites.                                                                      
  2651.                                                                                 
  2652. The menu to change legends has the form:                                        
  2653.                                                                                 
  2654. REMOVE/INCLUDE CLASS RANGES                                                     
  2655. ANNOTATE CLASS BOXES WITH 'HIGH' AND 'LOW'                                      
  2656. TYPE IN CLASS ANNOTATION (2 LINES PER CLASS)                                    
  2657. CHANGE ANNOTATION FOR A CLASS                                                   
  2658. TYPE IN CLASS ANNOTATION HEADER                                                 
  2659. REMOVE/INCLUDE CLASS ANNOTATION HEADER                                          
  2660. REMOVE/INCLUDE NO. ZONES IN CLASSES                                             
  2661.  
  2662.                                                                       53
  2663. REMOVE/INCLUDE MISSING DATA BOX                                                 
  2664. REMOVE/INCLUDE EXCLUDED ZONES BOX                                               
  2665. REMOVE/INCLUDE UNITS DESCRIPTION                                                
  2666. TYPE IN ZONES LEGEND TITLE                                                      
  2667. REMOVE/INCLUDE ZONES LEGEND TITLE                                               
  2668. SPECIFY CLASS RANGE DISPLAY PRECISION                                           
  2669. SELECT ZONES LEGEND VIEWPORT WITH THE BOX-CURSORS                               
  2670.                                                                                 
  2671.                                                                                 
  2672. The elements of a legend are:                                                   
  2673.                                                                                 
  2674.       -  TITLE, a title for the legend (maximum of 3 lines and 16               
  2675.          characters per line).                                                  
  2676.                                                                                 
  2677.       -  UNITS, description of the units of a legend (maximum of 10             
  2678.          characters).                                                           
  2679.                                                                                 
  2680.       -  HEADER, a header for the class annotation (maximum of 8                
  2681.          characters).  The default is "RANGE".                                  
  2682.                                                                                 
  2683.                                                                                 
  2684.       -  CLASS ANNOTATION, either                                               
  2685.                                                                                 
  2686.             -  the class intervals as numbers aligned between boxes             
  2687.                (maximum of 8 characters), or                                    
  2688.                                                                                 
  2689.             -  class description aligned with the centre of boxes (maximum      
  2690.                of 2 lines, 8 characters per line), or                           
  2691.                                                                                 
  2692.             -  "HIGH" and "LOW" at the top and bottom of the boxes              
  2693.                respectively.                                                    
  2694.                                                                                 
  2695.       -  EXCLUDED ZONES, annotation for the "excluded zones" class              
  2696.                                                                                 
  2697.       -  MISSING DATA ZONES, annotation for the "missing data" class            
  2698.                                                                                 
  2699.       -  NUMBERS, the numbers of items in each class.                           
  2700.                                                                                 
  2701. Zone legends have fixed size boxes that give the colours used for the           
  2702. classes.                                                                        
  2703.                                                                                 
  2704. Site legends have variable sized symbols in a special colour that give          
  2705. the markers and their sizes used for the classes.                               
  2706.                                                                                 
  2707. Line legends replace the boxes by sample lines in a special colour              
  2708. that give the line types used for the classes.                                  
  2709.                                                                                 
  2710. All text in a legend is written with small fixed size characters.               
  2711.                                                                                 
  2712. Display of the legend elements can be controlled by the user.  The              
  2713. boxes corresponding to attribute classes are always displayed but the           
  2714. elements (including "excluded zones" and "missing data " boxes) can be          
  2715. removed.                                                                        
  2716.                                                                                 
  2717. Some of the legend text can be replaced by characters entered by the            
  2718. user on the keyboard, viz.,                                                     
  2719.                                                                                 
  2720.          -  title                                                               
  2721.  
  2722.                                                                       54
  2723.          -  units                                                               
  2724.          -  header                                                              
  2725. and      -  class description                                                   
  2726.                                                                                 
  2727. The default map layout sets the map image viewport as the left three            
  2728. quarters (approximately) of the monitor, and the legend viewpoints on the       
  2729. right side of the screen.  The zone legend is on the bottom, line or site       
  2730. legend above.                                                                   
  2731.                                                                                 
  2732. New legend viewpoints can be selected with the box cursor.  A single            
  2733. variate legend may need more than one column to fit.                            
  2734.                                                                                 
  2735.  
  2736.  13. 3 Overlays (GIS) legends                            
  2737.        ----------------------
  2738.  
  2739. When line overlays, markers, text at points or polygon underlays are displayed  
  2740. a legend appears that describes the overlays. The text must be specified by the 
  2741. user.                                                                           
  2742.  
  2743.  13. 4 Other Legends                                     
  2744.        -------------
  2745.  
  2746. When several line files are being displayed using different lines, or           
  2747. several site files are displayed using different markers, a legend can be       
  2748. added.                                                                          
  2749.                                                                                 
  2750.       The line and marker legends have similar format:                          
  2751.                                                                                 
  2752.       -  a header line of text                                                  
  2753.       -  legend entries                                                         
  2754.       -  marker or box in quantisation legend colour                            
  2755.       -  description                                                            
  2756.  
  2757.  13. 5 Text                                              
  2758.        ----
  2759.  
  2760. Lines of text can be typed in and displayed on the screen in one of             
  2761. the four available text types.  The text is positioned with the cursor.  Up     
  2762. to 20 lines of text can be displayed.                                           
  2763.                                                                                 
  2764. Lines of text can be deleted and moved around the screen.                       
  2765.                                                                                 
  2766. Text is usually added to a map to supply extra information e.g. the             
  2767. name of the geographic region and type of zones, organisation names,            
  2768. disclaimers.                                                                    
  2769.  
  2770.  13. 6 Attribute Diagrams                                
  2771.        ------------------
  2772.  
  2773. A menu is available to control diagrams added to an attribute map.              
  2774.                                                                                 
  2775. Select DEFINE ATTRIBUTE DIAGRAMS ON MAP.                                        
  2776.                                                                                 
  2777.                                                                                 
  2778. DISPLAY THE SCATTER DIAGRAM                                                     
  2779. DISPLAY THE ATTRIBUTE DISTRIBUTION                                              
  2780. DISPLAY THE QUANTISATION RESULTS                                                
  2781.  
  2782.                                                                       55
  2783. DISPLAY THE SORTED ATTRIBUTE VALUES                                             
  2784. REMOVE/DISPLAY AXES                                                             
  2785. REMOVE DIAGRAM                                                                  
  2786. CHANGE DISPLAY VIEWPORT                                                         
  2787.                                                                                 
  2788.                                                                                 
  2789.       (a)  Histograms can be displayed in the map area.  The                    
  2790.            histograms show one of the following:                                
  2791.                                                                                 
  2792.             -  the number of items (zones or sites) within equal intervals      
  2793.                of a single attribute                                            
  2794.             -  the number of items within class intervals of a single           
  2795.                attribute                                                        
  2796.             -  the attribute values corresponding to zones sorted in            
  2797.                ascending order of attribute value.                              
  2798.                                                                                 
  2799.                The bars of a histogram are coloured according to the class      
  2800.                colours in the legend.  For two variate displays, two            
  2801.                histograms can be displayed one underneath the other.  The       
  2802.                histograms provide an overview of the statistical                
  2803.                distribution of the attribute values.                            
  2804.                                                                                 
  2805.       (b)      Scatter plots can be displayed in the map area for               
  2806.                bivariate zone displays.  The plots show the distribution of     
  2807.                zones within the ranges of each attribute.  The elements of      
  2808.                the plot are coloured according to the class colours in the      
  2809.                legend.  The scatter plots provide an overview of the            
  2810.                statistical distribution of the attribute values.                
  2811.                                                                                 
  2812.       (c)   Statistics can be added to the diagrams:                            
  2813.                                                                                 
  2814.       -  mean and standard deviation lines                                      
  2815.       -  median                                                                 
  2816.                                                                                 
  2817.       A regression polynomial of order 1,2 or 3 can be added to a scatter       
  2818.       diagram.                                                                  
  2819.                                                                                 
  2820.       The diagram viewport is selected with the cursor.                         
  2821.                                                                                 
  2822. Addition of a distribution histogram or scatter diagram (bivariate)             
  2823. add considerably to the information content of a map. They are displayed by     
  2824. default.                                                                        
  2825.  
  2826.  13. 7 Displayed Colours (removed)                       
  2827.        ---------------------------
  2828.  
  2829.                                                                                 
  2830. Options to change colours are no longer available in the DOS version. They      
  2831. were removed when  DOS limits were exceeded.                                    
  2832.                                                                                 
  2833. All colours within a map display can be changed by the user when a              
  2834. 256 colour VGA display system is being used.  Individual colours can be         
  2835. selected in three ways:                                                         
  2836.                                                                                 
  2837.       (a)  by reference to a colour palette.  The colour is selected with       
  2838.            the crosshairs (256 colour mode).                                    
  2839.                                                                                 
  2840.       (b)  by a blue, green and red (B,G,R) triple.  Values for each of the     
  2841.  
  2842.                                                                       56
  2843.                                                                                 
  2844.            elements in the triple range from 0 to 1.0;  a red colour would      
  2845.            therefore be 0.0,0.0,1.0.                                            
  2846.                                                                                 
  2847.       (c)  by a name from a colour names file.  The name is a character         
  2848.            string typed on the keyboard.                                        
  2849.                                                                                 
  2850. Any of these ways can be selected by the user.                                  
  2851.                                                                                 
  2852. The set of colours is assigned to map classes and associated map                
  2853. elements by reference to the current device file.                               
  2854.                                                                                 
  2855. This enables colours for all of  the classes to be assigned quickly, although   
  2856. individual colours in the set can be modified subsequently.                     
  2857.                                                                                 
  2858. Displayed elements must be identified in order to change their                  
  2859. colour.                                                                         
  2860.                                                                                 
  2861. Certain elements are explictly referenced in the menus associated               
  2862. with colour change, and can be identified by selecting the appropriate menu     
  2863. option.  These elements are:                                                    
  2864.                                                                                 
  2865.      -  text                                                                    
  2866.      -  markers                                                                 
  2867.      -  lines                                                                   
  2868.      -  zone boundary                                                           
  2869.      -  map background                                                          
  2870.      -  excluded zones                                                          
  2871.      -  zones with missing data                                                 
  2872.      -  zone attribute classes                                                  
  2873.      -  background of attribute diagrams                                        
  2874.      -  site legend markers                                                     
  2875.      -  line legend                                                             
  2876.                                                                                 
  2877. Specific attribute classes, text, markers and lines are identified by           
  2878. number.                                                                         
  2879.  
  2880.                                                                       57
  2881.                    14. MAP REGIONS                                       
  2882.                        ===========
  2883.  
  2884.                                                                                 
  2885.                                                                                 
  2886. This chapter describes the options that enable the geographic layout of a       
  2887. map to be defined.                                                              
  2888.                                                                                 
  2889.                                                                                 
  2890.                                                                                 
  2891.  
  2892.  14. 1 Introduction                                      
  2893.        ------------
  2894.  
  2895. Map regions enable complex map layouts to be generated.  Maps often             
  2896. have only one region, typically zones from one geographic file displayed on     
  2897. the default viewpoint on the monitor.  Multiple regions, each with defined      
  2898. window and viewport provide many possibilities:                                 
  2899.                                                                                 
  2900. For example:                                                                    
  2901.                                                                                 
  2902.   . Display of different parts of a country (from different geographic          
  2903.     files) at the same time.                                                    
  2904.   . Display of a geographic area and a part extracted from it on the            
  2905.     same map.                                                                   
  2906.   . Display of overlays such as roads or retail sites on different parts of     
  2907.     a map.                                                                      
  2908.   . Changing the geographic areas that are currently displayed and moving       
  2909.     them on the screen.                                                         
  2910.   . Displaying adjacent geographic areas joined together.                       
  2911.                                                                                 
  2912. These options are for the geographically referenced features of a map. There    
  2913. is a different set of options for defining other features on a map such as      
  2914. text and legends that are simply positioned on the screen.                      
  2915.                                                                                 
  2916.                                                                                 
  2917. Definition of map regions is requested by selecting DEFINE MAP REGIONS from     
  2918. the main map menu after a map has been displayed.                               
  2919.                                                                                 
  2920. A menu then appears of the following form:                                      
  2921.                                                                                 
  2922. CHANGE THE DISPLAYED ITEMS IN THE MAP                                           
  2923. CHANGE MAP REGION WINDOW (GEOGRAPHIC AREA)                                      
  2924. ZOOM MAP REGION WINDOW ABOUT X-HAIR POINT                                       
  2925. CHANGE MAP REGION VIEWPORT (SCREEN AREA)                                        
  2926. DEFINE NEW REGION FOR QUANTISED ZONES                                           
  2927. DISPLAY MORE QUANTISED ZONES ON A REGION                                        
  2928. DELETE QUANTISED ZONES FROM REGION                                              
  2929.                                                                                 
  2930. These few options enable comples layouts to be defined (sometimes with a lot    
  2931. of playing around). If a map is complex it is recommended that the map be       
  2932. saved often so you will not have to start from the beginning if a               
  2933. mistake is made.                                                                
  2934.  
  2935.                                                                       58
  2936.  
  2937.  14. 2 Regions                                           
  2938.        -------
  2939.  
  2940. A new map region is established when a geographic file is displayed.  The       
  2941. region is defined by the geographic window (or subset) and its displayed        
  2942. area (or viewport) on the monitor.                                              
  2943.                                                                                 
  2944. A standard map consists of one region. The window is the whole of the           
  2945. geographic file and the viewport is most of the screen.                         
  2946.                                                                                 
  2947. Other regions can be added to a map. A maximum of 10 map regions can be         
  2948. defined in a map. The option DEFINE NEW REGION FOR QUANTISED ZONES enables      
  2949. other geographic files to be added to the map, each on their own part           
  2950. of the screen, and to be coloured according to the attribute file values.       
  2951. For example, you may want to display a map of 5 counties, where you have 5      
  2952. geographic files (one for each county) and one attribute file that has          
  2953. the values you want to display. You start by displaying just one                
  2954. geographic file and then use this option to add and position the other          
  2955. four files. You will find that it takes some time to finalise the layout        
  2956. in this type of map.                                                            
  2957.                                                                                 
  2958. Regions are identified by number, being the order in which the regions are      
  2959. defined. A standard map has only region number one, and you do not have to      
  2960. specify the region number.                                                      
  2961. A geographic window is initially the total area of the geographic file          
  2962. (Files are subset as a data preparation process).  You can change the part      
  2963. of the geographic file that is displayed by selecting a new geographic          
  2964. extent via the options CHANGE MAP REGION WINDOW (GEOGRAPHIC AREA) or            
  2965. ZOOM MAP REGION WINDOW ABOUT X-HAIR POINT                                       
  2966.                                                                                 
  2967. A new viewport is selected by positioning the cursor on the monitor with        
  2968. the mouse or arrows (i.e. it is a rectangular part of the screen) via           
  2969. the option CHANGE MAP REGION VIEWPORT (SCREEN AREA)                             
  2970.                                                                                 
  2971. Polygon underlays, line, point and name overlays can be added to any map        
  2972. region. This process is the same as already described in the chapter on         
  2973. overlays except that the region number has to be given if there are more        
  2974. than one.                                                                       
  2975.                                                                                 
  2976. More than one geographic file can be displayed on a region according to the     
  2977. attribute data with DISPLAY MORE QUANTISED ZONES ON A REGION. For example       
  2978. you may want to display maps of two adjoining states. You start by displaying   
  2979. one of the geographic files for the attribute file in the standard way.         
  2980. You then add the second file to the same region (and adjust the viewport and    
  2981. window). The two states will neatly fit together (if the projection &           
  2982. coordinate system is the same).                                                 
  2983.                                                                                 
  2984. Geographic files are automatically windowed, scaled and clipped for             
  2985. display on map regions.                                                         
  2986.                                                                                 
  2987. When multiple files are displayed on a region, the precedure order is           
  2988. polygons, quantised zones, lines, sites, line overlays, markers and finally     
  2989. text at points.                                                                 
  2990.                                                                                 
  2991. Multiple regions can be defined anywhere on the map display area of             
  2992. the monitor.  However, if regions overlap the display procedure is              
  2993.  
  2994.                                                                       59
  2995. established by the order of definition.  Therefore the user should consider     
  2996. the order of display carefully in multiple region presentations.                
  2997.                                                                                 
  2998. Geographic files can be displayed  in any order, and regions can be defined     
  2999. and changed as desired.                                                         
  3000.                                                                                 
  3001. Many  of these operations destroy the data in the display system memory         
  3002. (the map display is corrupted) so F3 must be typed to completely regenerate     
  3003. the map display.                                                                
  3004.                                                                                 
  3005.  
  3006.  14. 3 Map List                                          
  3007.        --------
  3008.  
  3009. A list of displayed items (zones, lines and sites) is maintained by             
  3010. the system.                                                                     
  3011.                                                                                 
  3012. The list can be changed by selecting CHANGE THE DISPLAYED ITEMS IN THE MAP,     
  3013. which displays a menu of the form:                                              
  3014.                                                                                 
  3015. USE THE ITEMS IN A NAMES FILE                                                   
  3016. USE ITEMS IN THE CURRENT ATTRIBUTE FILE                                         
  3017. USE DISPLAYED ITEMS FROM RANGE OF CLASSES                                       
  3018. USE THE ITEMS THAT ARE QUANTISED                                                
  3019. EDIT THE DISPLAYED MAP ITEMS                                                    
  3020.                                                                                 
  3021.                                                                                 
  3022. The list is sorted into alphabetical order, and the items are                   
  3023. displayed using pixels corresponding to the position in the table (256          
  3024. colour mode).  This enables items to be selected with the cursor and            
  3025. identified.                                                                     
  3026.                                                                                 
  3027. A list of flags corresponding to the map list is also held.  The                
  3028. flags enable some of the displayed items to be dropped interactively.           
  3029.                                                                                 
  3030. The flags are usually set to items in the attribute files:                      
  3031.                                                                                 
  3032. The options are:                                                                
  3033.                                                                                 
  3034.       -  names in attribute file (single variate)                               
  3035.       -  common to two attribute files (bivariate)                              
  3036.       -  names in two attribute files (zones and lines or sites)                
  3037.       -  names for ranges of classes                                            
  3038.       -  names in quantisation lists                                            
  3039.                                                                                 
  3040. Items can be added or deleted by selecting them with the cursor or              
  3041. typing the name.                                                                
  3042.                                                                                 
  3043. The DOS version of OzGIS can display up to 500 items.  When                     
  3044. the number of display items (plus standard features) is less than the           
  3045. length of the hardware LUT (number of simultaneous colours) the system can      
  3046. display the results of quantising zone attribute data extremely rapidly by      
  3047. changing the colours.  When the number of items is too large the system has     
  3048. to revert to displaying each zone by polygon fill.                              
  3049.  
  3050.                                                                       60
  3051.  
  3052.  14. 4 Quantised Zones                                   
  3053.        ---------------
  3054.  
  3055. Up to 10 sets of zones files can be displayed on defined regions.               
  3056. Adjacent files will automatically join.  GKS clips the polygons to the          
  3057. edges of the region viewports.  Where regions overlap, the zones of the         
  3058. last one to be displayed will overwrite the displayed data underneath.          
  3059.                                                                                 
  3060. Zones that are not in the map list are not displayed.                           
  3061.                                                                                 
  3062. When the system operates in fast interactive mode the zones are                 
  3063. displayed once and the colours changed for the quantisation results.  In        
  3064. polygon fill mode the zones are displayed every time attribute data are         
  3065. quantised using fill (colour, pattern or hatch) for the appropriate             
  3066. classes.                                                                        
  3067.                                                                                 
  3068. Note that OzGIS expects overwriting to occur.  Hence display of                 
  3069. polygons on top of others is not successful using hatching on plotters,         
  3070. so OzGIS handles polygons in a special way for this case.                       
  3071.  
  3072.  14. 5 Quantised lines                                   
  3073.        ---------------
  3074.  
  3075. Up to 10 sets of lines can be displayed on regions.  GKS clips lines            
  3076. to region viewports.                                                            
  3077.                                                                                 
  3078. Lines that are not in the map list are not displayed.                           
  3079.                                                                                 
  3080. Each file is assigned to a different line, and is displayed in that             
  3081. line colour.  Four different lines are available.  The results of the           
  3082. quantisation are displayed by using different line types.                       
  3083.                                                                                 
  3084. The attribute data can be quantised into up to four classes, so four            
  3085. line types are used.  The line files are assigned to the four available         
  3086. lines according to overall classification when they are defined (e.g.           
  3087. roads, railway tracks and rivers).                                              
  3088.  
  3089.  14. 6 Quantised sites                                   
  3090.        ---------------
  3091.  
  3092. Up to 10 files can be displayed on regions.                                     
  3093.                                                                                 
  3094. Sites that are not in the map list or are outside the region window             
  3095. are not displayed.                                                              
  3096.                                                                                 
  3097. Each file is assigned to a different marker and is displayed in that            
  3098. marker's colour and background colour.  Four different markers are              
  3099. available.  The results of the quantisation are displayed as different          
  3100. sized markers.  When operating in fast interactive mode, the markers are        
  3101. displayed in bit planes so they can be rapidly cleared.                         
  3102.                                                                                 
  3103. The attribute data can be quantised into up to four classes so four             
  3104. different marker sizes are used.  The files are assigned to the four            
  3105. available markers according to overall classification (e.g. owners of banks     
  3106. at the sites).                                                                  
  3107.  
  3108.                                                                       61
  3109.  
  3110.  14. 7 Line Overlays                                     
  3111.        -------------
  3112.  
  3113. The segments from up to 10 geographic files can be displayed as                 
  3114. overlays on map regions.  Each file is assigned to a region and one of four     
  3115. available lines and is displayed as a solid line in that line's colour.         
  3116. GKS clips the lines to the region's viewport.                                   
  3117.  
  3118.  14. 8 Polygon underlays                                 
  3119.        -----------------
  3120.  
  3121. The polygons from up to 10 geographic files can be displayed as                 
  3122. underlays on map regions.  Each file is assigned to a region and one of eight   
  3123. available polygon colours.                                                      
  3124.  
  3125.  14. 9 Marker Overlays                                   
  3126.        ---------------
  3127.  
  3128. The points from up to 10 geographic files can be used to display                
  3129. markers at points in regions.  Each file is assigned to a region and to one     
  3130. of four available markers.  Markers are not displayed for points outside        
  3131. the region's window.                                                            
  3132.  
  3133.  14.10 Name Overlays                                     
  3134.        -------------
  3135.  
  3136. The  points from up to 10 geographic files can be used to display               
  3137. names at points in regions.  Each site file is assigned to a region and to      
  3138. one of four available types of text.  Names are not displayed for points        
  3139. outside the region's window.                                                    
  3140.  
  3141.  14.11 Map Modification                                  
  3142.        ----------------
  3143.  
  3144. The window and viewport of a map region can be modified by selecting            
  3145. a new one with the cursors.                                                     
  3146.                                                                                 
  3147. Files displayed for quantisation can be deleted from regions, unless            
  3148. the only one of that type.                                                      
  3149.  
  3150.                                                                       62
  3151.                    15.  MAP ANALYSIS                                     
  3152.                        =============
  3153.  
  3154.                                                                                 
  3155.                                                                                 
  3156. This chapter describes how you can find out more about the attribute data       
  3157. displayed on a map.                                                             
  3158.                                                                                 
  3159.                                                                                 
  3160.                                                                                 
  3161.                                                                                 
  3162.  
  3163.  15. 1 Introduction                                      
  3164.        ------------
  3165.  
  3166. Selecting ANALYSE MAP DATA from the main map menu enables further analysis      
  3167. of a displayed map (with attribute data).                                       
  3168.                                                                                 
  3169. The following menu appears:                                                     
  3170.                                                                                 
  3171. INTERROGATE MAP DATA                                                            
  3172. GENERATE MAP REPORT ON FILE OZGIS.OUT                                           
  3173. DISPLAY ATTRIBUTE STATISTICS                                                    
  3174.                                                                                 
  3175.  
  3176.  15. 2 Map Reports                                       
  3177.        -----------
  3178.  
  3179.                                                                                 
  3180. An option is available to write a full map report (giving details of            
  3181. the displayed items, their attribute values and class numbers) on the file      
  3182. OZGIS.OUT                                                                       
  3183.                                                                                 
  3184.  
  3185.  15. 3 Attribute Data Statistics                         
  3186.        -------------------------
  3187.  
  3188.                                                                                 
  3189. The statistics of displayed attributes can be computed and displayed            
  3190. under user control.                                                             
  3191.                                                                                 
  3192. The following statistics are computed for a simple attribute:                   
  3193.                                                                                 
  3194.       -  minimum value                                                          
  3195.       -  maximum value                                                          
  3196.       -  mean value                                                             
  3197.       -  median value                                                           
  3198.       -  standard deviation                                                     
  3199.       -  skewness                                                               
  3200.       -  kurtosis                                                               
  3201.                                                                                 
  3202. For pairs of attributes (bi-variate displays) the above statistics              
  3203. are computed for each attribute, as well as                                     
  3204.                                                                                 
  3205.       -  correlation coefficient                                                
  3206. and   -  regression polynomial coefficients (to order 3).                       
  3207.                                                                                 
  3208.  
  3209.                                                                       63
  3210.  
  3211.  15. 4 Map Interrogation                                 
  3212.        -----------------
  3213.  
  3214.                                                                                 
  3215. When a map has been displayed, it is possible to interrogate the map            
  3216. data interactively.                                                             
  3217.                                                                                 
  3218. The actual menu depends on the type of map, but is of the form:                 
  3219.                                                                                 
  3220. LIST DATA FOR A CLASS RANGE                                                     
  3221. LIST DATA FOR NAMES TYPED AT TERMINAL                                           
  3222. LIST DATA FOR ITEMS IN A NAMES FILE                                             
  3223. LIST DISPLAYED SITES                                                            
  3224. LIST QUANTISATION SITES                                                         
  3225. LIST SITES WITHIN WINDOW SELECTED WITH BOX-CURSOR                               
  3226. LIST SITES WITHIN DIGITISED POLYGON                                             
  3227. LIST SITES WITHIN CIRCLE, TYPED IN RADIUS                                       
  3228. LIST SITES WITHIN CIRCLE, CURSOR SELECTED RADIUS                                
  3229.                                                                                 
  3230.                                                                                 
  3231. The details generated by interrogation are the names of the zones,              
  3232. lines or sites, the values of the displayed attributes (one value for           
  3233. single variate displays, and two for bivariate) and their assigned class        
  3234. number.  The options for interrogation are:                                     
  3235.                                                                                 
  3236.                                                                                 
  3237.    (a)  class number range                                                      
  3238.                                                                                 
  3239.         -  items (zones, lines or sites) within a specified range of class      
  3240.            numbers.                                                             
  3241.                                                                                 
  3242.    (b)  single item identification                                              
  3243.                                                                                 
  3244.         -  zone line or site selected by entering its name at the keyboard.     
  3245.                                                                                 
  3246.    (c)  set identification                                                      
  3247.                                                                                 
  3248.         -  items selected by a names file, items in map, or items in            
  3249.            quantisation lists.                                                  
  3250.    (d)  Lists                                                                   
  3251.                                                                                 
  3252.         -  The names of all the displayed items are held in one list.           
  3253.            Each attribute stream has an associated list of items that are       
  3254.            being quantised.                                                     
  3255.                                                                                 
  3256.    (e)  Interactive selection                                                   
  3257.                                                                                 
  3258.         -  The "box cursor" can be used to describe a rectangular region to     
  3259.            select items.  The selection of zones and lines is either by         
  3260.            all minimum bounding rectangles (MBR) of the items that fall         
  3261.            completely within the cursor window or MBRs that intersect           
  3262.            the window.  Sites (and zone centroids) are selected by points       
  3263.            that lie inside the window.                                          
  3264.                                                                                 
  3265.  
  3266.                                                                       64
  3267.                    16. OzData DATA PREPARATION                           
  3268.                        =======================
  3269.  
  3270.                                                                                 
  3271.                                                                                 
  3272.                                                                                 
  3273. This chapter describes options to prepare data for display and analysis.        
  3274.                                                                                 
  3275.                                                                                 
  3276.                                                                                 
  3277.                                                                                 
  3278.  
  3279.  16. 1 Introduction                                      
  3280.        ------------
  3281.  
  3282. The raw data are input to the system using the OzEnter program. However, the    
  3283. data often need further processing. Also, some data needed within the system    
  3284. cannot be specified as data files and need to be prepared.                      
  3285.                                                                                 
  3286. These facilities are provided by the OzData program.                            
  3287.                                                                                 
  3288. The main menu is of the form:                                                   
  3289.                                                                                 
  3290. PROCESS ATTRIBUTE FILES                                                         
  3291. PROCESS GEOGRAPHIC FILES                                                        
  3292. PROCESS NAMES FILES                                                             
  3293. OUTPUT EXTERNAL DATA FILES                                                      
  3294.                                                                                 
  3295.  
  3296.  16. 2 Attribute Files                                   
  3297.        ---------------
  3298.  
  3299.                                                                                 
  3300. The PROCESS ATTRIBUTE FILES menu is:                                            
  3301.                                                                                 
  3302. FORM ATTRIBUTES WITH ARITHMETIC EXPRESSIONS                                     
  3303. AMALGAMATE ATTRIBUTE DATA FOR AN COMBINE FILE                                   
  3304.                                                                                 
  3305.                                                                                 
  3306. A new attribute file can be generated from an attribute file and a              
  3307. combine file by selecting AMALGAMATE ATTRIBUTE DATA FOR AN COMBINE FILE.        
  3308.                                                                                 
  3309. The combine file defines new zones (or site catchments)                         
  3310. in terms of the names referenced by the attribute file.                         
  3311.                                                                                 
  3312. For example, you may define sales territories in terms of postal districts      
  3313. and put the definition in a combine file (manually or via OzTerr). You would    
  3314. then amalgamate both the geographic file of postal district boundaries and      
  3315. any attribute files based on postal boundaries to produce files for             
  3316. mapping.                                                                        
  3317.                                                                                 
  3318.                                                                                 
  3319.                                                                                 
  3320. Attributes can also be derived from existing attributes by applying             
  3321. arithmetic operations to the attribute values via FORM ATTRIBUTES WITH ARITHMETI
  3322.                                                                                 
  3323. A common application is preprocessing Census data before display to form        
  3324.  
  3325.                                                                       65
  3326. the desired attributes.                                                         
  3327.                                                                                 
  3328. Attributes are identified by the character # followed by a number,              
  3329. indicating the sequential position of the attribute on the input file           
  3330. e.g. #10 represents the tenth attribute).  An example of an expression          
  3331. to form a composite attribute is:                                               
  3332.                                                                                 
  3333.                  (#1+#2)/2 > 0 < 1000                                           
  3334.                                                                                 
  3335. This creates a new attribute whose values are half the sum of the values        
  3336. from the first and second attributes on the input file.  Any valid              
  3337. arithmetic expression is acceptable.  The output values are limited to          
  3338. the given range.                                                                
  3339.                                                                                 
  3340. Functions available are:-                                                       
  3341.                                                                                 
  3342.       LOG10  :  common logarithm                                                
  3343.       SQRT   :  square root                                                     
  3344.       ABS    :  absolute value                                                  
  3345.       EXP    :  exponential                                                     
  3346.       SIN    :  sine                                                            
  3347.       COS    :  cosine                                                          
  3348.                                                                                 
  3349. Functions removed from the PC version are:                                      
  3350.                                                                                 
  3351.       LOG    :  natural logarithm                                               
  3352.       AINT   :  truncation                                                      
  3353.       TAN    :  tangent                                                         
  3354.       ATAN   :  arc tangent                                                     
  3355.       SINH   :  hyperbolic sine                                                 
  3356.       COSH   :  hyperbolic cosine                                               
  3357.                                                                                 
  3358. Pi is referred to as PI.                                                        
  3359.                                                                                 
  3360. Operators are:                                                                  
  3361.                                                                                 
  3362.    +  addition                                                                  
  3363.    -  subtraction                                                               
  3364.    *  multiplication                                                            
  3365.    /  division                                                                  
  3366.    >  greater than or equal to                                                  
  3367.    <  less than or equal to                                                     
  3368.                                                                                 
  3369. Expressions are evaluated left to right and have a limit of 70                  
  3370. characters.  Parentheses should be used to ensure there are no                  
  3371. ambiguities.                                                                    
  3372.                                                                                 
  3373. The user must give a 30 character attribute description and 10 character        
  3374. units description for each new attribute that is generated.                     
  3375.                                                                                 
  3376.  
  3377.  16. 3 Geographic Files                                  
  3378.        ----------------
  3379.  
  3380. The menu is of the following form:                                              
  3381.                                                                                 
  3382. SUBSET FOR ZONES LIST                                                           
  3383. SUBSET FOR LINES LIST                                                           
  3384.  
  3385.                                                                       66
  3386. SUBSET FOR SITES LIST#                                                          
  3387. AMALGAMATE ZONES FOR A COMBINE FILE                                             
  3388. JOIN LINE SEGMENTS FOR POLYGONS                                                 
  3389. SIMPLIFY (THIN) LINE SEGMENTS                                                   
  3390.                                                                                 
  3391. Often the geographic region covered by a geographic file will be much larger    
  3392. than is required. Geographic files can be subset (windowed) on the basis of     
  3393. a list of required display items (zones, sites, lines).                         
  3394.       - items in a names file                                                   
  3395.       - items in an attribute file                                              
  3396.       - items within a window selected with the cursor from a displayed file    
  3397.                                                                                 
  3398. Line segments can be simplified to reduce the number of points that             
  3399. have to be processed.  This is used to speed up display where the               
  3400. resolution of the digitised data are higher that that needed for display        
  3401. terminals.                                                                      
  3402.                                                                                 
  3403. Line segments that form polygons can be joined together into long segments.     
  3404. Where many short segments are used this process, in conjunction with            
  3405. simplification, can sustantially reduce the disk storage required and speed     
  3406. processing.                                                                     
  3407.                                                                                 
  3408. The zones in a geographic file can be amalgamated according to a combine        
  3409. file to generate a new geographic file.  The new file contains the new          
  3410. zones.  The same combine file can be used to generate attribute data for        
  3411. the same new zones. For example, you may amalgamate basic Census zones into     
  3412. zones at a higher level or into sales territories.                              
  3413.  
  3414.  16. 4  Names Files                                      
  3415.        ------------
  3416.  
  3417. Names files give lists of items (zones, sites,lines) that are to be processed.  
  3418. These lists can be generated from other types of files. These options are       
  3419. particularly useful when the names files are to be modified.                    
  3420.                                                                                 
  3421. The menu is of the form:                                                        
  3422.                                                                                 
  3423. SAVE ATTRIBUTE FILE NAMES AS A NAMES FILE                                       
  3424. SAVE GEOGRAPHIC FILE ZONES AS A NAMES FILE                                      
  3425. SAVE GEOGRAPHIC FILE LINES AS A NAMES FILE                                      
  3426. SAVE GEOGRAPHIC FILE SITES AS A NAMES FILE                                      
  3427. EDIT A NAMES FILE                                                               
  3428.                                                                                 
  3429. For example, you may output the names from a Census attribute file to a         
  3430. names file, edit it with a word processor and the use it to subset a            
  3431. census boundary (geographic) file to produce the desired map region.            
  3432.                                                                                 
  3433.  
  3434.  16. 5  Output to Data Files                             
  3435.        ---------------------
  3436.  
  3437. Options are provided to output internal files as data files so they can be      
  3438. modified with word-processors for further processing.                           
  3439.                                                                                 
  3440. The menu is of the following form:                                              
  3441.                                                                                 
  3442. GENERATE ATTRIBUTE TEMPLATE DATA FILE                                           
  3443. OUTPUT NAMES DATA FILE                                                          
  3444.  
  3445.                                                                       67
  3446. OUTPUT ATTRIBUTE FILE IN SIMPLE (SAS) FORMAT                                    
  3447. OUTPUT COMBINE DATA FILE                                                        
  3448.                                                                                 
  3449. Names files can be editted to change the lists of items used for processing.    
  3450.                                                                                 
  3451. Attribute files can be output in simple database format.                        
  3452.                                                                                 
  3453. Combine files can be modified as part of the definition of territories and      
  3454. sites.                                                                          
  3455.                                                                                 
  3456. Attribute templates can be generated for preparation of attribute data with     
  3457. a word-processor. This is also useful for displaying new boundary data when     
  3458. you have no attribute file. The file can be input with OzEnter as a database    
  3459. format attribute file.                                                          
  3460.  
  3461.  16. 6 Palette Files (Removed from system)               
  3462.        -----------------------------------
  3463.  
  3464. Palette files have been removed from the system until display systems with more 
  3465. than 256 colours are available.                                                 
  3466.                                                                                 
  3467. Palettes are generated by selecting colours for the elements of a               
  3468. palette shown on the screen.  The colours can be selected in the                
  3469. following ways:                                                                 
  3470.                                                                                 
  3471.       -  by entering blue, green and red values.                                
  3472.                                                                                 
  3473.       -  by reference to another palette                                        
  3474.                                                                                 
  3475.       -  by reference to a colour names file                                    
  3476.                                                                                 
  3477.       -  by reference to a colour cross-section displayed in the map area       
  3478.          of the screen.                                                         
  3479.                                                                                 
  3480. After colour selection, the palette can be saved as a file.                     
  3481.                                                                                 
  3482.    An existing palette file can be modified to produce a new file, by           
  3483.    displaying it and adding or deleting elements.                               
  3484.  
  3485.  16. 7 Colour Names Files  (Removed from system)         
  3486.        -----------------------------------------
  3487.  
  3488.    Colour names files are generated by typing in a name and then selecting      
  3489.    the corresponding colour in the ways described above for selecting           
  3490.    colours for palettes.  An existing colour names file can be modified.        
  3491.  
  3492.                                                                       68
  3493.                    17. OzZone BUILDING ZONES FROM SEGMENTS               
  3494.                        ===================================
  3495.  
  3496.                                                                                 
  3497.                                                                                 
  3498.                                                                                 
  3499. Geographic data, such as Census boundaries, are often supplied as lines which   
  3500. have to be connected to form polygons.                                          
  3501.                                                                                 
  3502. This chapter describes the OzZone program which carries out this zone building  
  3503. process and outlines common preprocessing of this type of data.                 
  3504.                                                                                 
  3505.                                                                                 
  3506.                                                                                 
  3507.  
  3508.  17. 1 Use                                               
  3509.        ---
  3510.  
  3511. Zone boundary data can be supplied either as the complete set of points for the 
  3512. outsides of each polygon or as the line segments that make up the boundaries.   
  3513. Most segments will be common to two polygons so only about half the number of   
  3514. points are required. The segment form also allows zones to amalgamated into     
  3515. larger zones (by dropping internal segments) and to be thinned (by dropping     
  3516. excess points).                                                                 
  3517.                                                                                 
  3518. The segments form of data is preferred to polygon formats.                      
  3519.                                                                                 
  3520. The OzZone program takes line segments and joins the ends together to form      
  3521. polygons. The names of the zones on each side of the segments are used to       
  3522. derive the zone names.                                                          
  3523.                                                                                 
  3524. Complex polygons are handled. Zones can be made up of many polygons, both       
  3525. disjoint polygons and polygons within polygons. The display order of the        
  3526. polygons are calculated so e.g islands within lakes within zones all appear.    
  3527.                                                                                 
  3528. The OzZone program has been implemented as a separate program to provide        
  3529. maximum capacity on the PC.                                                     
  3530.                                                                                 
  3531. It is usual to line simplify (thin) the segments before building as many        
  3532. digitised boundary files (e.g. census) are at a much higher resolution than     
  3533. require for the display. Joining of line segments and further thinning may      
  3534. follow.                                                                         
  3535.                                                                                 
  3536. If the message"TOO MANY POINTS IN POLYGON" appears you will have to line        
  3537. simplify your data.                                                             
  3538.  
  3539.  17. 2 Faulty Digitised Data                             
  3540.        ---------------------
  3541.  
  3542. The algorithm assumes that the segments have been produced on a proper          
  3543. digitising system and are correct e.g. it is assumed that end-points meet and   
  3544. the segments do not cross. Problems such as repeated segments, missing segments 
  3545. etc may cause problems. Ensure you use the program with trace turned on. If     
  3546. necessary turn on debug and look at the OZGIS.OUT file.                         
  3547.                                                                                 
  3548. Use the file interrogation option to find the statistics on the geographic file 
  3549. e.g. the number of zones.                                                       
  3550.  
  3551.                                                                       69
  3552.                                                                                 
  3553. OzData can be used to generate a prototype attribute file (simple format) from  
  3554. the zones in the geographics file and hence get some test data that can be      
  3555. entered via OzEnter to form an attribute file. Displaying both files with       
  3556. OzCensus will allow the file to be checked.                                     
  3557.                                                                                 
  3558.  
  3559.  17. 3 Example                                           
  3560.        -------
  3561.  
  3562. The procedure can be demonstrated with any of the geographic data files:        
  3563.                                                                                 
  3564. First input the geographic data file and give it a temporary name:              
  3565.                                                                                 
  3566. Run OzEnter, select INPUT GEOGRAPHIC FILES and then INPUT A STANDARD FORMAT     
  3567. GEOGRAPHIC FILE. Use the test data file LOWE-G and give the new file name as    
  3568. TEMP1.                                                                          
  3569.                                                                                 
  3570. Next line simplify the line segments to drop points:                            
  3571.                                                                                 
  3572. Start OzData, select PROCESS GEOGRAPHIC FILES and then SIMPLIFY (THIN) LINE     
  3573. SEGMENTS. The input file is the one just entered i.e. TEMP1 and output the new  
  3574. one as TEMP2. Simplify according to the size of the final map on the screen     
  3575. e.g. give a value of 100 to throw away a lot of the data points e.g. if you     
  3576. have a super VGA at 1024 X 768 you could use 750.                               
  3577.                                                                                 
  3578. Now use OzZone to build the polygons structure from the lines.                  
  3579.                                                                                 
  3580. The menu is:                                                                    
  3581.                                                                                 
  3582. BUILD ZONES FROM LINE SEGMENTS INTO NEW GEOGRAPHIC FILE                         
  3583. BUILD ZONES FROM LINE SEGMENTS INTO NEW DATA FILE                               
  3584.                                                                                 
  3585. The usual option is BUILD ZONES FROM LINE SEGMENTS INTO NEW GEOGRAPHIC FILE.    
  3586.                                                                                 
  3587. Give the input geographic file as the simplified file TEMP2 and output it as    
  3588. TEMP3.                                                                          
  3589.                                                                                 
  3590. Finally use OzGIS to display the result (using attribute file LOWE1 and         
  3591. geographic file TEMP3).                                                         
  3592.  
  3593.                                                                       70
  3594.                    18. MAP PROJECTIONS                                   
  3595.                        ===============
  3596.  
  3597.                                                                                 
  3598.                                                                                 
  3599. This chapter describes the options in the OzProj program for converting         
  3600. geographic files between coordinate systems.                                    
  3601.                                                                                 
  3602.                                                                                 
  3603.                                                                                 
  3604.                                                                                 
  3605.  
  3606.  18. 1 Introduction                                      
  3607.        ------------
  3608.  
  3609. OzProj is a program that will process a geographic file to form a new           
  3610. geographic file converting either from (Longitude,Latitude) to a projection     
  3611. or in the reverse direction.                                                    
  3612.                                                                                 
  3613. Often projections will not be of concern, as map data will be used as supplied. 
  3614. However, if data comes from several sources in different projections, the files 
  3615. may have to be converted to a common coordinate system.                         
  3616.                                                                                 
  3617. You will have to have a basic knowledge of the projection you want to use       
  3618. e.g. that AMG is UTM with the Australian Spheroid and a false origin            
  3619. (500000,10000000).                                                              
  3620.                                                                                 
  3621. OzProj is based on public domain software from USGS.                            
  3622.                                                                                 
  3623. The main menu is:                                                               
  3624.                                                                                 
  3625. CHOOSE FROM PROJECTION SET 1                                                    
  3626. CHOOSE FROM PROJECTION SET 2                                                    
  3627. CHOOSE FROM SPHEROID SET 1                                                      
  3628. CHOOSE FROM SPHEROID SET 2                                                      
  3629. DEFINE NON-STANDARD UNIT                                                        
  3630. WRITE PROJECTION DEFINITION INTO GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                
  3631. TRANSFORM LAT / LONG FILE TO PROJECTION                                         
  3632. TRANSFORM PROJECTION FILE TO LAT / LONG                                         
  3633. DISPLAY PROJECTION PARAMETERS FOR GEOGRAPHIC FILE                               
  3634.                                                                                 
  3635.  
  3636.  18. 2 Precision                                         
  3637.        ---------
  3638.  
  3639. Vertices are stored in single precision in OzGIS (there is not enough memory on 
  3640. the PC to do anything else). This means an accuracy of seven digits, so some    
  3641. values may not be accurate e.g. UTM may be a few metres out.                    
  3642.  
  3643.  18. 3 Latitude / longitude                              
  3644.        --------------------
  3645.  
  3646. Latitude / longitude data must be given with units degrees.                     
  3647.                                                                                 
  3648. Latitudes are negative in the Southern hemisphere.                              
  3649.                                                                                 
  3650. Usual value ranges are:                                                         
  3651.  
  3652.                                                                       71
  3653. Longitude -180 to +180                                                          
  3654. Latitude  -90  to +90                                                           
  3655.                                                                                 
  3656. Note that the X value in data files is the longitude.                           
  3657.                                                                                 
  3658. examples: (-100.0,50.0) i.e. longitude -100, latitude 50                        
  3659.           (145.0, -42.0) a point in Tasmania                                    
  3660.  
  3661.  18. 4 Projections                                       
  3662.        -----------
  3663.  
  3664. Several projections are supported:                                              
  3665.                                                                                 
  3666. Albers Conical Egual Area                                                       
  3667. Azimuthal equidistant                                                           
  3668. Equidistant Conic                                                               
  3669. Equirectangular                                                                 
  3670. Gnomic                                                                          
  3671. Lambert Conformal Conic                                                         
  3672. Lambert Azimuthal Equal Area                                                    
  3673. Mercator                                                                        
  3674. Miller Cylindrical                                                              
  3675. Orthographic                                                                    
  3676. Polyconic                                                                       
  3677. Stereographic                                                                   
  3678. Transverse Mercator                                                             
  3679. Sinusoidal                                                                      
  3680. State Plane (USA) (NOT SUPPORTED YET)                                           
  3681. Universal Transverse Mercator                                                   
  3682. Van der Grinten                                                                 
  3683.  
  3684.  18. 5 Ellipsoids                                        
  3685.        ----------
  3686.  
  3687. Several spheroids are available. The default is either Clarke 1866 or the       
  3688. 6370997 metre sphere where a radius is asked for.                               
  3689.                                                                                 
  3690. MERIT 1983                                                                      
  3691. GRS 1980(IUGG, 1980)                                                            
  3692. IAU 1976                                                                        
  3693. Airy 1830                                                                       
  3694. Australian Natl, S. Amer., IAU 64                                               
  3695. GRS 67(IUGG 1967)                                                               
  3696. Bessel 1841                                                                     
  3697. Clarke 1866                                                                     
  3698. Clarke 1880 mod.                                                                
  3699. Everest 1830                                                                    
  3700. Hough                                                                           
  3701. International 1909 (Hayford)                                                    
  3702. Krassovsky, 1942                                                                
  3703. Mercury 1960                                                                    
  3704. Modified Airy                                                                   
  3705. Modified Everest                                                                
  3706. Modified Merc 1968                                                              
  3707. New International 1967                                                          
  3708. Southeast Asia                                                                  
  3709. Walbeck                                                                         
  3710. WGS 66                                                                          
  3711.  
  3712.                                                                       72
  3713. WGS 72                                                                          
  3714. Sphere of 6370997 m                                                             
  3715.  
  3716.  18. 6 Use                                               
  3717.        ---
  3718.  
  3719. The parameters of the projection are stored in the geographic file. When the    
  3720. data are first entered the projection is usually set to 'undefined', unless it  
  3721. is known e.g. Census boundary data are usually set to geographic (lat/long      
  3722. units degrees) by the OzEnter program.                                          
  3723.                                                                                 
  3724. The first operation is often to define the projection of a new geographic file  
  3725. and store the parameters in the file header. Hence you have to                  
  3726. choose the projection, spheroid if non-standard, and then the option            
  3727. WRITE PROJECTION DEFINITION INTO GEOGRAPHIC FILE.                               
  3728.                                                                                 
  3729. Transformation is to and from lat/long. Hence conversion from one projection to 
  3730. another has to take place in two steps.                                         
  3731.                                                                                 
  3732.  
  3733.  18. 7 Example                                           
  3734.        -------
  3735.  
  3736. Suppose you have used OzEnter to input a file that you know is UTM for zone     
  3737. number 20 and you want to convert it to Lambert Conformal.                      
  3738.                                                                                 
  3739. Select CHOOSE FROM PROJECTION SET 1 from the main menu, and then                
  3740. select U.T.M. and give the zone number.                                         
  3741.                                                                                 
  3742. Then select WRITE PROJECTION DEFINITION INTO GEOGRAPHIC FILE and give           
  3743. the name of your file.                                                          
  3744.                                                                                 
  3745. Your file will now be defined as UTM by having the file header updated.         
  3746.                                                                                 
  3747. Now choose TRANSFORM PROJECTION FILE TO LAT / LONG and give the file names      
  3748. to generate a file in latitude / longitude from your original file.             
  3749.                                                                                 
  3750. Then use CHOOSE FROM PROJECTION SET 1 again and choose LAMBERT CONFORMAL CONIC. 
  3751.                                                                                 
  3752. Then using TRANSFORM LAT / LONG FILE TO PROJECTION will give you the            
  3753. desired file in Lambert Conformal from the lat/long file to a new file.         
  3754.                                                                                 
  3755.  
  3756.                                                                       73
  3757.                    19. OzMap HARDCOPY MAP PRODUCTION                     
  3758.                        =============================
  3759.  
  3760.                                                                                 
  3761.                                                                                 
  3762. This chapter describes the OzMap program which allows maps to be output to      
  3763. printers, plotters and files.                                                   
  3764.                                                                                 
  3765.                                                                                 
  3766.                                                                                 
  3767.                                                                                 
  3768.  
  3769.  19. 1 Overview                                          
  3770.        --------
  3771.  
  3772. Maps are designed with the interactive OzGIS program and saved as Saved display 
  3773. files. These files are then read into the OzMap program and output on the       
  3774. desired device or file. Attributes and quantisation can be changed in the usual 
  3775. way to produce a series of maps.                                                
  3776.                                                                                 
  3777. Often maps will be previewed on the screen and then output to a plotter,        
  3778. printer or file.                                                                
  3779.                                                                                 
  3780. Hardcopy map production is limited by the capabilities of the SCIPLOT package.  
  3781.                                                                                 
  3782. SciPlot produces many graphic file types:                                       
  3783.                                                                                 
  3784. The Postscript file is an ASCII file that may be edited or sent directly to any 
  3785. Postscript printer.                                                             
  3786.                                                                                 
  3787. The Encapsulated Postscript file (EPS) and the Computer Graphics Metafile (CGM),
  3788. an ANSI standard format file, are files that should not be edited for they      
  3789. contain binary information.  EPS and CGM files can be imported directly into    
  3790. wordprocessors or other graphical products.                                     
  3791.                                                                                 
  3792. The HP pen plotter file (HPGL) is an ASCII file that can be edited or imported  
  3793. into wordprocessors or other graphical products.                                
  3794.                                                                                 
  3795. The WordPerfect file (WPG) is a binary file in WordPerfect's internal graphics  
  3796. format.  WPG files are directly importable into the WordPerfect wordprocessor.  
  3797.                                                                                 
  3798. The SciPlot Graphics file is a file in SciPlot's own internal format and is     
  3799. used solely as input to the VECTOR program.  This file is a binary file in very 
  3800. compact format.  It contains the stream of vectors which represent the figures, 
  3801. characters, etc. generated during the execution of the application program.     
  3802. VECTOR processes this graphic file and arranges raw vectors in a direction of   
  3803. paper motion order before display on dot matrix printers and laserjet printers. 
  3804.                                                                                 
  3805. For Apple LaserWriters, HP pen plotters, and other graphics devices that        
  3806. support avector drawing commands directly, ordering is not required and VECTOR  
  3807. immediately displays the vectors.                                               
  3808.                                                                                 
  3809. VECTOR's function is to provide a utility to register SciPlot's output on       
  3810. plotting devices (dot matrix and laserjet printers) which cannot be supported   
  3811. directly without requiring significant system resources.  VECTOR also provides  
  3812. interactive preview of graphics files on the screen or bath processing at some  
  3813. other time.                                                                     
  3814.  
  3815.                                                                       74
  3816.  
  3817.  19. 2 Procedure                                         
  3818.        ---------
  3819.  
  3820. The main menu is:                                                               
  3821.                                                                                 
  3822. CHANGE ATTRIBUTES                                                               
  3823. DEFINE QUANTISATION (CLASSES)                                                   
  3824. DISPLAY DEVICE CHARACTERISTICS                                                  
  3825. CHANGE DEVICE FILE                                                              
  3826. SELECT ANOTHER SAVED DISPLAY FILE                                               
  3827. CHANGE DISPLAY DEVICE                                                           
  3828.                                                                                 
  3829. You must provide the saved_display file name for a map that was prepared        
  3830. using OzGIS.                                                                    
  3831.                                                                                 
  3832. You use the F3 key to display the map on the current device. Initially this     
  3833. is the screen, but you can use CHANGE DISPLAY DEVICE to send it e.g. to         
  3834. a printer. The available devices are selected from the menu:                    
  3835.                                                                                 
  3836. SCREEN                                                                          
  3837. PLOTTER METAFILE (for VECTOR program)                                           
  3838. PRINTER METAFILE (for VECTOR program)                                           
  3839. POSTSCRIPT ASCII FILE                                                           
  3840. ENCAPSULATED POSTSCRIPT FILE                                                    
  3841. HPGL FILE                                                                       
  3842. CGM METAFILE                                                                    
  3843. WORDPERFECT FILE                                                                
  3844. ONLINE APPLE LASER WRITE,                                                       
  3845. ONLINE PLOTTER                                                                  
  3846.                                                                                 
  3847. You can change attributes with CHANGE ATTRIBUTES option and can change the      
  3848. quantisation with DEFINE QUANTISATION (CLASSES). Thus you can work through      
  3849. a set of attributes in the usual way.                                           
  3850.                                                                                 
  3851. The option SELECT ANOTHER SAVED DISPLAY FILE enables other maps to be displayed.
  3852.  
  3853.  19. 3 OzMap Device files                                
  3854.        ------------------
  3855.  
  3856. Several device files are provided to control the appearence of maps on output   
  3857. devices. These device files can also be used with OzGIS (they will need minor   
  3858. modification for use with EGAs).                                                
  3859.                                                                                 
  3860. You have to use device files that use hatching for polygon fill. The            
  3861. configuration section explains the files available. Generally you need to use   
  3862. hatching device files that have the same resolution as that used in OzGIS or    
  3863. aspects and character sizes may not be suitable.                                
  3864.                                                                                 
  3865. HATCHSV1   - provides polygon display using hatching.                           
  3866. HATCHBV1   - hatching for bivariate maps.                                       
  3867. CSIMSV* and CSIMBV* - a series of device files that use the red, green and blue 
  3868. plotter pens (or screen colours) to simulate the colour sequences; look at then 
  3869. on the screen first to decide which ones to try.                                
  3870.                                                                                 
  3871. The hatching device files can of course be modified to define other hatching    
  3872. patterns.                                                                       
  3873.  
  3874.                                                                       75
  3875.                                                                                 
  3876. The options DISPLAY DEVICE CHARACTERISTICS and CHANGE DEVICE FILE can be        
  3877. used to investigate the various device files.                                   
  3878.                                                                                 
  3879.  
  3880.  19. 4 VECTOR Program                                    
  3881.        --------------
  3882.  
  3883.                                                                                 
  3884. This program enables metafiles produced in the OzMap program to be output to a  
  3885. variety of devices and files with such options as rotation and scaling.         
  3886.                                                                                 
  3887. Its easier to use than read about!!                                             
  3888.                                                                                 
  3889.                                                                                 
  3890. VECTOR has two modes of operation, an interactive mode and a batch mode.        
  3891. The batch mode processes command strings from a disk file.  The user can        
  3892. include the command filename with the VECTOR command (eg. VECTOR                
  3893. command.fil).  Alternatively, the user can wait until VECTOR issues a           
  3894. prompt for the type of interaction desired.  The format of the command          
  3895. file and a description of the VECTOR.CFG file follows:                          
  3896.                                                                                 
  3897. VECTOR[d:][path][filename[.ext]] [/U]                                           
  3898.                                                                                 
  3899. [d:][path][filename[.ext]] [/U] - Process file which contains                   
  3900. filenames of graphics files to be processed in batch mode.  These               
  3901. files will be processed one at a time and plotted on the designated             
  3902. printer, plotter, or graphics crt device.  As a default, the                    
  3903. VECTOR.CFG file will be searched for a process filename.  When a                
  3904. filename is specified on the VECTOR command line, the process                   
  3905. filename given in VECTOR.CFG file is totally ignored and replaced by            
  3906. this new filename.                                                              
  3907.                                                                                 
  3908. /U - This update option is used to override all parameters specified            
  3909. in the VECTOR.CFG file. The option initiates an interactive dialog              
  3910. with the user to obtain a new set of parameters for VECTOR. The user            
  3911. is given the opportunity at the end of the dialog to update the                 
  3912. current VECTOR.CFG file with these new parameters.                              
  3913.                                                                                 
  3914. VECTOR.CFG Configuration File.                                                  
  3915.                                                                                 
  3916. The VECTOR.CFG configuration file contains a list of commands that              
  3917. define VECTOR processing parameters. Each time VECTOR executes, it              
  3918. reads and interprets this file. If the VECTOR.CFG file cannot be                
  3919. located, VECTOR will interact with the user from the terminal to set            
  3920. up these parameters.                                                            
  3921.                                                                                 
  3922. Format of Configuration File Commands:                                          
  3923.                                                                                 
  3924. Cmd    Option        Description                                                
  3925.                                                                                 
  3926. FILE   =CONS         -Get graphics filenames from console.                      
  3927.        =[d:][path][filename[.ext]]- Use this file as a process file             
  3928. containing graphics filenames.                                                  
  3929.                                                                                 
  3930. DEVICE =DOT          -Dot Matrix Printer                                        
  3931.        =PEN          -HP Pen Plotter                                            
  3932.        =JET          -HP LaserJet Printer                                       
  3933.  
  3934.                                                                       76
  3935.        =WRITER       -Apple LaserWriter Printer                                 
  3936.        =CGA          -CGA Color Screen                                          
  3937.        =EGA          -EGA Color Screen                                          
  3938.        =VGA          -VGA Color Screen                                          
  3939.        =HGA          -Hercules Monochrome Screen                                
  3940.                                                                                 
  3941. PORT   =COM1         -Printer/Plotter on Primary Serial Port                    
  3942.        =COM2         -Printer/Plotter on Secondary Serial Port                  
  3943.        =LPT1         -Printer/Plotter on Primary Parallel Port                  
  3944.        =LPT2         -Printer/Plotter on Secondary Parallel Port                
  3945.                                                                                 
  3946. ANGL   =XXX.XX       -Rotation Angle (degrees)                                  
  3947. XSCL   =XXX.XX       -X-Axis Scale Factor                                       
  3948. YSCL   =XXX.XX       -Y-Axis Scale Factor                                       
  3949. XOFS   =XXX.XX       -X-Axis Offset (inches)                                    
  3950. YOFS   =XXX.XX       -Y-Axis Offset (inches)                                    
  3951.                                                                                 
  3952. WAIT   =ON           -Wait between Plot Frames                                  
  3953.        =OFF          -Do not wait between Plot Frames                           
  3954.                                                                                 
  3955. [When serial port is used for printer/plotter device, following                 
  3956. commands are valid]:                                                            
  3957.                                                                                 
  3958. HAND   =SOFT         -Software Handshake (XON/XOFF)                             
  3959.        =HARD         -Hardware flow control on DSR line                         
  3960.                                                                                 
  3961. MODE   =195          -Serial Port Mode Set Code, specified in                   
  3962. decimal format. 195 = (9600 baud, no parity,                                    
  3963. 1 stop bit, 8 bit characters)                                                   
  3964.                                                                                 
  3965. - Mode Set Code Description -    [bits]                                         
  3966.                                                                                 
  3967. 7     6    5  4     3       2          1       0                                
  3968. --Baud Rate-- -Parity-   -Stop Bits-  -Char Length-                             
  3969. 000 -  110   00 - None 0  -    1      10  - 7 Bits                              
  3970. 001 -  300   01 - Odd  1  -    2      11  - 8 Bits                              
  3971. 010 -  600   11 - Even                                                          
  3972. 011 - 1200                                                                      
  3973. 100 - 2400                                                                      
  3974. 101 - 4800                                                                      
  3975. 110 - 9600                                                                      
  3976. 111 -19200                                                                      
  3977.                                                                                 
  3978. [When dot matrix printer is used, following commands are valid]:                
  3979.                                                                                 
  3980. PINS   =9           -EPSON (MX-80,FX-80,FX-85,FX-850...)                        
  3981.        =24          -RPDON (LQ-800)                                             
  3982.                                                                                 
  3983. HRES   =HIGH        -High Horizontal Resolution                                 
  3984.        =LOW         -Low Horizontal                                             
  3985.                                                                                 
  3986. VRES   =HIGH         -High Vertical Resolution                                  
  3987.        =LOW          -Low Vertical Resolution                                   
  3988.                                                                                 
  3989. - Printer Resolution Table -                                                    
  3990.                                                                                 
  3991. Printer  Resolution   Vertical  Horizontal                                      
  3992. 9-Pin     LOW           72         120                                          
  3993.  
  3994.                                                                       77
  3995. 9-Pin     HIGH          216         240*                                        
  3996. 24-Pin     LOW          180         180                                         
  3997. 24-Pin    HIGH          180         360                                         
  3998. * 240 dot per inch resolution is not available on MX-80.                        
  3999.                                                                                 
  4000. [When HP Pen plotter is used, following plotter initialization                  
  4001. command is valid]:                                                              
  4002.                                                                                 
  4003. INIT   =ON           -Send handshake init sequence before plotting              
  4004.        =OFF          -No handshake init sequence required                       
  4005.                                                                                 
  4006. When a process file is specified, VECTOR will process multiple graphics         
  4007. files in a batch mode. For the individual graphics file, VECTOR processes       
  4008. one plot frame at a time, for each file may contain more than one plot          
  4009. frame.  For dot matrix and HP LaserJet printers, VECTOR first sorts all         
  4010. the vector records in a minimum Y order for one plot frame.  This sorting       
  4011. is accomplished by creating an in-memory linked list directory of the           
  4012. disk records for the frame.  VECTOR accesses the graphics file randomly,        
  4013. bringing in only those records that contain vectors in the current              
  4014. process window. These print devices restrict the processing to a paper          
  4015. movement order. For HP Pen Plotters, Apple LaserWriters, and crt                
  4016. displays, VECTOR can process the vectors directly without any sorting for       
  4017. these devices support vector drawing commands.                                  
  4018.                                                                                 
  4019. An inherent difficulty in this sort of processing approach is the limit         
  4020. imposed by the processor's memory size. There is an upper bound on the          
  4021. size of the graphics plot that can be handled because the linked list           
  4022. directory as well as a limited set of the vectors must be memory                
  4023. resident.  The exact size limit is difficult to predict because it is a         
  4024. function of the number of records in the file, the density of vectors per       
  4025. processing window, and the amount of lengthy vectors that must be               
  4026. remembered over many processing windows.  The VECTOR.OBJ file on the            
  4027. distribution diskette supports 64KB of directory sort space.  If this is        
  4028. not enough, a VECTOR.LRG file is included which supports 256KB of               
  4029. directory sort space.  Please note that the use of the VECTOR.LRG object        
  4030. file will significantly increase the size of the VECTOR.EXE file.               
  4031.                                                                                 
  4032. Features                                                                        
  4033.                                                                                 
  4034. The features incorporated in VECTOR are numerous.  Multiple plot frame          
  4035. processing is automatic.  A graphics vector file may be accessed from any       
  4036. disk.  Normal FORTRAN I/O is used to read the 128 byte binary records by        
  4037. the direct access method.  The VECTOR program will respond to a                 
  4038. control-C/Break at any time during execution.  This will terminate the          
  4039. current processing task, reset the printer to the top of form, and              
  4040. request another task.  Statistics for each plot frame, as well as total         
  4041. run statistics are displayed during the execution of VECTOR. For the dot        
  4042. matrix type graphics printer, four basic resolutions are provided by            
  4043. VECTOR depending on the type of printer attached.  A low resolution mode        
  4044. is supported to quickly review the plot with very limited definition.           
  4045. This mode is useful for quick turn-around. The high resolution mode takes       
  4046. much more time because of hardware constraints, but gives very                  
  4047. satisfactory results.  VECTOR also has an on-screen preview capability          
  4048. which allows quick identification of graphics files.                            
  4049.                                                                                 
  4050. Error Conditions:                                                               
  4051.                                                                                 
  4052. During the execution of VECTOR, several error messages might be displayed       
  4053.  
  4054.                                                                       78
  4055. on the terminal.  The only message that is not serious has to do with a         
  4056. premature termination of the programs that produced the graphics output         
  4057. file. The message reads "Premature End-of-File at Record XXXX". It just         
  4058. means that the graphics file was not terminated properly, but all the           
  4059. graphics data is valid.                                                         
  4060.                                                                                 
  4061. The second class of messages is serious and should not be ignored. The          
  4062. messages are listed along with reasons.                                         
  4063.                                                                                 
  4064. "Error reading graphics file" - means that FORTRAN I/O was unable to read       
  4065. the graphics file. The file should be recreated on another disk to              
  4066. correct the error condition.                                                    
  4067.                                                                                 
  4068. "File not in graphics format" - means that the speacified file is not in        
  4069. SciPlot graphics format. Check to see if the filename is correct or was         
  4070. produced by a current version of SciPlot.                                       
  4071.                                                                                 
  4072. "Graphics file too large for memory" - means that the graphics file             
  4073. specified cannot be processed by VEACTOR due to inadequate memory sort          
  4074. space.                                                                          
  4075.                                                                                 
  4076. "Too many vectors for memory" - means that number of vectors per                
  4077. processing window is too dense. Try using the VECTOR.LRG object deck to         
  4078. generate the VECTOR.EXE command file.                                           
  4079.                                                                                 
  4080.                                                                                 
  4081. The VECTOR program supports IBM Graphics, IBM ProPrinters, EPSON MX-80,         
  4082. FX-80 with GRAFTRAXPLUS, FX-85, FX-850, LQ-800 dot matrix printers              
  4083. connected on an 8-bit parallel I/O interface.  All 8 bits are necessary         
  4084. to register the full resolution of the graphics printers.  The resolution       
  4085. obtained is a plot frame of (960,1920,2880) pixels over 8 inches in the         
  4086. horizontal direction by (1800,2160) pixels over 10 inches in the vertical       
  4087. direction. The feature of positioning (1/216th, 1/180th) of an inch is          
  4088. used, giving a basic resolution of (120,240,360) by (180,216) pixels per        
  4089. inch over a unit square of one inch on a side.  The IBM                         
  4090. Graphics/ProPrinter, and the EPSON FX-80,85,850 printers have twice the         
  4091. resolution as that of the EPSON MX-80.  The hardware requires double            
  4092. passes to absolutely register two dots in adjacent columns for this high        
  4093. resolution mode.  This is the reason for the lengthy processing time in         
  4094. this mode.                                                                      
  4095.                                                                                 
  4096. There is no paper positioning done by VECTOR. Therefore, the user must          
  4097. position the paper before executing the VECTOR program.  This is done           
  4098. purposefully to allow plots to be manually positioned.  It is possible to       
  4099. imbed plots in full text with a careful alignment of the paper.                 
  4100.                                                                                 
  4101. The HP Pen Plotter, the HP LaserJet, and the Apple LaserWriter are all          
  4102. supported by VEACTOR to register the graphics files produced by SciPlot.        
  4103.                                                                                 
  4104.  
  4105.  19. 5 OzMap Example                                     
  4106.        -------------
  4107.  
  4108. You can prepare and print a series of maps as follows:                          
  4109.                                                                                 
  4110. You start by displaying a map with OzGIS and adding any text etc. When it is    
  4111. ready you save the map. There are two options for saved displays; either can be 
  4112. used but when saved for hardcopy output the screen is not saved so takes less   
  4113.  
  4114.                                                                       79
  4115. disk space.                                                                     
  4116.                                                                                 
  4117. The OzMap program is then started.                                              
  4118.                                                                                 
  4119. The name of the saved map file is given and a HARDCOPY! device file chosen.     
  4120. Use the default one initially.                                                  
  4121.                                                                                 
  4122. Type F3 to display the map on the screen.                                       
  4123.                                                                                 
  4124. Now select CHANGE DISPLAY DEVICE                                                
  4125.                                                                                 
  4126. choose the printer metafile via PRINTER METAFILE (for VECTOR program)           
  4127.                                                                                 
  4128. Type F3 to output the map to the file; give the file name e.g. phred.           
  4129.                                                                                 
  4130. Type F10 to exit OzMap.                                                         
  4131.                                                                                 
  4132. Type VECTOR to execute the program.                                             
  4133.                                                                                 
  4134. Accept all default values (dot matrix printers) and give the Graphics file as   
  4135. phred.hrd (note the file extension).                                            
  4136.                                                                                 
  4137. The map will be printed.                                                        
  4138.  
  4139.  19. 6 Fitting Maps on the Page                          
  4140.        ------------------------
  4141.  
  4142. If you find that maps printed on-line are not appearing neatly on the           
  4143. page you should output maps as meta-files and use the VECTOR program            
  4144. to print / plot them.                                                           
  4145.                                                                                 
  4146. The developers, MicroGlyph Systems, have supplied the following:                
  4147.                                                                                 
  4148.      The Apple LaserWriter and the HP Pen Plotters (7440,                       
  4149. 7470,7475,7550) all require special attention. In order to                      
  4150. register a plot frame correctly, it is necessary to use proper                  
  4151. offsets and axes dimensions. The Apple LaserWriter must have at                 
  4152. least a .25 inch left margin and a .5 inch bottom margin                        
  4153. reserved. The HP Pen Plotters all have different basic plot                     
  4154. frame parameters.                                                               
  4155.                                                                                 
  4156.      Two tables have been prepared which will allow the user to                 
  4157. have a portrait layout or a landscape layout for plot frames.                   
  4158. The ANGLE and XTRANS/YTRANS                                                     
  4159. arguments will be used from these two tables to obtain the                      
  4160. desired layout for plotting. The x-axis and y-axis lengths from                 
  4161. the tables serve as limits to the plot area. The DEMO.FOR program               
  4162. reflects the use of the PORTRAIT layout parameters from the tables.             
  4163. If VECTOR is used to register a graphics file (which has been                   
  4164. produced by using VECDEV=10) for any device other than an EPSON                 
  4165. dot matrix printer, then the correct layout parameters for that                 
  4166. destination device must be used to guarantee correct registration.              
  4167. The following tables contain the correct parameters for Portrait                
  4168. or Landscape layouts:                                                           
  4169.                                                                                 
  4170.                                                                                 
  4171.                                                                                 
  4172.                     Portrait Layout Parameters                                  
  4173.  
  4174.                                                                       80
  4175.                                                                                 
  4176.                                                                                 
  4177.  -------------------------------------------------------------------            
  4178. | Device   Device      Paper  ANGLE X-Axis   Y-Axis XTRANS  YTRANS  |           
  4179. | Code     Type        Size   Degs  Length   Length Offset  Offset  |           
  4180.  -------------------------------------------------------------------            
  4181.     10     Epson,HPLJ 8.5x11   0.0   8.0     10.0     0.0     0.0               
  4182.     11,20  Apple LW   8.5x11   0.0   8.0     10.0     0.25    0.50              
  4183.     12     EPS File   8.5x11   0.0   8.0     10.0     0.0     0.0               
  4184.     13,21  HP-7470A    US/A   90.0   7.497   10.094  10.094   0.0               
  4185.     13,21  HP-7470A   MET/A4  90.0   7.497   10.682  10.682   0.0               
  4186.     13,21  HP-7475A    US/A   90.0   7.803   10.158  10.158   0.0               
  4187.     13,21  HP-7475A    US/B   90.0  10.158   16.306  16.306   0.0               
  4188.     13,21  HP-7475A   MET/A4  90.0   7.566   10.818  10.818   0.0               
  4189.     13,21  HP-7475A   MET/A3  90.0  10.818   15.834  15.834   0.0               
  4190.     13,21  HP-7550A    US/A   90.0   7.683    9.966   9.966   0.0               
  4191.     13,21  HP-7550A    US/B   90.0   9.966   16.121  16.121   0.0               
  4192.     13,21  HP-7550A   MET/A4  90.0   7.447   10.652  10.652   0.0               
  4193.     13,21  HP-7550A   MET/A3  90.0  10.652   15.649  15.649   0.0               
  4194.     14     CGM File   8.5x11   0.0   8.0     10.0     0.0     0.0               
  4195.     15     WPG File   8.5x11   0.0   8.0     10.0     0.0     0.0               
  4196.                                                                                 
  4197.                                                                                 
  4198.                     Landscape Layout Parameters                                 
  4199.                                                                                 
  4200.                                                                                 
  4201.  -------------------------------------------------------------------            
  4202. | Device   Device      Paper  ANGLE X-Axis   Y-Axis XTRANS  YTRANS  |           
  4203. | Code     Type        Size   Degs  Length   Length Offset  Offset  |           
  4204.  -------------------------------------------------------------------            
  4205.     10     Epson,HPLJ 8.5x11  90.0   10.0     8.0     8.0     0.0               
  4206.     11,20  Apple LW   8.5x11  90.0   10.0     8.0     8.25    0.50              
  4207.     12     EPS File   8.5x11  90.0   10.0     8.0     8.0     0.0               
  4208.     13,21  HP-7470A    US/A    0.0  10.094    7.497   0.0     0.0               
  4209.     13,21  HP-7470A   MET/A4   0.0  10.682    7.497   0.0     0.0               
  4210.     13,21  HP-7475A    US/A    0.0  10.158    7.803   0.0     0.0               
  4211.     13,21  HP-7475A    US/B    0.0  16.306   10.158   0.0     0.0               
  4212.     13,21  HP-7475A   MET/A4   0.0  10.818    7.566   0.0     0.0               
  4213.     13,21  HP-7475A   MET/A3   0.0  15.834   10.818   0.0     0.0               
  4214.     13,21  HP-7550A    US/A    0.0   9.966    7.683   0.0     0.0               
  4215.     13,21  HP-7550A    US/B    0.0  16.121    9.966   0.0     0.0               
  4216.     13,21  HP-7550A   MET/A4   0.0  10.652    7.447   0.0     0.0               
  4217.     13,21  HP-7550A   MET/A3   0.0  15.649   10.652   0.0     0.0               
  4218.     14     CGM File   8.5x11  90.0   10.0     8.0     8.0     0.0               
  4219.     15     WPG File   8.5x11  90.0   10.0     8.0     8.0     0.0               
  4220.                                                                                 
  4221.                                                                                 
  4222.  
  4223.                                                                       81
  4224.                    20. OzTerr TERRITORY DEFINITION                       
  4225.                        ===========================
  4226.  
  4227.                                                                                 
  4228.                                                                                 
  4229. This chapter describes the OzTerr program which can be used to define           
  4230. territories in terms of zones (polygons) in some displayed base map.            
  4231.                                                                                 
  4232.                                                                                 
  4233.                                                                                 
  4234.                                                                                 
  4235.                                                                                 
  4236. Usually territories are to be developed from base zones according to some       
  4237. criterion;  e.g. Sales territories should all have similar sales potential;     
  4238. e.g. School districts should have similar numbers of children.                  
  4239.                                                                                 
  4240. The operations are as follows.                                                  
  4241.                                                                                 
  4242.      A base map is displayed:  Usually this will be a standard geographic       
  4243.      file (e.g. Melbourne postcodes).  Basic OzGIS facilities are used          
  4244.      to subset files if non-standard regions are required.                      
  4245.                                                                                 
  4246.      Specification of territories:  Each territory has a unique 10              
  4247.      character name.  Zones are assigned off the screen with the cursor.        
  4248.      Zones can be moved between territories and deleted.  Territories can       
  4249.      be defined or deleted at any time.                                         
  4250.                                                                                 
  4251.      Specification of a base-map attribute file:  Territory attributes are      
  4252.      continually calculated by adding the values for the base zones in each     
  4253.      territory.  The derived values are quantised (usually sequential           
  4254.      colour 121 class method), the territories coloured, and a legend and       
  4255.      histogram of sorted values displayed. There can be no missing data.        
  4256.                                                                                 
  4257.      Zones can be shuffled according to the displayed territories attribute     
  4258.      values to meet the assignment criteria  while watching the legend          
  4259.      and histogram.                                                             
  4260.                                                                                 
  4261.      When territory assignment is complete, the definition is output as a       
  4262.      combine file.                                                              
  4263.                                                                                 
  4264. The initial menu is:                                                            
  4265.                                                                                 
  4266. START NEW SET OF TERRITORIES INTERACTIVELY                                      
  4267. START NEW SET OF TERRITORIES FROM COMBINE FILE                                  
  4268.                                                                                 
  4269. This gives the choice of starting a new set of territories by selecting         
  4270. regions with the box-cursor, or reading in a pre-defined set of territories off 
  4271. a combine file that is probably the result of a previous run of OzTerr.         
  4272.                                                                                 
  4273. the full menu now appears:                                                      
  4274.                                                                                 
  4275. TUTORIALS & SYSTEM INFORMATION                                                  
  4276. START NEW SET OF TERRITORIES INTERACTIVELY#4001                                 
  4277. START NEW SET OF TERRITORIES FROM COMBINE FILE#4002                             
  4278. DISPLAY TERRITORY NAMES                                                         
  4279. DEFINE NEW TERRITORY                                                            
  4280. DELETE A TERRITORY                                                              
  4281.  
  4282.                                                                       82
  4283. ADD ZONES SELECTED WITH BOX-CURSOR TO A TERRITORY                               
  4284. ADD A ZONE SELECTED WITH CURSOR TO A TERRITORY                                  
  4285. DELETE ZONES SELECTED WITH BOX-CURSOR FROM A TERRITORY                          
  4286. DELETE A ZONE SELECTED WITH CURSOR FROM A TERRITORY                             
  4287. CHANGE BASE ZONE ATTRIBUTES                                                     
  4288. CHANGE THE QUANTISATION METHOD                                                  
  4289. OVERLAY MARKERS FOR SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                    
  4290. OVERLAY NAMES FOR SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                      
  4291. OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FROM A GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                    
  4292. OUTPUT TERRITORY NAMES AS GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                       
  4293. OUTPUT TERRITORIES AS COMBINE FILE                                              
  4294.                                                                                 
  4295. You have to type F3 whenever you want to see the quantisation applied to the    
  4296. map.                                                                            
  4297.                                                                                 
  4298. You define territories using the options:                                       
  4299.                                                                                 
  4300. DISPLAY TERRITORY NAMES                                                         
  4301. DEFINE NEW TERRITORY                                                            
  4302. DELETE A TERRITORY                                                              
  4303.                                                                                 
  4304.                                                                                 
  4305. Usually you are trying to balance territories e.g. you may display an           
  4306. attribute that is number of customers and the try to give each salesman         
  4307. a territory with about the same number of customers. To  do this you            
  4308. define the correct number of territories making a guess at their size           
  4309. and then shuffle the zones between the territories while monitoring             
  4310. the results by typing F3 to display the map. The options relevant to            
  4311. modifying territories are:                                                      
  4312.                                                                                 
  4313. ADD ZONES SELECTED WITH BOX-CURSOR TO A TERRITORY                               
  4314. ADD A ZONE SELECTED WITH CURSOR TO A TERRITORY                                  
  4315. DELETE ZONES SELECTED WITH BOX-CURSOR FROM A TERRITORY                          
  4316. DELETE A ZONE SELECTED WITH CURSOR FROM A TERRITORY                             
  4317.                                                                                 
  4318. You can add overlays to the displayed map to provide "navigation" with:         
  4319.                                                                                 
  4320. OVERLAY MARKERS FOR SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                    
  4321. OVERLAY NAMES FOR SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                      
  4322. OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FROM A GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                    
  4323.                                                                                 
  4324.                                                                                 
  4325. Finally the territory definitions can be output to a combine file that can      
  4326. be used in OzData to amalgamate the base zones and related attributes to        
  4327. get a geographic and attribute file for mapping by using the option             
  4328. OUTPUT TERRITORIES AS COMBINE FILE.                                             
  4329.                                                                                 
  4330.                                                                                 
  4331. You can also output a points geographic file that can be used as an overlay     
  4332. to label the territories on a map by using                                      
  4333. OUTPUT TERRITORY NAMES AS GEOGRAPHIC FILE.                                      
  4334.                                                                                 
  4335.  
  4336.                                                                       83
  4337.                    21. ADDRESS MATCHING / GEOCODING                      
  4338.                        ============================
  4339.  
  4340.                                                                                 
  4341.                                                                                 
  4342.                                                                                 
  4343. Address matching enables location data to be mapped where the locations are     
  4344. specified as addresses.                                                         
  4345.                                                                                 
  4346. The address matching software is under development. The first version is        
  4347. available in this release.                                                      
  4348.                                                                                 
  4349.                                                                                 
  4350.                                                                                 
  4351.  
  4352.  21. 1 Introduction                                      
  4353.        ------------
  4354.  
  4355. Many organisations have data which are spatially referenced by addresses, such  
  4356. as customer databases.                                                          
  4357.                                                                                 
  4358. These data can be shown on a zones map by accumulating the data within each     
  4359. postal district and displaying the results using digitised postal district      
  4360. boundaries. Examples are total number of customers and average sales amount.    
  4361.                                                                                 
  4362. Digital data are now becoming available that contain address information e.g.   
  4363. the US Census TIGER data. These data enable the locations of the attribute data 
  4364. to be extracted as points and maps produced with or without related attribute   
  4365. data.                                                                           
  4366.                                                                                 
  4367. The OzGIS system allows digitised road data and their associated addresses to   
  4368. be processed. Sets of addresses can be processed to produce geographic files of 
  4369. point locations. These point files can then be displayed in the usual ways,     
  4370. either as symbols or names as map overlays or as sites sized according to       
  4371. some attribute data.                                                            
  4372.                                                                                 
  4373. For example, a bank may want to extract points using the addresses of           
  4374. some customers and then map the average monthly account balances.               
  4375.  
  4376.  21. 2 Addresses                                         
  4377.        ---------
  4378.  
  4379. An address is made up of three parts, a number, a name and a postal code.       
  4380. Examples are:                                                                   
  4381.                                                                                 
  4382. 123 Main Street 654321                                                          
  4383. Hyde Park                                                                       
  4384. 12 Funny Farm Drive, Hicksville 2601                                            
  4385.                                                                                 
  4386. 1. The number is a simple integer. Common variations such as 22A, 5-6, 5/66 etc 
  4387. are not supported. If a number is not given the point will be placed in the     
  4388. centre of the geographic feature.                                               
  4389.                                                                                 
  4390. 2. The name must be given, and is the main part of the address for matching.    
  4391.                                                                                 
  4392. 3. The postal district is an integer number that helps processing in cases      
  4393. where the same address name is used in different districts. It need not be      
  4394.  
  4395.                                                                       84
  4396. given.                                                                          
  4397.                                                                                 
  4398.  
  4399.  21. 3 Data entry                                        
  4400.        ----------
  4401.  
  4402. Lines data can be entered with the OzEnter program. Addresses are supported for 
  4403. TIGER data and data in standard form. Other formats will be supported according 
  4404. to availability of data and demand.                                             
  4405.                                                                                 
  4406. Only line data is supported as that is what is currently available. Typically   
  4407. the data will be roads.                                                         
  4408.                                                                                 
  4409. Two ranges of street numbers will usually be associated with a road, a set of   
  4410. odd numbers down one side and even numbers down the other e.g. a digitised line 
  4411. segment may have road name "Hollywood Boulevarde" and number ranges 111 to 179  
  4412. and 120 to 220.                                                                 
  4413.                                                                                 
  4414. A road may also have one range (e.g. 1 to 200) or no range may be given.        
  4415.                                                                                 
  4416. The order of the road numbers defines the direction of the road. The direction  
  4417. does not have to be the same for the odd and even numbers. If two ranges are    
  4418. given and one is not odd and the other even, a single range is derived from the 
  4419. limits, but the direction must be the same as defined by the two ranges.        
  4420.                                                                                 
  4421.  
  4422.  21. 4 Address Matching                                  
  4423.        ----------------
  4424.  
  4425. An option is provided in the OzData program to match addresses in a data file   
  4426. with those in the digitised line data in a geographic file.                     
  4427.                                                                                 
  4428. The major difficulty is the matching of the road names allowing for differences 
  4429. in spelling.                                                                    
  4430.                                                                                 
  4431. After a match is found, the number in the given address is used to find the     
  4432. distance along the road (using the ranges) and hence a location is calculated.  
  4433.                                                                                 
  4434. The set of addresses are given on a data file that has the following:           
  4435.                                                                                 
  4436. 1. An identifier that can be used to attach attribute data to the point and     
  4437. which can be used as a label on maps. If no identifier is given the road name   
  4438. will be used. This identifier would often be a database primary key.            
  4439.                                                                                 
  4440. 2. The road number. If not given the generated point will be the centre of the  
  4441. road.                                                                           
  4442.                                                                                 
  4443. 3. The road name. Mandatory.                                                    
  4444.                                                                                 
  4445. 4. The post (zip) code. Optional.                                               
  4446.                                                                                 
  4447. A geographic file of points is generated. Any addresses that cannot be matched  
  4448. are listed on the OZGIS.OUT file.                                               
  4449.                                                                                 
  4450.  
  4451.                                                                       85
  4452.  
  4453.  21. 5 Matching Addresses                                
  4454.        ------------------
  4455.  
  4456.                                                                                 
  4457. Matching takes place on upper case characters i.e. case is not significant e.g. 
  4458. "Main St" and MAIN st" match.                                                   
  4459.                                                                                 
  4460. Multiple blanks are removed e.g. "Grand Parade" matches "Grand      Parade".    
  4461.                                                                                 
  4462. A parameter file is used to convert parts of the names. This is commonly used   
  4463. to handle abbreviations e.g. ROAD and RD.                                       
  4464.                                                                                 
  4465. Matching is controlled by a level:                                              
  4466.                                                                                 
  4467. Level 1. Every character in the names in the geographic and data files must be  
  4468. the same e.g. "PHREDS ROAD" and PHRED ROAD" are not the same.                   
  4469.                                                                                 
  4470. Level 2. Every character of the shorter name must match the other e.g. "phred"  
  4471. would match the above two strings.                                              
  4472.                                                                                 
  4473. Level 3. The first word in each name must match e.g.  "Bloggs Street" and       
  4474. "Bloggs Ave" match.                                                             
  4475.                                                                                 
  4476. Level 4. Matching is carried out by using derived names e.g. vowels are all     
  4477. treated the same, repeated letters are removed, non alphabetic characters are   
  4478. all the same.                                                                   
  4479.                                                                                 
  4480. Level 5. Matching uses the "soundex" algorithm                                  
  4481.                                                                                 
  4482.                                                                                 
  4483.  
  4484.  21. 6 Procedure                                         
  4485.        ---------
  4486.  
  4487. Address matching is an option in the OzData program.                            
  4488.                                                                                 
  4489.                                                                                 
  4490. When the OzData program is executed the main menu is:                           
  4491.                                                                                 
  4492. TUTORIALS & SYSTEM INFORMATION                                                  
  4493. PROCESS GEOGRAPHIC FILES                                                        
  4494. PROCESS ATTRIBUTES FILES                                                        
  4495. PROCESS NAMES FILES                                                             
  4496. OUTPUT EXTERNAL DATA FILES                                                      
  4497. ADDRESS MATCHING                                                                
  4498. CHANGE DEVICE FILE                                                              
  4499.                                                                                 
  4500. So you choose ADDRESS MATCHING, which displays the menu:                        
  4501.                                                                                 
  4502. EXACT MATCHING FOR POINTS OVERLAYS                                              
  4503. MATCH FOR START OF ADDRESS FOR POINTS OVERLAYS                                  
  4504. MATCH FOR FIRST WORD OF ADDRESS FOR POINTS OVERLAYS                             
  4505. DESPERATION MATCHING FOR POINTS OVERLAYS                                        
  4506. EXACT MATCHING FOR SITE MAPPING                                                 
  4507. MATCH FOR START OF ADDRESS FOR SITES MAPPING                                    
  4508. MATCH FOR FIRST WORD OF ADDRESS FOR SITES MAPPING                               
  4509.  
  4510.                                                                       86
  4511. DESPERATION MATCHING FOR SITES MAPPING                                          
  4512.                                                                                 
  4513. These options correspond to the 4 matching levels for either point overlays     
  4514. or site mapping.                                                                
  4515.                                                                                 
  4516. You have to specify a number of files:                                          
  4517.                                                                                 
  4518. 1. the geographic file that contains the roads and the road names and address   
  4519. limits                                                                          
  4520.                                                                                 
  4521. 2. Your data file containing the addresses to be matched                        
  4522.                                                                                 
  4523. 3. A parameter file of abbreviations to help the matching process e.g. AVE is   
  4524. defined as the abbreviation for Avenue                                          
  4525.                                                                                 
  4526. 4. the name of the geographic file to be generated with the points location     
  4527.                                                                                 
  4528. After you have generated the points geographic file you should check the        
  4529. file OZGIS.OUT to see how well the addresses were matched. You may then want    
  4530. to change some of the addresses in the data file to improve the hit rate.       
  4531.                                                                                 
  4532. You can now map the data with the OzGIS program. This is covered in other       
  4533. chapters, but briefly:                                                          
  4534.                                                                                 
  4535. DISPLAY GEOGRAPHIC FILES (NO ATTRIBUTES) is used to display the points as       
  4536. symbols.                                                                        
  4537.                                                                                 
  4538. You would probably then use DEFINE GEOGRAPHIC OVERLAYS and add your roads file  
  4539. as a lines overlay and also overlay the names of the points.                    
  4540.                                                                                 
  4541. DISPLAY SITES FOR AN ATTRIBUTE FILE would be used if you have attribute data    
  4542. for the points. You would probably add the roads as a lines overlay and the     
  4543. identifiers as a names overlay.                                                 
  4544.                                                                                 
  4545. DISPLAY ZONES AND SITES FOR TWO ATTRIBUTE FILES could also be used if you       
  4546. want to display other data such as Census data as a zones map underneath        
  4547. the points with their attribute data.                                           
  4548.                                                                                 
  4549. The points could of course be added as overlays to any map.                     
  4550.  
  4551.  21. 7 Data                                              
  4552.        ----
  4553.  
  4554. You specify the addresses you want to match in a data files with fixed format   
  4555. records:                                                                        
  4556.                                                                                 
  4557. 10 bytes  Identifier. If blank the road name is used (first 10 bytes)           
  4558.                                                                                 
  4559. 10 digits street number (optional)                                              
  4560.                                                                                 
  4561. 30 bytes  street name                                                           
  4562.                                                                                 
  4563. 10 digits postal (zip) code                                                     
  4564.                                                                                 
  4565. For example, the demonstration file DEMOMTCH.DAT looks like:                    
  4566.                                                                                 
  4567. EXAMPLE ADDRESSES FOR MATCHING - DEMOMTCH.DAT                                   
  4568. ADDRESS001         1     GReat north road                    2600               
  4569.  
  4570.                                                                       87
  4571.                  666     GReat north road                    2600               
  4572. JOE BLOGGS       333     GReat north road                    2600               
  4573. ADDRESS004               GReat north road                    2600               
  4574.                  333     GReat north road                                       
  4575. PIZZA KING               GReat north road                                       
  4576. ADDRESS007       333     GReat                               2600               
  4577. HARRY S          333     GReat north rd                      2600               
  4578. ADDRESS009       333     GReet narth read                    2600               
  4579. ADDRESS011       666     GReat    north     road             2600               
  4580. ADDRESS012       666     Molonglo Gorge                      2600               
  4581. ADDRESS013               Molonglo Gorge                                         
  4582.                   11     Northbourne Ave                     2602               
  4583. ADDRESS015        44     Northbourne Ave                     2600               
  4584. ADDRESS016        10     Northbourne Ave                     2600               
  4585. ADDRESS017        68     Northbourne Ave                     2600               
  4586. ADDRESS018        57     Northbourne Ave                     2600               
  4587. ADDRESS019        40     EPPING HWY                                             
  4588. ADDRESS020        33     EPPING HWY                                             
  4589.                                                                                 
  4590.  
  4591.  21. 8 Abbreviations parameter file                      
  4592.        ----------------------------
  4593.  
  4594. A parameter file must be given to allow for abbreviations such as ST, AVE, RD   
  4595.                                                                                 
  4596. A sample file from the USA Census TIGER documentaion is provided \OZGIS\USA.PRM 
  4597.                                                                                 
  4598. You should set up your own abbreviation file. The shorter it is the faster will 
  4599. be the matching process.                                                        
  4600.                                                                                 
  4601. The first record of the file is a comment, and each following record is:        
  4602.                                                                                 
  4603. 30 bytes text                                                                   
  4604. 10 bytes  abbreviation                                                          
  4605.                                                                                 
  4606.                                                                                 
  4607. The file must be in upper case, and the abbreviation must be shorter than the   
  4608. text string.                                                                    
  4609.                                                                                 
  4610. The demonstration file is DEMOMTCH.PRM:                                         
  4611.                                                                                 
  4612. Address matching parameter file DEMOMTCH.PRM                                    
  4613. AVENUE                        AVE                                               
  4614. BOULEVARD                     BLVD                                              
  4615. CIRCLE                        CIR                                               
  4616. DRIVE                         DR                                                
  4617. FREEWAY                       FWY                                               
  4618. HIGHWAY                       HWY                                               
  4619. MOTORWAY                      MTWY                                              
  4620. PARKWAY                       PKY                                               
  4621. PLACE                         PL                                                
  4622. ROAD                          RD                                                
  4623. STREET                        ST                                                
  4624.                                                                                 
  4625.                                                                                 
  4626.                                                                                 
  4627.  
  4628.                                                                       88
  4629.  
  4630.  21. 9 Handling Errors                                   
  4631.        ---------------
  4632.  
  4633. The results of the matching process are written to the log file OZGIS.OUT       
  4634.                                                                                 
  4635. Each data record is listed with either "MATCHED", "DUPLICATE" or "REJECTED".    
  4636. When the names match both the data and geographic file  addresses are listed as 
  4637. well as the level of the match.                                                 
  4638.                                                                                 
  4639. The output will be of the form:                                                 
  4640.                                                                                 
  4641.                                                                                 
  4642.  ======= ADDRESS MATCHING AT LEVEL 4 ======                                     
  4643.                                                                                 
  4644.                                                                                 
  4645. GEOGRAPHIC FILE demoaddr                                                        
  4646. ADDRESSES  FILE demomtch                                                        
  4647. PARAMETER  FILE demomtch                                                        
  4648.                                                                                 
  4649. MATCHED          333     GReat north road                    2600               
  4650. MATCHED          666     GReat    north     road             2600               
  4651. NO MATCH         666     Molonglo Gorge                      2600               
  4652. NO MATCH          68     Northbourne Ave                     2600               
  4653. MATCHED           11      EPPING HWY                            0               
  4654. MATCHED           33            EPPING HWY                      0               
  4655. NO MATCH          33     EPXXING HWY                            0               
  4656.                                                                                 
  4657.  
  4658.                                                                       89
  4659.                    22. OzSpat SPATIAL OPERATIONS (being tested)          
  4660.                        ========================================
  4661.  
  4662.                                                                                 
  4663.                                                                                 
  4664.                                                                                 
  4665. This chapter describes the OzSpatial program that enables a new geographic      
  4666. file to be generated that is the result of spatial operations such as union     
  4667. and intersection between the spatial objects in two input geographic files.     
  4668.                                                                                 
  4669.                                                                                 
  4670.                                                                                 
  4671.  
  4672.  22. 1 Operations                                        
  4673.        ----------
  4674.  
  4675.                                                                                 
  4676. The operations take place between the objects in two input geographic files,    
  4677. with the resultant objects being output to a new geographic file.               
  4678.                                                                                 
  4679. The following operations are supported:                                         
  4680.                                                                                 
  4681. . Intersection of points with polygons                                          
  4682.                                                                                 
  4683.   For example, extract all sightings (points) of the wedgetail eagle within     
  4684.   vegetation type 100 (polygons)                                                
  4685.                                                                                 
  4686.   For example extract all retail sites within competitor's store catchments     
  4687.   (polygons).                                                                   
  4688.                                                                                 
  4689.   This is a point-in-polygon operation i.e. the points in one file that lie     
  4690.   inside any of the polygons in the second file are selected.                   
  4691.                                                                                 
  4692. . Intersection of lines with polygons                                           
  4693.                                                                                 
  4694.   For example, select all roads that are within the franchise area. (then match 
  4695.   addresses)                                                                    
  4696.                                                                                 
  4697.   This is a crossing operation i.e. the parts of any lines that cross (are      
  4698.   inside of) the polygons in the other file are output.                         
  4699.                                                                                 
  4700. . Intersection of polygons with polygons                                        
  4701.                                                                                 
  4702.   For example, Extract polygons that have soil types (feature codes) 500 to 600 
  4703.   and forest trees feature codes 77 to 88                                       
  4704.                                                                                 
  4705.   For example, Extract Census districts within the digitised areas covered by   
  4706.   all hospitals.                                                                
  4707.                                                                                 
  4708.   The polygons that are the overlapped parts of any pairs of polygons from      
  4709.   the two files are output (an AND operation)                                   
  4710.                                                                                 
  4711. . Union of polygons with polygons.                                              
  4712.                                                                                 
  4713.   For example, Extract polygons that have soil types  500 to 600  or            
  4714.   forest trees feature codes 77 to 88                                           
  4715.                                                                                 
  4716.  
  4717.                                                                       90
  4718.   Pairs of polygons from the two input files that overlap are merged to         
  4719.   form new polygons. Those that do not overlay are output as is.                
  4720.                                                                                 
  4721. . Buffer generation                                                             
  4722.                                                                                 
  4723.   Generation of buffers at a given distance around spatial objects may be       
  4724. supported in future releases.                                                   
  4725.                                                                                 
  4726.                                                                                 
  4727.                                                                                 
  4728.                                                                                 
  4729. Two levels of polygons will be supported:                                       
  4730.                                                                                 
  4731. 1. Simple polygons                                                              
  4732.                                                                                 
  4733. Single polygons are processed. There is no regard for polygons inside other     
  4734. polygons. Polygons with the names OUTSIDE or INSIDE are ignored.                
  4735.                                                                                 
  4736. This will often be all that is required.                                        
  4737.                                                                                 
  4738. These data can have been entered into the system using OzEnter as one           
  4739. of the polygonal formats supported (SAS, Atlas etc).                            
  4740.                                                                                 
  4741. 2. Complex polygons NOT IMPLEMENTED YET                                         
  4742.                                                                                 
  4743. This handles zones which are made up of any mixture of polygons, some of        
  4744. which can be inside others to a considerable depth.                             
  4745.                                                                                 
  4746. The zones will have been formed from line segments by using the OzZone program. 
  4747.                                                                                 
  4748. The results of the polygon processing is a file of line segments that can be    
  4749. built into polygons with the OzZone program.                                    
  4750.                                                                                 
  4751.  
  4752.  22. 2 Feature codes                                     
  4753.        -------------
  4754.  
  4755. Processing can take place for a range of feature codes or the whole of the      
  4756. files can be processed.                                                         
  4757.                                                                                 
  4758. A new feature code must be specified for the generated objects. Optionally the  
  4759. existing feature codes for both files of objects can be added as well.          
  4760.                                                                                 
  4761.  
  4762.  22. 3 Procedure                                         
  4763.        ---------
  4764.  
  4765. When the OzSpat program is executed the menu appears:                           
  4766.                                                                                 
  4767. INTERSECT POINTS (SECONDARY) WITH SIMPLE POLYGONS (PRIMARY)                     
  4768. INTERSECT LINES (SECONDARY) WITH SIMPLE POLYGONS (PRIMARY)                      
  4769. INTERSECT SIMPLE POLYGONS  WITH SIMPLE POLYGONS                                 
  4770. UNION OF SIMPLE POLYGONS  WITH SIMPLE POLYGONS                                  
  4771. INTERSECT POINTS  WITH SIMPLE POLYGONS FOR FEATURE CODES                        
  4772. INTERSECT LINES  WITH SIMPLE POLYGONS FOR FEATURE CODES                         
  4773. INTERSECT POLYGONS  WITH SIMPLE POLYGONS FOR FEATURE CODES                      
  4774. UNION OF POLYGONS  WITH SIMPLE POLYGONS FOR FEATURE CODES                       
  4775.                                                                                 
  4776.  
  4777.                                                                       91
  4778. You select the appropriate option. You can either process all the geographic    
  4779. data or subset it for a feature code range.                                     
  4780.                                                                                 
  4781. Then you have to give the names of the two input geographic files. As indicated 
  4782. by the menu items, the primary geographic file is always a file of polygons     
  4783. while the secodary geographic file is the points or line segments or polygons.  
  4784.                                                                                 
  4785. You also have to give a name for the geographic file that will be generated.    
  4786.                                                                                 
  4787. You always have to provide a feature code (a positive number) for the           
  4788. generated objects, and can optionally have the feature codes from the           
  4789. intersected (or unioned) pairs of objects included in the new objects.          
  4790.                                                                                 
  4791. Polygons are not directly generated. If you intersect or form the union of      
  4792. polygons with polygons the output is line segments which then have to be        
  4793. built into polygons with the OzZone program.                                    
  4794.                                                                                 
  4795.  
  4796.                                                                       92
  4797.                    23. OzDigit DIGITISING (being ported from VAX)        
  4798.                        ==========================================
  4799.  
  4800.                                                                                 
  4801.                                                                                 
  4802. This chapter desribes the OzDigit program for digitising paper maps to obtain   
  4803. data for input into the OzGIS system.                                           
  4804.                                                                                 
  4805.                                                                                 
  4806.                   DRAFT DOCUMENTATION                                           
  4807.                                                                                 
  4808.                                                                                 
  4809.                                                                                 
  4810.  
  4811.  23. 1 Introduction                                      
  4812.        ------------
  4813.  
  4814. Digitising is a tedious, soul-destrying job. If you can, obtain your data       
  4815. from commercial or other sources. If you cant, try and get someone else to      
  4816. do it for you (but not someone you love!) If all else fails, this program       
  4817. will allow you to produce accurately digitised and topologically correct        
  4818. geographic data files.                                                          
  4819.                                                                                 
  4820. One IMPORTANT point:                                                            
  4821.                                                                                 
  4822. It is easy to rapidly digitise a map, but it can take a long time to fix        
  4823. any digitising errors such as digitising a line twice.                          
  4824.                                                                                 
  4825. Hence......                                                                     
  4826.                                                                                 
  4827. Digitise in a logical, precise way. Do a small amount at a time, process        
  4828. the data to check it, and then do some more.                                    
  4829.                                                                                 
  4830. In particular, the first time you try digitising, draw yourself a trivial       
  4831. map on a piece of paper and digitise that to work out the procedure.            
  4832.  
  4833.  23. 2 Configuration                                     
  4834.        -------------
  4835.  
  4836. Summagraphics compatible digitisers are supported. These plug directly into     
  4837. a port in the PC and work by generating Ascii messages to the PC that look      
  4838. like keyboard input.                                                            
  4839.                                                                                 
  4840. Configuration involves editing a line in the \ozgis\ozgis.ini file to           
  4841. specify the port that is being used.                                            
  4842.                                                                                 
  4843.  
  4844.  23. 3 Files                                             
  4845.        -----
  4846.  
  4847. You specify three files to the OzDigit program:                                 
  4848.                                                                                 
  4849. .  The menu file describes the menu being used and where it is located on the   
  4850.     board.                                                                      
  4851.                                                                                 
  4852. .  The digitiser file contains all the current digitised data (see below)       
  4853.                                                                                 
  4854.  
  4855.                                                                       93
  4856. .  An output data files is generated that is in standard geographic file        
  4857. format and is read into the system with OzEnter.                                
  4858.                                                                                 
  4859. The digitiser file actually contains the names of several other files, which    
  4860. you dont usually worry about, but some of which can be modified directly once   
  4861. you understand how the digitising process works.                                
  4862.                                                                                 
  4863. These other files all have the same name as the digitiser file. but with        
  4864. different extensions. for example:                                              
  4865.                                                                                 
  4866. PHRED.DIG the digitiser file                                                    
  4867. PHRED.CPS the control point file                                                
  4868. PHRED.FIT the parameters for the transformation                                 
  4869. PHRED.DGV the digitised data file                                               
  4870. PHRED.ZON the zone/poly names and feature codes file                            
  4871. PHRED.LIN the line segment names and feature codes file                         
  4872. PHRED.PNT the point names and feature codes file                                
  4873.                                                                                 
  4874.  
  4875.  23. 4 Preparation for Digitising                        
  4876.        --------------------------
  4877.  
  4878. First of all make sure that the paper map to be digitised is in good condition. 
  4879. If necessary iron it to make it flat and tape any rips.                         
  4880.                                                                                 
  4881. Fix the map to the digitiser board with tape. Remember that the very edge of the
  4882. board may not be "active", so put it away from the edge. If the map is too big  
  4883. it can be moved later to do the rest of the digitising i.e. you can digitise it 
  4884. in pieces.                                                                      
  4885.                                                                                 
  4886. The map should be close to horizontal on the board.                             
  4887.                                                                                 
  4888.  
  4889.  23. 5 Setting up the Menu                               
  4890.        -------------------
  4891.  
  4892. You control much of the digitising process from a paper menu that you stick     
  4893. on the digitiser board.                                                         
  4894.                                                                                 
  4895. If you have a big board you may find that you leave the menu stuck in the       
  4896. same place all the time. However, you may find that you often need to           
  4897. stick the menu on a corner of the map you are digitising, and may have to       
  4898. move it to digitise what is underneath.                                         
  4899.                                                                                 
  4900. You can have different sizes and shapes of menus to allow for fitting it        
  4901. on the board according to the shape of the map being digitised.                 
  4902.                                                                                 
  4903. You start by drawing yourself a menu on some paper.                             
  4904.                                                                                 
  4905. The menu has 17 entries:                                                        
  4906.                                                                                 
  4907. the digits 0 to 9                                                               
  4908. "POLY" for zone / polygon internal points                                       
  4909. "PNT"  for intersection points (or points or nodes)                             
  4910. "LINE" for line segments                                                        
  4911. "DELP" for delete point                                                         
  4912. "DELS" for delete line segment                                                  
  4913. "END"  end-of-job, end of number                                                
  4914.  
  4915.                                                                       94
  4916.                                                                                 
  4917. You draw the menus on rectangular pieces of paper on a grid:                    
  4918.                                                                                 
  4919. e.g. you may set up a menu of 3 columns and 6 rows as follows:                  
  4920.                                                                                 
  4921.                                                                                 
  4922.       ----------------------                                                    
  4923.       |      |      |      |                                                    
  4924.       |  0   |      | END  |                                                    
  4925.       |      |      |      |                                                    
  4926.       ----------------------                                                    
  4927.       |      |      |      |                                                    
  4928.       |  1   |  2   |  3   |                                                    
  4929.       |      |      |      |                                                    
  4930.       ----------------------                                                    
  4931.       |      |      |      |                                                    
  4932.       |  4   |  5   |  6   |                                                    
  4933.       |      |      |      |                                                    
  4934.       ----------------------                                                    
  4935.       |      |      |      |                                                    
  4936.       |  7   |  8   |  9   |                                                    
  4937.       |      |      |      |                                                    
  4938.       ----------------------                                                    
  4939.       |      |      |      |                                                    
  4940.       | ZONE | PNT  | LINE |                                                    
  4941.       |      |      |      |                                                    
  4942.       ----------------------                                                    
  4943.       |      |      |      |                                                    
  4944.       | DELP | DELS |      |                                                    
  4945.       |      |      |      |                                                    
  4946.       ----------------------                                                    
  4947.                                                                                 
  4948. The menu boxes should all be the same size.                                     
  4949.                                                                                 
  4950. If you are doing a lot of digitising you will probably draw up several menus    
  4951. such as a vertical 1 column, 17 rows menu, a horizontal 1 row 17 columns        
  4952. menu and perhaps both 3X6 and 6X3 rectangular menus or a 5x4 menu.              
  4953.                                                                                 
  4954.                                                                                 
  4955. Before you start digitising you have to stick the menu on the board,            
  4956. select the DEFINE DIGITISING MENU option from the main OzDigit menu, and        
  4957. digitise the four corners of the menu so the program knows where you have put   
  4958. it. You also have to give the number of rows and columns in the menu.           
  4959. Finally you give symbol that goes into each each menu location where row        
  4960. 1 is the top, and column 1 is the left. The symbols are those above, with       
  4961. blank being a menu location that is not used.                                   
  4962.                                                                                 
  4963. The menu definition is written on a file and remains current until changed.     
  4964.                                                                                 
  4965. You can move the menu on the board during the digitising process, but you       
  4966. then have to redefine the corners. So you usually dont move it if you can       
  4967. help it - ever!                                                                 
  4968.                                                                                 
  4969. You use the menu by digitising a point within the square of the item you        
  4970. want to select. Numbers, which are identifiers, are selected by digitising      
  4971. the digits followed by EOJ.                                                     
  4972.                                                                                 
  4973.  
  4974.                                                                       95
  4975.  
  4976.  23. 6 Control points                                    
  4977.        --------------
  4978.  
  4979. When you digitise a point the OzDigit program reads it in digitiser board       
  4980. coordinates. These are usually in a range like 0 to 10,000                      
  4981.                                                                                 
  4982. The program has to be able to convert these coordinates to the map coordinates  
  4983. such as latitude/longitude or UTM.                                              
  4984.                                                                                 
  4985. This is done by digitising "control points".                                    
  4986.                                                                                 
  4987. These are several points on the map at known map coordinates that are           
  4988. digitised at the start of data capture. The program knows both the board and    
  4989. map coordinates of each of the points, so can generate a function to transform  
  4990. any digitised point to map coordinates.                                         
  4991.                                                                                 
  4992.                                                                                 
  4993. First of all you select some suitable points on the map where you know the      
  4994. actual map coordinates - usually on the map grid. You should use at least four  
  4995. points near the corners of the part of the map being digitised and preferably   
  4996. at least one near the centre of the map too. You usually mark the points        
  4997. on the map with a coloured pen so you can remember which ones you used, and     
  4998. number them 1,2,3...                                                            
  4999.                                                                                 
  5000.                                                                                 
  5001. Next select DEFINE CONTROL POINTS from the menu and define the points in turn   
  5002. giving an identifying number and the point in map coordinates (remember that    
  5003. for latitude longitude the X value is the longitude). The coordinates are       
  5004. given as decimals, and appropriate signs should be used e.g. latitude is        
  5005. negative below the equator like -35.0.                                          
  5006.                                                                                 
  5007. The results are stored on a control points file and you can read in an          
  5008. existing file and overwrite the values in it.                                   
  5009.                                                                                 
  5010. The digitising software does not use map projections. You can use the OzProj    
  5011. program for that purpose.                                                       
  5012.                                                                                 
  5013.                                                                                 
  5014. Finally you have to digitise the points. You define the numbers by selecting    
  5015. from the menu digits followed by EOJ for the control point identifier, and      
  5016. then digitise the actual point. The first time you will have to digitise        
  5017. all the points, but after that only any that you might have changed.            
  5018.                                                                                 
  5019. The program generates the transformation equation table -> map coordinates      
  5020. and prints out a goodness-of-fit. You can accept that or can modify the         
  5021. control point definitions.                                                      
  5022.                                                                                 
  5023.  
  5024.  23. 7 Digitising the Map                                
  5025.        ------------------
  5026.  
  5027. The OzDigit program is designed for digitising maps and producing data in       
  5028. a correct topological structure of zone-polygon-line where boundary lines       
  5029. occur once only (usually) and are shared between the adjacent polygons.         
  5030.                                                                                 
  5031. This requires careful, logical digitising.                                      
  5032.  
  5033.                                                                       96
  5034.                                                                                 
  5035. These types of maps are for choropleth mapping e.g. Census maps.                
  5036.                                                                                 
  5037. However, the system can also be used to produce a subset such as just points,   
  5038. lines or simple polygons for production of map overlays (e.g. town locations,   
  5039. roads) or environmental applications e.g. vegetation type polygons where the    
  5040. polygons may not be adjacent.                                                   
  5041.                                                                                 
  5042. You start the digitising process by selecting DIGITISE NEW MAP DATA.            
  5043.                                                                                 
  5044. The procedure for digitising Census type maps is:                               
  5045.                                                                                 
  5046. First of all digitise "nodes" which are the intersection points of all          
  5047. the boundary lines. Every node has a number (identifier) which can be           
  5048. generated sequentially by the system, but it is recommended that you            
  5049. assign your own numbers. You should prepare the map before digitising by        
  5050. writing the numbers against every place lines join/cross (some people use       
  5051. coloured stickers). Alternatively label each point as you digitise it.          
  5052. Ensure that you mark the points so you dont digitise them twice or miss         
  5053. any.                                                                            
  5054.                                                                                 
  5055. Next you digitise the boundary lines. All lines start and end on a node.        
  5056. While digitising you can keep going along the map lines, but everytime you      
  5057. pass through a node you have to be sure that you digitise the node point        
  5058. so the program can connect to it. You usually find that you have missed         
  5059. labelling a few nodes.  Lines also have numeric identifiers. As before they     
  5060. can be automatically assigned but it is recommended that you choose a range of  
  5061. numbers that is different to those used for the points and label the map        
  5062. either before you start or as you go.  Ensure that you mark lines in some       
  5063. way as you go so you dont digitise lines twice and you dont miss any.           
  5064.                                                                                 
  5065. If you have a large map you should digitise complete polygons in a small        
  5066. part of the map, ensure it is correct, and then do a bit more, until            
  5067. finished.                                                                       
  5068.                                                                                 
  5069. Next you have to digitise internal points in each of the polygons that make     
  5070. up the zones. Once again you should label these points carefully, using         
  5071. a different range of numbers.                                                   
  5072.                                                                                 
  5073. In all cases you start digitising a map object by choosing the type from        
  5074. the digitiser menu i.e. ZONE, INT or LINE, and then the identifying             
  5075. number from the digits on the digitiser menu. You then start digitising         
  5076. the map data. You can digitise a sequence of objects without returning          
  5077. to the menu, in which case the identifying number is incremented for each       
  5078. object.                                                                         
  5079.                                                                                 
  5080. The PC display will show the data as it is digitised.                           
  5081.                                                                                 
  5082. When EOJ is selected you are presented with several options for displaying      
  5083. and modifying the data.                                                         
  5084.                                                                                 
  5085.                                                                                 
  5086. While you are digitising, the transformation is used to convert the locations   
  5087. to map coordinates.                                                             
  5088.                                                                                 
  5089. The digitised data is usually saved at the end of digitising and can be read    
  5090. back in next time.                                                              
  5091.                                                                                 
  5092.  
  5093.                                                                       97
  5094. If you are digitising data for overlays you may take a more casual approach     
  5095. as you are not concerned that lines can be joined into polygons. You may        
  5096. then digitise and allow nodes to be automatically generated. Polygons are       
  5097. then likely to be generated as closed lines, with the same node at each end.    
  5098.                                                                                 
  5099.                                                                                 
  5100.  
  5101.  23. 8 Examining digitised data                          
  5102.        ------------------------
  5103.  
  5104. You can choose the option EXAMINE DIGITISED DATA to plot points, lines          
  5105. or zones for ranges of identifying numbers.                                     
  5106.                                                                                 
  5107.  
  5108.  23. 9 Giving Names and Feature codes                    
  5109.        ------------------------------
  5110.  
  5111. Zones (polygons), lines and points are identified by numbers during the         
  5112. digitising process.                                                             
  5113.                                                                                 
  5114. If you want to assign attribute data to them when mapping with OzGIS            
  5115. program, you have to provide the names that correspond to the object            
  5116. identifying numbers.                                                            
  5117.                                                                                 
  5118. You do this by choosing one of:                                                 
  5119.                                                                                 
  5120. DEFINE ZONE NAMES AND FEATURE CODES                                             
  5121. DEFINE LINE NAMES AND FEATURE CODES                                             
  5122. DEFINE POINT NAMES AND FEATURE CODES                                            
  5123.                                                                                 
  5124. The identifying numbers are written to files, and can be read back in           
  5125. and changed.                                                                    
  5126.                                                                                 
  5127. You can also assign one feature code to each polygon, line or point by          
  5128. either specifying them individually or assigning a default code.                
  5129.                                                                                 
  5130.  
  5131.  23.10 Forming Polygons / checking                       
  5132.        ---------------------------
  5133.  
  5134.                                                                                 
  5135. The final product is a data file in standard OzGIS geographic format.           
  5136.                                                                                 
  5137. This is produced by choosing GENERATE GEOGRAPHIC DATA FILE                      
  5138.                                                                                 
  5139. This process involves joining lines into polygons, if required, and             
  5140. outputting the topological structure to a file.                                 
  5141.                                                                                 
  5142. Any names defined for zones, lines or points will be used.                      
  5143.                                                                                 
  5144. Errors are detected at this stage and messages are output to the OZGIS.OUT      
  5145. file. You need to use display and editing programs to fix any mistakes.         
  5146.                                                                                 
  5147. You  will find that careful analysis is sometimes required to discover          
  5148. digitising errors.                                                              
  5149.                                                                                 
  5150.  
  5151.                                                                       98
  5152.  
  5153.  23.11 Editing Digitised Data                            
  5154.        ----------------------
  5155.  
  5156. You can choose EDIT DIGITISED DATA to display and modify the data.              
  5157.                                                                                 
  5158. Options are:                                                                    
  5159.                                                                                 
  5160. delete lines, points or zones                                                   
  5161.                                                                                 
  5162. plot lines, points or zones                                                     
  5163.                                                                                 
  5164. renumber intersections or zones                                                 
  5165.                                                                                 
  5166. split lines                                                                     
  5167.                                                                                 
  5168. Change region displayed.                                                        
  5169.                                                                                 
  5170.  
  5171.  23.12 Variations                                        
  5172.        ----------
  5173.  
  5174.                                                                                 
  5175. Two extra digitising environments are available:                                
  5176.                                                                                 
  5177. 1. The table can be simulated by the PC screen and mouse/cursor. This           
  5178. can be used for very simple digitising, where your map has to be drawn on       
  5179. some clear medium. This also supports digitising boards that simulate a mouse.  
  5180.                                                                                 
  5181. 2. Map overlays can be digitised by displaying a geographic file on the         
  5182. PC screen as the map to be digitised. Control points are not required           
  5183. as the transformation is known and a standard digitiser menu will               
  5184. be provided on the screen.                                                      
  5185.                                                                                 
  5186.                                                                                 
  5187.  
  5188.                                                                       99
  5189.                    24. OzCatch RETAIL SITE CATCHMENTS (NOT AVAILABLE YET)
  5190.                        ==================================================
  5191.  
  5192.                                                                                 
  5193.                                                                                 
  5194. The OzCatch program enables catchments to be defined as contours around         
  5195. retail sites and the attribute data to be extracted from base zones.            
  5196.                                                                                 
  5197.                                                                                 
  5198.                                                                                 
  5199.                                                                                 
  5200.  
  5201.  24. 1 Introduction                                      
  5202.        ------------
  5203.  
  5204. Modules have been developed for site selection on a VAX using RAMTEK display    
  5205. systems.                                                                        
  5206.                                                                                 
  5207. This software has to be completely rewritten for the limited PC displays.       
  5208.                                                                                 
  5209. It is uncertain when or if the software will be made available on the PC        
  5210.  
  5211.  24. 2  SITE CATCHMENTS                                  
  5212.        ----------------
  5213.  
  5214. The system aims to provide facilities for analysis of sites for the             
  5215.  definition of site locations and catchments, the                               
  5216. retrieval of data, development of models and display of results.                
  5217.                                                                                 
  5218. The base of the process is the catchment file.                                  
  5219. A catchment file holds the definition of several sites.  The sites have         
  5220. some common grouping (e.g. all part of the same retail chain) and all fit       
  5221. on the same base map.                                                           
  5222.                                                                                 
  5223. A typical analysis would involve several catchment files, e.g. several sets     
  5224. of sites each for a different organisations( e.g. several sets, each            
  5225. defined on different base maps to increase resolution. )                        
  5226.                                                                                 
  5227. Site definition is carried out for a current set of sites.  These               
  5228. sites can be modified and new sites defined.  A base map is always              
  5229. displayed and all the current sites must fit on the displayed map.              
  5230.                                                                                 
  5231. Also defined for assistance are any other catchment files relevant to the analys
  5232. Site symbols, names and catchments are displayed if they fit on the             
  5233. map.  These sites cannot be modified.                                           
  5234.                                                                                 
  5235. A catchment file contains the following information for each site.              
  5236.                                                                                 
  5237. -    site name (10 characters)                                                  
  5238. -    site location                                                              
  5239. -    site symbol display location                                               
  5240. -    site name display location                                                 
  5241. -    catchment contours (up to 5)                                               
  5242. -    base zones and weights within catchment                                    
  5243. -    type of zones.                                                             
  5244.                                                                                 
  5245. A site analysis could be carried out as follows.                                
  5246.  
  5247.                                                                      100
  5248.                                                                                 
  5249. Phase 1 - Definition                                                            
  5250.                                                                                 
  5251. Each catchment file has to be defined.                                          
  5252.                                                                                 
  5253. -    A base-map geographic file of suitable size is displayed.                  
  5254.                                                                                 
  5255. -    An old catchment file may be read in for modification.                     
  5256.                                                                                 
  5257. -    Sites are defined by giving a name and location (cursor or typing lat      
  5258.      long).  Initial catchment contours are given as circles.                   
  5259.                                                                                 
  5260. -    The results are stored as a catchment file.                                
  5261.                                                                                 
  5262. The zones list in the catchment file can now be output as anames file.          
  5263.                                                                                 
  5264. The names file is passed to OzData, attribute data are retrieved for the site   
  5265. catchments, and some basic statistics calculated.  On the basis of              
  5266. correlation coefficient and error levels for particular sites, the              
  5267. modifications for site catchments are decided.                                  
  5268.                                                                                 
  5269. e.g.   there may be 2 or 3 base maps for Melbourne and                          
  5270. others for the country areas, each with different sites on them.                
  5271.                                                                                 
  5272. Phase II - Modification of Catchments                                           
  5273.                                                                                 
  5274. The site catchments (or positions) now have to be modified to obtain better     
  5275. agreement with known results.                                                   
  5276.                                                                                 
  5277. -    The base map is displayed again.  Other site catchment files and           
  5278.      geographic overlays (e.g. roads) may also be displayed.  Note that the     
  5279.      base map could be changed.                                                 
  5280.                                                                                 
  5281. -    the sites are modified.  More contours may be added.  Contours may be      
  5282.      replaced with circles of different radii or a replacement digitised.       
  5283.                                                                                 
  5284. -    Zones lists are re-calculated.                                             
  5285.                                                                                 
  5286. -    The new sites are processed by OzData again, and the process repeated      
  5287.      if necessary.                                                              
  5288.                                                                                 
  5289. For example,  the base maps could change, say to go from                        
  5290. postcodes to collection districts.  Contours would change to get a better       
  5291. fit to the client's data.                                                       
  5292.                                                                                 
  5293. Phase III - Zones                                                               
  5294.                                                                                 
  5295. A base map is displayed and the contours overlayed.                             
  5296. The pixels within each contour polygon are counted and from the                 
  5297. total zone pixel counts and contour weights                                     
  5298. a list of zones and weights for each site is generated                          
  5299. and stored in the catchment file.                                               
  5300.                                                                                 
  5301. The user has to make sure that the base map extends past the                    
  5302. catchment.                                                                      
  5303. Note that any type of zones can be used as the contours are                     
  5304. stored as lat-long points.                                                      
  5305.                                                                                 
  5306.  
  5307.                                                                      101
  5308. Phase IV - Display Preparation                                                  
  5309.                                                                                 
  5310. A base map is displayed that is to be used for the final maps, and current      
  5311. catchment file displayed.  All the catchment files are displayed -              
  5312. contours, symbols and site names.                                               
  5313.                                                                                 
  5314. Symbols and names in the current catchment file are repositioned with the       
  5315. cursor if they conflict with those from other files.                            
  5316. Lines are displayed between the symbol and true positions.                      
  5317.                                                                                 
  5318. A new catchment file is generated.                                              
  5319.                                                                                 
  5320. An combine file is generated for retrieval of attribute data for all site       
  5321. names.                                                                          
  5322.                                                                                 
  5323. A base map is displayed and the catchment files displayed that are to have      
  5324. the same symbol on the maps.                                                    
  5325.                                                                                 
  5326. A geographic file is generated for site symbol display.                         
  5327.                                                                                 
  5328. A geographic file to display the lines between the offset                       
  5329. symbol locations and site locations is generated.                               
  5330. This file also contains points for site name display.                           
  5331.                                                                                 
  5332. For example,  a base map for the part of Victoria required                      
  5333. would be subset from a Victorian postcode map.  All the catchment files are     
  5334. displayed and names and symbols moved for the locations where there are two     
  5335. close sites.                                                                    
  5336.                                                                                 
  5337. Phase V - Map Production                                                        
  5338.                                                                                 
  5339. A names file is generated from the combine file for                             
  5340. all sites that are to be displayed.                                             
  5341.                                                                                 
  5342. -    Data are retrieved from OzData for the names file.                         
  5343.                                                                                 
  5344. -    A map is displayed for either just sites, or sites on quantised map        
  5345.      zones.                                                                     
  5346.                                                                                 
  5347.      If there are several sets of sites each file                               
  5348.  is added and possibly assigned                                                 
  5349.      to a different symbol.                                                     
  5350. Note that symbol 1 is the top bit plane, symbol 2 the                           
  5351. next down etc.                                                                  
  5352.                                                                                 
  5353. Standard geographic overlays can be added from the geographic                   
  5354. files that were generated; sites names, symbols, lines                          
  5355. between symbol and true locations.                                              
  5356.                                                                                 
  5357. -    Other geographic overlays, diagrams etc are added.                         
  5358.                                                                                 
  5359. For example,  a map could be displayed by using the Victorian                   
  5360. postcode map as a base with postcode attributes, and displaying symbols at      
  5361. sites using attributes calculated by OzData.  If potential sites are being      
  5362. evaluated, they would be in different geographic files and different            
  5363. symbols would be used.                                                          
  5364.                                                                                 
  5365.  
  5366.                                                                      102
  5367.                      A. DATA SOURCES                                      
  5368.                        ============
  5369.  
  5370.                                                                                 
  5371.                                                                                 
  5372. This appendix lists some of the major suppliers of map data which can be used   
  5373. with the OzGIS system.                                                          
  5374.                                                                                 
  5375.                                                                                 
  5376.  
  5377.   A. 1 General                                           
  5378.       -------
  5379.  
  5380. Data are often available in different formats and at different prices. You      
  5381. need to be sure exactly what you want before ordering.                          
  5382.                                                                                 
  5383. If you are ordering Census boundary data you need to consider if you want       
  5384. to be able to amalgamate the polygons into bigger regions such as sales         
  5385. districts; if so you have to have segments. If you are ordering polygon         
  5386. formats (e.g. SAS) you will probably have to get them in a thinned form         
  5387. as otherwise the polygons may have too many vertices for the capacity of        
  5388. the OzGIS system under DOS. Thinned polygons are often cheaper. Generally,      
  5389. segments are preferable as they offer more capabilities, but they must not      
  5390. have too many vertices. Generally the system expects to be operating on         
  5391. geographic files that have the full zone-polygon-segments structure. Some       
  5392. operations are not available on files that were entered as polygons.            
  5393.  
  5394.   A. 2 Australia                                         
  5395.       ---------
  5396.  
  5397.  
  5398.   A. 2. 1 Australian Bureau of Statistics                   
  5399.           -------------------------------
  5400.  
  5401. The ABS collects and disseminates enormous volumes of statistics, some of which 
  5402. is available on floppy disk and CD ROM for mapping.                             
  5403.                                                                                 
  5404. The major data source is the Census of Population and Housing - by far the most 
  5405. extensive source of demographic data available in Australia.                    
  5406.                                                                                 
  5407. The ABS will supply data on floppy disk. Data output from the GeoStats product  
  5408. in LAMM format is supported.                                                    
  5409.                                                                                 
  5410. The ABS will supply boundary data for the 1991 Census.                          
  5411.                                                                                 
  5412. Arrangements have been made to obtain test data from the ABS so 1991 Census     
  5413. and boundary data will be supported when they become available in               
  5414. late 1992.                                                                      
  5415.                                                                                 
  5416. Many publications describing the data are available.                            
  5417.                                                                                 
  5418. Contact:                                                                        
  5419.                                                                                 
  5420. Information Services,                                                           
  5421. Australian Bureau of Statistics,                                                
  5422. PO Box 10, Belconnen, ACT 2616.                                                 
  5423. Phone (06) 252 5402, 252 6627, or 252 6007.                                     
  5424.  
  5425.                                                                      103
  5426.                                                                                 
  5427. or any ABS state office.                                                        
  5428.  
  5429.   A. 2. 2 AUSLIG data                                       
  5430.           -----------
  5431.  
  5432. The Australian Land Information Group in Canberra can supply                    
  5433. the boundaries of the Collection Districts for the 1986 Census.                 
  5434.                                                                                 
  5435. Data are available for each state for:-                                         
  5436.       - collection districts                                                    
  5437.       - postcodes                                                               
  5438.       - Local Government Areas                                                  
  5439.       - Statistical divisions                                                   
  5440.       - etc                                                                     
  5441.                                                                                 
  5442. Ozenter can process the AUSLIG segments data to produce the OzGIS segments,     
  5443. which can then be formed into polygons with OzZone (to reflect                  
  5444. the structure of the data e.g. which polygons are inside others).               
  5445.                                                                                 
  5446. The data are extremely detailed, so large files are involved. Hence subsetting, 
  5447. segment joining and line simplification are usually used.                       
  5448.                                                                                 
  5449. All data are projection code 0 = latitude-longitude, units degrees.             
  5450.                                                                                 
  5451. Make sure you get census boundaries in SEGMENTS format on floppy disk.          
  5452.                                                                                 
  5453. Other map data are available, but need reformatting for use with OzGIS e.g.     
  5454. names file.                                                                     
  5455.                                                                                 
  5456. AUSLIG is also selling postcode boundaries developed in collaboration with      
  5457. Telecom.                                                                        
  5458.                                                                                 
  5459. Unfortunately, government policy of cost recovery means that AUSLIG data are    
  5460. expensive.                                                                      
  5461.                                                                                 
  5462. Several publications are available.                                             
  5463.                                                                                 
  5464. Contact:                                                                        
  5465.                                                                                 
  5466. AUSLIG SALES (Digital Data), PO Box 2, Belconnen ACT 2616.                      
  5467. Phone (06) 252 6389  Fax (06) 251 5446                                          
  5468.  
  5469.   A. 3 New Zealand                                       
  5470.       -----------
  5471.  
  5472. The Department of Statistics have a product SAM (Socio-economic Area Mapping)   
  5473. and will supply data suitable for mapping on floppy disk.                       
  5474.                                                                                 
  5475. Contact their Information Consultancy Group first.                              
  5476.                                                                                 
  5477. Offices are in Auckland, Wellington, Christcurch and Dunedin.                   
  5478.                                                                                 
  5479. You should be able to obtain boundary data in a format supported within         
  5480. OzEnter (e.g. SAS, Gina).                                                       
  5481.                                                                                 
  5482. Population Census data and other attribute data are available in comma          
  5483. delimited formats.                                                              
  5484.  
  5485.                                                                      104
  5486.  
  5487.   A. 4 United Kingdom                                    
  5488.       --------------
  5489.  
  5490. The various agencies are in the process of generating digitised boundary data,  
  5491. and there are some private efforts.                                             
  5492.                                                                                 
  5493. Contact:                                                                        
  5494. The Office of Population Censuses and Surveys (OPCS),                           
  5495. St Catherines House,                                                            
  5496. 10 Kingsway London                                                              
  5497. Phone 071 242 0262                                                              
  5498.                                                                                 
  5499. or:                                                                             
  5500.                                                                                 
  5501. Customer Services,                                                              
  5502. General Register Office,                                                        
  5503. Ladywell House,                                                                 
  5504. Edinburgh.                                                                      
  5505. Phone 031 334 0380                                                              
  5506.                                                                                 
  5507.  
  5508.   A. 5 USA Census Data                                   
  5509.       ---------------
  5510.  
  5511. The Census Bureau is the primary source of map data in the USA.                 
  5512.                                                                                 
  5513. They distribute boundary data as TIGER files and Census data as STF1A files.    
  5514.                                                                                 
  5515. The data are distributed on CD-ROM so you need a drive or access to one.        
  5516.                                                                                 
  5517. The Census Bureau has several offices throughout the USA.                       
  5518.                                                                                 
  5519. The 1990 Census TIGER/Line files are available on magnetic tape or tape         
  5520. cartridges (IBM 3480 compatible) from Customer Services Branch, Data User       
  5521. Services Division, Washington, DC  20233; (301) 763-4100.  FAX:  (301)          
  5522. 763-4794.  The price is $200 for the first county in a state, plus $25 for      
  5523. each additional county in the same state ordered at the same time.  The         
  5524. files also are available on CD-ROM disks.  The price per disk is $250; most     
  5525. states fit on one disk.                                                         
  5526.                                                                                 
  5527. See the appendix for information on how to use TIGER and STF1A files.           
  5528.                                                                                 
  5529.  
  5530.   A. 6 Canada                                            
  5531.       ------
  5532.  
  5533. Statistics Canada has not answered our letters or FAXes.                        
  5534.  
  5535.   A. 7 Others                                            
  5536.       ------
  5537.  
  5538. Attemps to obtain other data from other suppliers has so far failed. The best   
  5539. we get is a heap of glossies. Questions we ask in our letters are ignored.      
  5540. Requests for test data are either greeted with paranoia or are ignored.         
  5541.                                                                                 
  5542. Most suppliers also sell mapping software, so it is not in their interest       
  5543.  
  5544.                                                                      105
  5545. to encourage a competitor selling at a fraction of the price. It also does      
  5546. not look good when they are selling data at many times the price of the         
  5547. software.                                                                       
  5548.                                                                                 
  5549. You will find that you can usually buy map data in one of the formats           
  5550. supported by OzGIS.                                                             
  5551.  
  5552.                                                                      106
  5553.                      B. MAP DATA FORMATS                                  
  5554.                        ================
  5555.  
  5556.                                                                                 
  5557.                                                                                 
  5558. This appendix describes the data formats supported by the OzEnter program.      
  5559.                                                                                 
  5560.                                                                                 
  5561. You obtain your data on a file in a format supported by the OzEnter program,    
  5562. and use the appropriate option to read that file and create an OzGIS file       
  5563. that can be used for mapping.                                                   
  5564.                                                                                 
  5565.                                                                                 
  5566.                                                                                 
  5567.                                                                                 
  5568.  
  5569.   B. 1 Introduction                                      
  5570.       ------------
  5571.  
  5572. The OzGIS system was designed to accept data from external sources.             
  5573.                                                                                 
  5574. These data may be supplied in standard formats that are supported by the        
  5575. OzEnter program.                                                                
  5576.                                                                                 
  5577. If not, data will  have to be reformatted into one of the system formats        
  5578. before use.                                                                     
  5579.  
  5580.   B. 2 OzGIS Data Formats                                
  5581.       ------------------
  5582.  
  5583. Every type of file has a standard format within OzGIS.                          
  5584.                                                                                 
  5585. The data files have been designed with a simple format which can be easily      
  5586. generated on computer systems.                                                  
  5587.                                                                                 
  5588. Most data are held as character files so that they can be generated by          
  5589. programs with, for example, database system export procedures, formatted        
  5590. FORTRAN write statements, or by a text editor.  The record lengths are up to    
  5591. 80 bytes long.                                                                  
  5592.                                                                                 
  5593. Each file starts with a comment record of up to 80 characters, which should     
  5594. be used to hold a meaningful description of the file.  The OzGIS system         
  5595. will display this comment when data files are interrogated, so it is in         
  5596. your interest to make the comments meaningful.  This record must contain        
  5597. at least one non-blank character.                                               
  5598.                                                                                 
  5599. Data values are entered in record fields that are multiples of 10 bytes.        
  5600. The following computer restrictions apply:                                      
  5601.                                                                                 
  5602.      -  Character data (e.g. zone names) are usually left justified and         
  5603.         blank filled.  Sorted character strings must conform to the ASCII       
  5604.         collating sequence.                                                     
  5605.                                                                                 
  5606.      -  All real values (i.e. with decimal points) can be placed anywhere       
  5607.         in the 10 byte fields, but the decimal points must be included.         
  5608.                                                                                 
  5609.      -  All integer values must be right justified in the 10 byte fields.       
  5610.  
  5611.                                                                      107
  5612.         Their values must be within the range the computer is capable of        
  5613.         handling.                                                               
  5614.                                                                                 
  5615. While the file formats are defined as fixed size fields, variable formats can   
  5616. be used, but numbers must be delimitted by commas and text fields must          
  5617. be enclosed in """" pairs.                                                      
  5618.                                                                                 
  5619. The maximum numbers of some data items that can be handled                      
  5620. are system parameters. Refer to the Appendix.                                   
  5621.  
  5622.   B. 3 Description of File Formats                       
  5623.       ---------------------------
  5624.  
  5625. The formats for describing the data files in the following sections are         
  5626. similar.                                                                        
  5627.                                                                                 
  5628. The number of bytes in the field is given at the start of the line.  If         
  5629. there are several values in a format, this condition is indicated               
  5630. differently (e.g. 8 x 10 implies eight fields of 10 bytes).                     
  5631.                                                                                 
  5632. The information on the next line is the type of data in a field:                
  5633.                                                                                 
  5634.      byte     = character                                                       
  5635.      real     = number containing a decimal point                               
  5636.      integer  = number without a decimal point                                  
  5637.  
  5638.                                                                      108
  5639.  
  5640.   B. 4 Format of attribute files                         
  5641.       -------------------------
  5642.  
  5643.  
  5644.   B. 4. 1 Preprocessing                                     
  5645.           -------------
  5646.  
  5647. Attribute data are often obtained from Census Bureaux. These data are seldom    
  5648. what is required, so will need processing by OzData before use.                 
  5649.                                                                                 
  5650. Data often need normalising to allow for the differences in zone sizes. This is 
  5651. done by arithmetic operations where new attributes are derived by dividing by   
  5652. total population, area etc.                                                     
  5653.                                                                                 
  5654. Also, data often need amalgamation e.g. census age groups to get the required   
  5655. group.                                                                          
  5656.  
  5657.   B. 4. 2 OzGIS Standard Format                             
  5658.           ---------------------
  5659.  
  5660. Attribute files contain the attribute value of each zone or line or site        
  5661. for a number of attributes.  The names must correspond to those defined in      
  5662. a geographic file.                                                              
  5663.                                                                                 
  5664. The attribute description is used by OzGIS as a heading in a map                
  5665. displaying the attribute.  The units description is used by OzGIS as a          
  5666. heading to the class values in the map legend.                                  
  5667.                                                                                 
  5668. For efficient use of the system and to facilitate disc file management,         
  5669. files should contain as many attributes as possible (to avoid having            
  5670. separate files for each attribute).                                             
  5671.                                                                                 
  5672. Attribute files will usually be prepared by special programs which extract      
  5673. data from a data-base and convert attribute values into the OzGIS               
  5674. format.                                                                         
  5675.                                                                                 
  5676.      Comment Record:                                                            
  5677.      80       byte      comment describing the data                             
  5678.                                                                                 
  5679.      Header Record:                                                             
  5680.      10       integer   number of attributes                                    
  5681.      10       integer   number of names                                         
  5682.      10       real      value used to indicate missing data                     
  5683.                                                                                 
  5684.      Name Records:                                                              
  5685.      8 x 10   byte      names, sorted into ascending order                      
  5686.                                                                                 
  5687. Sets of records follow to define the attributes:-                               
  5688.                                                                                 
  5689.      Definition Record:                                                         
  5690.      30       byte      attribute description                                   
  5691.      10       byte      units description                                       
  5692.                                                                                 
  5693.      Values Records:                                                            
  5694.      8 x 10   real      attribute values for zones, lines or sites in name      
  5695.                         order                                                   
  5696.  
  5697.                                                                      109
  5698.                                                                                 
  5699.  
  5700.   B. 4. 3 Sample attribute file DEMOATTR.DAT                
  5701.           ----------------------------------
  5702.  
  5703. DEMOATTR.DAT   - ATTRIBUTES FOR SIMPLE 3 ZONE TEST MAP                          
  5704.          5         6     -9.9                                                   
  5705. ABCDEFGHIJZONE 1    ZONE 2    ZONE 3    ZONE 4    ZONE Z                        
  5706. FIRST STATISTIC               FIRST UNITS                                       
  5707.        1.0       2.0       3.0       4.0       5.0       6.0                    
  5708. SECOND STAT                   SECOND UNITS                                      
  5709.      100.0     200.0      -9.9     400.0     500.0     600.0                    
  5710. THIRD STAT                    3RD UNITS                                         
  5711.        0.1       0.9       0.3       0.7       0.1       0.8                    
  5712. FOURTH STATS                  4TH UNIT                                          
  5713.        1.0       2.0       3.0       3.0       2.5       1.5                    
  5714. FIFTH STAT                    5TH UNIT                                          
  5715.        9.0       6.0       3.0       2.0       6.0       8.0                    
  5716.  
  5717.   B. 4. 4 Simple Attribute format (tabular database format) 
  5718.           -------------------------------------------------
  5719.  
  5720.                                                                                 
  5721. Many data retrieval systems (e.g. ORACLE,SAS) produce attribute data in a form  
  5722. where for each attribute the names and their values are given.                  
  5723.                                                                                 
  5724. This tabular format is supported in OzGIS although there are some restrictions  
  5725. on its use.  The list of names is obtained from the first attribute; hence      
  5726. no new names can occur in following attributes (although names may be           
  5727. missing).  A set of data records for an attribute is assumed to finish (and     
  5728. the next set start) when the attribute description & units changes.             
  5729.                                                                                 
  5730.      Comment record:                                                            
  5731.      80      byte       Comment describing the data                             
  5732.                                                                                 
  5733.      Data records:                                                              
  5734.      10      byte       name                                                    
  5735.      10      real       value                                                   
  5736.      30      byte       attribute description                                   
  5737.      10      byte       attribute units                                         
  5738.                                                                                 
  5739.  
  5740.   B. 4. 5 Sample simple attribute file DEMOSASA.DAT         
  5741.           -----------------------------------------
  5742.  
  5743. SIMPLE FORMAT ATTRIBUTE FILE - DEMOSASA.DAT                                     
  5744. TOP            1.0   DESCRIPTION A                 UNITS A                      
  5745. SQUARE         2.0   DESCRIPTION A                 UNITS A                      
  5746. DIAMOND        3.0   DESCRIPTION A                 UNITS A                      
  5747. TRIANGLE       4.0   DESCRIPTION A                 UNITS A                      
  5748. TOP            1.0   DESCRIPTION B                 UNITS B                      
  5749. DIAMOND        3.0   DESCRIPTION B                 UNITS B                      
  5750. SQUARE         2.0   DESCRIPTION B                 UNITS B                      
  5751. TRIANGLE       4.0   DESCRIPTION B                 UNITS B                      
  5752. TOP            1.0   DESCRIPTION C                 UNITS C                      
  5753. SQUARE         2.0   DESCRIPTION C                 UNITS C                      
  5754. DIAMOND        3.0   DESCRIPTION C                 UNITS C                      
  5755. TRIANGLE       4.0   DESCRIPTION C                 UNITS C                      
  5756.  
  5757.                                                                      110
  5758. TOP            1.0   DESCRIPTION D                 UNITS D                      
  5759. TRIANGLE       4.0   DESCRIPTION D                 UNITS D                      
  5760. DIAMOND        3.0   DESCRIPTION D                 UNITS D                      
  5761. DIAMOND        3.0   DESCRIPTION E                 UNITS E                      
  5762. TRIANGLE       4.0   DESCRIPTION E                 UNITS E                      
  5763.                                                                                 
  5764.  
  5765.   B. 4. 6 Spreadsheet data formats                          
  5766.           ------------------------
  5767.  
  5768.                                                                                 
  5769. Data from spreadsheets can be input in Lotus 1-2-3 format (WK1).                
  5770.                                                                                 
  5771. The spreadsheet must be set up in a fixed format:                               
  5772.                                                                                 
  5773. The data values are in a matrix with the values for the zones (or sites or      
  5774. lines) in columns and the different attributes across in the rows.              
  5775. Values can be missing and can be integer or floating point.                     
  5776.                                                                                 
  5777. The first column must contain labels which are the 10 character zone (site etc) 
  5778. names, beginning at row 3. These must be SORTED in ascending order.             
  5779.                                                                                 
  5780. The top row contains labels that are the (up to) 30 character attribute         
  5781. descriptions starting at column 2.                                              
  5782.                                                                                 
  5783. The second row is the 10 character attribute descriptions.                      
  5784.                                                                                 
  5785. e.g. the file DEMO123.dat can be read into the spreadsheet. It should look      
  5786. like:                                                                           
  5787.                                                                                 
  5788.                  POPULATION GROWTH   SALES                                      
  5789.                  NUMBER              $                                          
  5790. ABBOTSFORD                 7418      237                                        
  5791. BURWOOD E                  9925      955                                        
  5792. CONCORD                    8984      202                                        
  5793. CROYDON N                  9369      298                                        
  5794. CROYDON W                   735                                                 
  5795. FIVE DOCK                  9903      716                                        
  5796. HABERFIELD                           727                                        
  5797. HOMEBUSH                   6631      704                                        
  5798. HUDSONPARK                 4668       71                                        
  5799. MORTLAKE                   1725      198                                        
  5800. STRATHFIELD                6285      663                                        
  5801. YARALLA                    9875      516                                        
  5802.  
  5803.   B. 4. 7 ATLAS Data files                                  
  5804.           ----------------
  5805.  
  5806. Attribute data files for the Atlas mapping system come as pairs of files, a     
  5807. format file and a data file.                                                    
  5808.                                                                                 
  5809. The first record of the format file is a map name, which is ignored.            
  5810. There follows a a set of records, each of which gives the name of an            
  5811. attribute. For example, the following file specifies two attributes:            
  5812.                                                                                 
  5813. "      Bundesland$"                                                             
  5814. "Population 1984        Totale Population in Tausend"                           
  5815. "Ausdehnung in qkm      Ausdehnung in Quadratkilometer"                         
  5816.  
  5817.                                                                      111
  5818.                                                                                 
  5819.                                                                                 
  5820. The data files have one record for each map item. Each record starts with the   
  5821. item name, and is followed by the values. The values are in the same order as   
  5822. the attribute names and there is one per attribute (2 here). Values can be in   
  5823. integer, decimal point or exponential formats. A value of 1.0E36 is missing     
  5824. data. For example:                                                              
  5825.                                                                                 
  5826. "SCHLES.-HOLSTEIN", 2615 , 157.21                                               
  5827. "HAMBURG", 1.23E21 , 1.0E36                                                     
  5828. "BREMEN", 671 , 404                                                             
  5829. "NIEDERSACHSEN", 7230 , 47.447                                                  
  5830. "NORDR.-WESTFALEN", 16.777 , 34061                                              
  5831. "HESSEN", 5548 , 21114                                                          
  5832. "RHEINLAND-PFALZ", 3627 , 198.48                                                
  5833. "SAARLAND", 1052 , 25.71                                                        
  5834. "B.-WUERTTEMBERG", 9240 , 35751                                                 
  5835. "BAYERN", 10964 , 70552                                                         
  5836. "BERLIN", 1850 , 480                                                            
  5837.                                                                                 
  5838. Names and attribute descriptions must be delimited by apostrophes as shown,     
  5839. and values must be comma delimited. Only the first 10 characters of a zone etc  
  5840. name is used and only the first 30 characters of a description.                 
  5841.                                                                                 
  5842. Two data files have to be specified to OzEnter. The first is the format file,   
  5843. the second the Atlas data file. The format file is handled as a parameter file  
  5844. within the OzEnter program so can be present on disk as a file named with       
  5845. extension .PRM. In practise your two files will probably have the Atlas standard
  5846. file names with extensions FMT and DAT and you give the full file names when    
  5847. asked for them.                                                                 
  5848.                                                                                 
  5849. For example, you might have a pair of files named EUROPE.FMT and EUROPE.DAT     
  5850. so you give the parameter file as EUROPE.FMT and the data file as either EUROPE 
  5851. or EUROPE.DAT (as DAT is the default extension).                                
  5852.  
  5853.   B. 4. 8 LAMM format                                       
  5854.           -----------
  5855.  
  5856. The LAMM package was developed at the CSIRO Division of Building Research. The  
  5857. format is supported as it is the only suitable format for mapping available in  
  5858. the Australian Bureau of Statistics GEOSTATS system.                            
  5859.                                                                                 
  5860. The first record gives the number of map items and the number of attributes     
  5861. respectively.                                                                   
  5862.                                                                                 
  5863. The attribute names follow, one per record                                      
  5864.                                                                                 
  5865. Finally the value records are given, being the name followed by the values.     
  5866. The records are sorted into ascending name order. Values are separated by       
  5867. blanks or commas.                                                               
  5868.                                                                                 
  5869. An example file is DEMOLAMM:                                                    
  5870.                                                                                 
  5871. 12,8                                                                            
  5872. MALES 35 - 44 (81)                                                              
  5873. MALES 35 - 44 (86)                                                              
  5874. MALES - UNEMPLOYED (76)                                                         
  5875. MALES - UNEMPLOYED (81)                                                         
  5876.  
  5877.                                                                      112
  5878. MALES - UNEMPLOYED (86)                                                         
  5879. INCOME MALES $18001-$26000 (76)                                                 
  5880. INCOME MALES $18001-$26000 (81)                                                 
  5881. INCOME MALES $18001-$26000 (86)                                                 
  5882. 'ABBOTSFORD'   69 0 14 27 48 0 51 55                                            
  5883. 'BURWOOD E'    223 0 48 134 89 0 218 397                                        
  5884. 'CONCORD'      102 0 5 12 29 0 109 197                                          
  5885. 'CROYDON N'    161 0 27 50 53 0 156 284                                         
  5886. 'CROYDON W'    180 0 24 36 76 0 307 241                                         
  5887. 'FIVE DOCK'    50 0 20 2 0 0 19 11                                              
  5888. 'HABERFIELD'   126 0 28 20 20 0 208 185                                         
  5889. 'HOMEBUSH'     114 0 26 51 37 0 165 212                                         
  5890. 'HUDSONPARK'   243 0 65 99 65 0 231 385                                         
  5891. 'MORTLAKE'     0 0 0 0 2 0 0 113                                                
  5892. 'STRATHFIELD'  100 0 4 7 10 0 74 70                                             
  5893. 'YARALLA'      7 0 16 2 0 0 4 3                                                 
  5894.                                                                                 
  5895.  
  5896.   B. 4. 9 Comma delimited format                            
  5897.           ----------------------
  5898.  
  5899. The comma delimited format consists of a set of records:                        
  5900.                                                                                 
  5901. Each record has a series of values separated by commas.                         
  5902.                                                                                 
  5903. The first value is the item (zone,line or site) name and there follows one      
  5904. number for each attribute.                                                      
  5905.                                                                                 
  5906.                                                                                 
  5907. The comma delimited form is seriously deficient in that it contains no          
  5908. attribute descriptions.                                                         
  5909.                                                                                 
  5910. Processing this format would require asking the user to type in the description 
  5911. for each attribute which is time consuming and there is always the danger that  
  5912. an attribute could be incorrectly labelled.                                     
  5913.                                                                                 
  5914. Either:                                                                         
  5915.                                                                                 
  5916. read the data into a spreadsheet                                                
  5917.                                                                                 
  5918. Or:                                                                             
  5919.                                                                                 
  5920. convert into LAMM or ATLAS format with a word processor.                        
  5921.                                                                                 
  5922. The file DEMOCOMD.DAT looks like:                                               
  5923.                                                                                 
  5924. 2727400,115,114,105,6                                                           
  5925. 2727800,77,75,63,29                                                             
  5926. PHRED,85,81,66,36                                                               
  5927. NEW YORK,5,6,3,3                                                                
  5928. 2728200,27,27,21,12                                                             
  5929. 2728300,74,72,63,34                                                             
  5930. .                                                                               
  5931. .                                                                               
  5932. .                                                                               
  5933. .                                                                               
  5934. 2739100,13,12,12,5                                                              
  5935. 2739200,2,0,3,1                                                                 
  5936.  
  5937.                                                                      113
  5938.                                                                                 
  5939.  
  5940.   B. 4.10 Other attribute data formats                      
  5941.           ----------------------------
  5942.  
  5943. Other formats will be supported as required.                                    
  5944.                                                                                 
  5945. We will support any formats for major data suppliers, but you must send sample  
  5946. data and documentation.                                                         
  5947.                                                                                 
  5948. We will also attempt to support file formats from other packages.               
  5949.  
  5950.                                                                      114
  5951.  
  5952.   B. 5 Standard OzGIS formats for geographic files       
  5953.       -------------------------------------------
  5954.  
  5955.  
  5956.   B. 5. 1 General Information                               
  5957.           -------------------
  5958.  
  5959. The standard data format reflects the internal topological file structure.      
  5960.                                                                                 
  5961. In practice, a complete data file is seldom available. It is more common to     
  5962. bring in just points (as a map and points partition) or lines (as a map and     
  5963. segments partition). Zones are usually formed from the segments by using the    
  5964. OzZone program.                                                                 
  5965.                                                                                 
  5966. Coordinates are usually given either in degrees (for lat,long) or in metres /   
  5967. feet for UTM.                                                                   
  5968.  
  5969.   B. 5. 2 Structure of data                                 
  5970.           -----------------
  5971.  
  5972. Geographic files contain several partitions.  The first must be the map         
  5973. partition, and can be followed by at most one of each of zones, polygons,       
  5974. lines, segments and points partitions.                                          
  5975.                                                                                 
  5976. Each partition is preceded by a type record, which is one of MAP, ZONES,        
  5977. POLYGONS, LINES or POINTS; for example, a zones file must  have the             
  5978. following structure:                                                            
  5979.                                                                                 
  5980.      Comment record                                                             
  5981.      MAP                                                                        
  5982.      map records                                                                
  5983.      POLYGONS                                                                   
  5984.      polygon records                                                            
  5985.      ZONES                                                                      
  5986.      zone records                                                               
  5987.      SEGMENTS                                                                   
  5988.      segment records                                                            
  5989.                                                                                 
  5990. Different partitions are present (the MAP partition is always first)            
  5991.  according to the type of data:-                                                
  5992.                                                                                 
  5993. Files which describe zones have a ZONES partition to define                     
  5994. the zones, a POLYGONS partion to give the polygons that                         
  5995. bound each zone (including lakes and islands), and a SEGMENTS partition         
  5996. to define the coordinate points that draw the segments along the                
  5997. polygon boundaries.                                                             
  5998.                                                                                 
  5999. Sites files have a POINTS partition to give the site names                      
  6000. and locations.                                                                  
  6001.                                                                                 
  6002. Lines files have a LINES partition to define the line names                     
  6003. and a SEGMENTS partion to define the coordinate points in the                   
  6004. segments that make up the lines.                                                
  6005.                                                                                 
  6006. Line overlays are defined by SEGMENTS partitions.                               
  6007.                                                                                 
  6008.  
  6009.                                                                      115
  6010. Marker and name overlays are defined by POINTS partitions.                      
  6011.                                                                                 
  6012. Coordinate data should be entered in standard units.  Coordinate pairs are      
  6013. always in the order (X,Y) (e.g. (Longitude, Latitude)).  Note that latitude     
  6014. must be entered as a negative number in the Southern Hemisphere.                
  6015.                                                                                 
  6016. Data entered in latitude-longitude projection can be converted to other         
  6017. projections.                                                                    
  6018. Feature codes may be included to give a classification of geographic items.     
  6019. e.g. segments may be classified as different types of roads.                    
  6020.                                                                                 
  6021. All geographic regions (windows) are given in actual coordinate values in       
  6022. the order:  X-minimum, X-maximum, Y-minimum, Y-maximum.                         
  6023.  
  6024.   B. 5. 3 Internal Data                                     
  6025.           -------------
  6026.  
  6027. The geographic data are held internally as a word-addressable                   
  6028. random access disk file.                                                        
  6029. The file structure reflects the data structure with the necessary               
  6030. indexing etc for processing.                                                    
  6031. Additional data are also generated for efficient processing:-                   
  6032.                                                                                 
  6033. Polygons are held in display order so the map zones can be                      
  6034. rapidly displayed.                                                              
  6035.                                                                                 
  6036.  A POINTS partition is generated internally by OzGIS                            
  6037. for the centroids of the zone polygons.                                         
  6038. This enables markers or zone names to be overlayed over                         
  6039. a zones map, and for the points to be displayed as sites                        
  6040. where the site names are the zone names.                                        
  6041.                                                                                 
  6042. Lists of names are also generated for zones, lines or sites                     
  6043. for rapid retrieval.                                                            
  6044.  
  6045.   B. 5. 4 Comment Record                                    
  6046.           --------------
  6047.  
  6048.      80      byte       comment describing the data                             
  6049.                                                                                 
  6050.  
  6051.   B. 5. 5 Map Partition                                     
  6052.           -------------
  6053.  
  6054. This partition contains general information about the file (map) and must       
  6055. be the first partition.                                                         
  6056.                                                                                 
  6057.      Type Record:                                                               
  6058.      3        byte      partition header = MAP                                  
  6059.                                                                                 
  6060.      Window Record:                                                             
  6061.      4 x 10  real       the region covered by the file                          
  6062.                                                                                 
  6063.      Projection Record: (now redundant)                                         
  6064.      10 integer         Map projection code                                     
  6065.                         0=none, 1=lat-long degrees                              
  6066.      10       integer   type of zones (optional)                                
  6067.                                                                                 
  6068.  
  6069.                                                                      116
  6070.  
  6071.   B. 5. 6 Zones Partition                                   
  6072.           ---------------
  6073.  
  6074. This partition defines the zones in the geographic region.                      
  6075.                                                                                 
  6076. Each zone is defined by one or more polygons.  A zone may consist of a          
  6077. polygon, several separated polygons, polygons with interior polygons of         
  6078. other zones, etc.                                                               
  6079.                                                                                 
  6080. If a zones partition is present, a polygons partition with the referenced       
  6081. must be given.                                                                  
  6082.                                                                                 
  6083. The partition may be used as a polygon underlay and feature codes may be used   
  6084. to give a classification e.g. the polygons may be different soil types.         
  6085.                                                                                 
  6086.      Type Record:                                                               
  6087.      5        byte      partition header = ZONES                                
  6088.                                                                                 
  6089.      Definition Record:                                                         
  6090.      10       integer   number of zones                                         
  6091.      10       integer   number of feature codes                                 
  6092.                                                                                 
  6093.      Feature code Records (if required):                                        
  6094.      8 x 10  integer    feature codes                                           
  6095.                                                                                 
  6096.      Zone Records:                                                              
  6097.      10       byte      zone name, usually left justified, blank filled         
  6098.      10       integer   number of polygons in the zone                          
  6099.                                                                                 
  6100.      Polygon Records:                                                           
  6101.      8 x 10  integer    identifying numbers of the polygons                     
  6102.  
  6103.   B. 5. 7 Line Partition                                    
  6104.           --------------
  6105.  
  6106. The partition defines networks of lines (e.g. roads, rivers).  Each network     
  6107. has a name and is specified in terms of line segments.The name can be used      
  6108. to apply quantised attribute data.                                              
  6109.                                                                                 
  6110. Type record:                                                                    
  6111.      5       byte       partition Leader = LINES                                
  6112.                                                                                 
  6113. Header record:                                                                  
  6114.      10      integer    number of lines                                         
  6115.                                                                                 
  6116.                                                                                 
  6117. Line record:                                                                    
  6118.      10      byte       line name, usually left justified, blank                
  6119.                         filled                                                  
  6120.      10      integer    number of segments forming the line                     
  6121.                                                                                 
  6122.                                                                                 
  6123. Region Record:                                                                  
  6124.      4x10    real       line limits (window)                                    
  6125.                         X minimum, X-maximum, Y-minimum, Y-maximum)             
  6126.                                                                                 
  6127.  
  6128.                                                                      117
  6129. Segments Records:                                                               
  6130.      8x10    integer    the identifying numbers of the line segments.           
  6131.  
  6132.   B. 5. 8 Polygons Partition                                
  6133.           ------------------
  6134.  
  6135. A polygon defines an enclosed geographic area.  Each polygon is specified       
  6136. in terms of the line segments which constitute its boundary.  If a zones        
  6137. partition is given, every polygon referenced by the zones must be defined.      
  6138.                                                                                 
  6139. The centroid or internal point of a polygon is be used by OzGIS to              
  6140. locate text (zone names) or graphic symbols;                                    
  6141. a points partition is generated.                                                
  6142.                                                                                 
  6143. Type Record:                                                                    
  6144.      8        byte      partition header = POLYGONS                             
  6145.                                                                                 
  6146.      Header Record:                                                             
  6147.      10       integer   number of polygons                                      
  6148.                                                                                 
  6149. A set of records follow for each polygon:-                                      
  6150.                                                                                 
  6151.      Definition Record:                                                         
  6152.      10       integer   polygon identification number                           
  6153.      10       byte      name of zone enclosed by polygon                        
  6154.      10       integer   number of lines forming the polygon boundary            
  6155.      10       integer   level of polygon for display using                      
  6156.                         polygon fill 0=standard, 1=lakes, 2=islands in          
  6157.                         lakes etc. (range 0-5)                                  
  6158.                                                                                 
  6159.      Region Record:                                                             
  6160.      4 x 10   real      polygon limits (window)                                 
  6161.                         (X-minimum, X-maximum, Y-minimum, Y-maximum)            
  6162.                                                                                 
  6163.      2 x 10   real      centroid or labelling point (X,Y) in the polygon        
  6164.                         (set to centre of window if not given)                  
  6165.      10       real      area of polygon                                         
  6166.                         (calculated if not given)                               
  6167.                                                                                 
  6168.      Segments Records:                                                          
  6169.      8 x 10   integer   the identifying numbers of the segments + ve if         
  6170.                         segment is clockwise, -ve if anticlockwise.             
  6171.  
  6172.   B. 5. 9 Segments Partition                                
  6173.           ------------------
  6174.  
  6175. Line segments are defined by a set of points connected by straight lines.       
  6176.                                                                                 
  6177. Segments may define the boundaries of zones, define line                        
  6178. networks, or line overlays.                                                     
  6179.                                                                                 
  6180. When a segment is a boundary segment of a polygon, it can be the boundary       
  6181. of at most two polygons.                                                        
  6182.   In other words, the polygons must be a unique tessellation of the geographic r
  6183.                                                                                 
  6184. When the segments define polygon boundaries, the partition should contain       
  6185. only the segments of the polygons, and the records must contain the names       
  6186. of the zones on each side.  Left and right zones are defined by the             
  6187.  
  6188.                                                                      118
  6189. direction implied by the sequence of points in the line.  The zone names        
  6190. must correspond to those defined in the zones partition.  The special zone      
  6191. name OUTSIDE (left aligned)                                                     
  6192. should be used when the line is at the edge of the map, or on                   
  6193. the boundary of void areas.                                                     
  6194.                                                                                 
  6195. Line segments (of polygons)                                                     
  6196.  must be closed (i.e., the last point in a segment must be the                  
  6197. first point of another segment), and segments must not cross or have loops.     
  6198. Further, segment must not be repeated.                                          
  6199.                                                                                 
  6200. Segments that are to be used as geographic overlays may have feature codes to   
  6201. give a classification e.g. different types of rivers.                           
  6202.                                                                                 
  6203. Address information can be present. This consists of the name of the street     
  6204. followed by 0, 1 or 2 sets of entries for street number ranges and postal codes.
  6205. These zip codes are optional as are the number ranges. If 2 ranges are given    
  6206. one is odd and the other even numbers. The start and end values are given       
  6207. according to the direction of the numbers and the digitising direction.         
  6208.                                                                                 
  6209.      Type Record:                                                               
  6210.      8        byte      partition header = SEGMENTS                             
  6211.                                                                                 
  6212.      Header Record:                                                             
  6213.      10       integer   number of segments                                      
  6214.                                                                                 
  6215. A set of records follows for each segment.                                      
  6216.                                                                                 
  6217.      Definition Record:                                                         
  6218.      10       integer   identifying number                                      
  6219.      10       byte      name of left zone (if line is part of a zone            
  6220.                         boundary)                                               
  6221.      10       byte      name of right zone (if line is part of a zone           
  6222.                         boundary)                                               
  6223.      10       integer   number of points in segment                             
  6224.      10       integer   number of feature codes                                 
  6225.      10       byte      non blank indicates that address info follows           
  6226.                                                                                 
  6227.      Feature code Records (if required):                                        
  6228.      8 x 10  integer    feature codes                                           
  6229.                                                                                 
  6230.      Address Records (if required):                                             
  6231.      10       byte      name of street, park etc                                
  6232.      6 x 10  integer    start number, end number, postal (ZIP) code, followed   
  6233.                         by optional second set                                  
  6234.                                                                                 
  6235.      Point Records:                                                             
  6236.      8 x 10   real      (X,Y) coordinate pairs (4 per record)                   
  6237.  
  6238.   B. 5.10 Points Partitions                                 
  6239.           -----------------
  6240.  
  6241. The partition contains a set of points or sites at which symbols can be         
  6242. overlayed on the map.  The site name can be used to apply quantised             
  6243. attribute data or used to annotate the points.                                  
  6244.                                                                                 
  6245. Feature codes can define a classification for display as sites.                 
  6246.                                                                                 
  6247.  
  6248.                                                                      119
  6249. Type Record:                                                                    
  6250.      6        byte      partition header = POINTS                               
  6251.                                                                                 
  6252.      Header Record:                                                             
  6253.      10       integer   number of points                                        
  6254.                                                                                 
  6255.      Point Records:                                                             
  6256.      10       real      X-coordinate value                                      
  6257.      10       real      Y-coordinate value                                      
  6258.      40       byte      site name or annotation                                 
  6259.      10       integer   number of feature codes                                 
  6260.                                                                                 
  6261.      Feature code Records (if required):                                        
  6262.      8 x 10  integer    feature codes                                           
  6263.                                                                                 
  6264. Note that only the first 10 characters are used for the site name.              
  6265.  
  6266.   B. 5.11 Sample boundaries geographic file DEMOZSEG.DAT    
  6267.           ----------------------------------------------
  6268.  
  6269. Geographic data for zones (e.g. Census districts) are usually brought in as the 
  6270. line segments that form the boundaries of the zones.                            
  6271.                                                                                 
  6272. The boundary segments contain the (X,Y) vertices that make up the line and the  
  6273. names of the zones on each side of the line.                                    
  6274.                                                                                 
  6275. These data are usually entered using OzEnter, then excessive vertices discarded 
  6276. (thinned) using OzData, and then the full zone / polygon/ line segment /        
  6277. centroids structure built using OzZone to prepare for display.                  
  6278.                                                                                 
  6279. For example, to extract ZIP code boundaries from USA TIGER files, the left and  
  6280. right ZIP codes are extracted from the records and formed into left aligned     
  6281. zone names, and the latitude / longitude vertices are also extracted. If the    
  6282. left and right zone names are the same the segments are internal to the zone    
  6283. and can be ignored.                                                             
  6284.                                                                                 
  6285. The following illustrates the standard format used to enter such data. Note     
  6286. that the MAP partition is required but that the extent need not be given.       
  6287.                                                                                 
  6288. EXAMPLE ZONE BOUNDARY SEGMENTS THAT CAN BE BUILT INTO ZONES - DEMOZSEG.DAT      
  6289. MAP                                                                             
  6290.   0.0       0.0       0.0       0.0                                             
  6291.          0                                                                      
  6292. SEGMENTS                                                                        
  6293.         10                                                                      
  6294.        107ZONE 1    OUTSIDE            2                                        
  6295. 102.00    503.00    114.00    503.00                                            
  6296.        125ZONE 2    ZONE 1             2                                        
  6297. 102.00    503.00    110.00    513.00                                            
  6298.        143ZONE 1    ZONE 3             2                                        
  6299. 114.00    503.00    110.00    513.00                                            
  6300.        161ZONE 3    OUTSIDE            6                                        
  6301. 114.00    503.00    115.00    505.00    116.00    507.00    117.00    509.00    
  6302. 118.00    511.00    119.00    513.00                                            
  6303.        187ZONE 2    ZONE 3             2                                        
  6304. 110.00    513.00    119.00    513.00                                            
  6305.        205ZONE 2    OUTSIDE            4                                        
  6306. 119.00    513.00    114.00    518.00    109.00    517.00    104.00    516.00    
  6307.  
  6308.                                                                      120
  6309.        227ZONE 2    OUTSIDE            2                                        
  6310. 104.00    516.00    110.00    513.00                                            
  6311.        245SURPLUS   SURPLUS            2                                        
  6312. 119.00    513.00    122.00    506.00                                            
  6313.        263OUTSIDE   ZONE 2             2                                        
  6314. 103.00    509.00    110.00    513.00                                            
  6315.        281OUTSIDE   ZONE 2             2                                        
  6316. 102.00    503.00    103.00    509.00                                            
  6317.  
  6318.   B. 5.12 Sample segments file with adddresses DEMOADDR.DAT 
  6319.           -------------------------------------------------
  6320.  
  6321. Address information can be added to line segments. Note the non-blank flag.     
  6322.                                                                                 
  6323. EXAMPLE  SEGMENTS (ROADS) WITH ADDRESSES - DEMOADDR.DAT                         
  6324. MAP                                                                             
  6325.   0.0       0.0       0.0       0.0                                             
  6326.          0                                                                      
  6327. SEGMENTS                                                                        
  6328.         10                                                                      
  6329.        107ZONE 1    OUTSIDE            2            ADDRESS                     
  6330. Great North Road                                                                
  6331.          1       666      2600                                                  
  6332. 102.00    503.00    114.00    503.00                                            
  6333.        12            ZONE 1             2          ADDRHERE                     
  6334. Molonglo Gorge                                                                  
  6335.                                                                                 
  6336. 102.00    503.00    110.00    513.00                                            
  6337.        143ZONE 1    ZONE 3             2            address                     
  6338. Burra Street                                                                    
  6339.          1        99         6        140                                       
  6340. 114.00    503.00    110.00    513.00                                            
  6341.        161                             6            address                     
  6342. Northbourne Ave                                                                 
  6343.          1        55      2602        20         66      2600                   
  6344. 114.00    503.00    115.00    505.00    116.00    507.00    117.00    509.00    
  6345. 118.00    511.00    119.00    513.00                                            
  6346.        187ZONE 2    ZONE 3             2                                        
  6347. 110.00    513.00    119.00    513.00                                            
  6348.        205                             4            address                     
  6349. Yass rd                                                                         
  6350.          1        99      2600                                                  
  6351. 119.00    513.00    114.00    518.00    109.00    517.00    104.00    516.00    
  6352.        227ZONE 2    OUTSIDE            2                                        
  6353. EPPING HWY                                                                      
  6354.         44        22                  77         11                             
  6355. 104.00    516.00    110.00    513.00                                            
  6356.        245SURPLUS   SURPLUS            2            address                     
  6357. Hume Highway                                                                    
  6358.          1        99      2301        88         44      2304                   
  6359. 119.00    513.00    122.00    506.00                                            
  6360.        263OUTSIDE   ZONE 2             2            address                     
  6361. Mains Avenue                                                                    
  6362.          1        99      2600         6        140      2600                   
  6363. 103.00    509.00    110.00    513.00                                            
  6364.        281OUTSIDE   ZONE 2             2            address                     
  6365. Lover's Lane                                                                    
  6366.         33        11                                                            
  6367.  
  6368.                                                                      121
  6369. 102.00    503.00    103.00    509.00                                            
  6370.                                                                                 
  6371. 66 >> <SS>Sample geographic file DEMOZONES.DAT                                  
  6372. The full topological geographic structure can be entered (although in practise  
  6373. this is seldom available).                                                      
  6374.                                                                                 
  6375. COMMENT LINE FOR TEST DATA     - DEMOZONE.DAT                                   
  6376. MAP                                                                             
  6377. 102.00    122.00    502.00    518.00                                            
  6378.          0                                                                      
  6379. ZONES                                                                           
  6380.          3                                                                      
  6381. ZONE 1             1                                                            
  6382.        352                                                                      
  6383. ZONE 2             2                                                            
  6384.        377       402                                                            
  6385. ZONE 3             1                                                            
  6386.        327                                                                      
  6387. POLYGONS                                                                        
  6388.          4                                                                      
  6389.        327ZONE 3             3         0                                        
  6390. 110.00    119.00    503.00    513.00    114.00    510.00                        
  6391.        187      -161       143                                                  
  6392.        352ZONE 1             3         0                                        
  6393. 102.00    114.00    503.00    513.00    108.00    506.00                        
  6394.       -125       107       143                                                  
  6395.        377ZONE 2             3         0                                        
  6396. 102.00    110.00    503.00    513.00    104.00    508.00                        
  6397.       -263      -281       125                                                  
  6398.        402ZONE 2             3         0                                        
  6399. 104.00    119.00    513.00    518.00    110.00    515.00                        
  6400.        205       227       187                                                  
  6401. SEGMENTS                                                                        
  6402.         10                                                                      
  6403.        107ZONE 1    OUTSIDE            2                                        
  6404. 102.00    503.00    114.00    503.00                                            
  6405.        125ZONE 2    ZONE 1             2                                        
  6406. 102.00    503.00    110.00    513.00                                            
  6407.        143ZONE 1    ZONE 3             2                                        
  6408. 114.00    503.00    110.00    513.00                                            
  6409.        161ZONE 3    OUTSIDE            6                                        
  6410. 114.00    503.00    115.00    505.00    116.00    507.00    117.00    509.00    
  6411. 118.00    511.00    119.00    513.00                                            
  6412.        187ZONE 2    ZONE 3             2                                        
  6413. 110.00    513.00    119.00    513.00                                            
  6414.        205ZONE 2    OUTSIDE            4                                        
  6415. 119.00    513.00    114.00    518.00    109.00    517.00    104.00    516.00    
  6416.        227ZONE 2    OUTSIDE            2                                        
  6417. 104.00    516.00    110.00    513.00                                            
  6418.        245SURPLUS   SURPLUS            2                                        
  6419. 119.00    513.00    122.00    506.00                                            
  6420.        263OUTSIDE   ZONE 2             2                                        
  6421. 103.00    509.00    110.00    513.00                                            
  6422.        281OUTSIDE   ZONE 2             2                                        
  6423. 102.00    503.00    103.00    509.00                                            
  6424.                                                                                 
  6425.  
  6426.                                                                      122
  6427.  
  6428.   B. 5.13 Sample lines geographic file DEMOLINES.DAT        
  6429.           ------------------------------------------
  6430.  
  6431. A lines structure is used for line data that is to be displayed for attribute   
  6432. data:                                                                           
  6433.                                                                                 
  6434. COMMENT LINE FOR TEST DATA       DEMOLINES.DAT                                  
  6435. MAP                                                                             
  6436. 103.50    121.50    503.50    517.50                                            
  6437.          0                                                                      
  6438. LINES                                                                           
  6439.          4                                                                      
  6440. ROAD 3             3                                                            
  6441. 110.50    119.50    503.50    513.50                                            
  6442.        187       161       143                                                  
  6443. ROAD 1             3                                                            
  6444. 103.50    114.50    503.50    513.50                                            
  6445.        125       107       143                                                  
  6446. ROAD 2             3                                                            
  6447. 103.50    110.50    503.50    513.50                                            
  6448.        263       281       125                                                  
  6449. ROAD 4             3                                                            
  6450. 104.50    119.50    513.50    517.50                                            
  6451.        205       227       187                                                  
  6452. SEGMENTS                                                                        
  6453.         10                                                                      
  6454.        107ROAD 1    OUTSIDE            2                                        
  6455. 103.50    503.50    114.50    503.50                                            
  6456.        125ROAD 2    ROAD 1             2                                        
  6457. 103.50    503.50    110.50    513.50                                            
  6458.        143ROAD 1    ROAD 3             2                                        
  6459. 114.50    503.50    110.50    513.50                                            
  6460.        161ROAD 3    OUTSIDE            6                                        
  6461. 114.50    503.50    115.50    505.50    116.50    507.50    117.50    509.50    
  6462. 118.50    511.50    119.50    513.50                                            
  6463.        187ROAD 2    ROAD 3             2                                        
  6464. 110.50    513.50    119.50    513.50                                            
  6465.        205ROAD 2    OUTSIDE            4                                        
  6466. 119.50    513.50    114.50    517.50    109.50    517.50    104.50    516.50    
  6467.        227ROAD 2    OUTSIDE            2                                        
  6468. 104.50    516.50    110.50    513.50                                            
  6469.        245SURPLUS   SURPLUS            2                                        
  6470. 119.50    513.50    121.50    506.50                                            
  6471.        263OUTSIDE   ROAD 2             2                                        
  6472. 103.50    509.50    110.50    513.50                                            
  6473.        281OUTSIDE   ROAD 2             2                                        
  6474. 103.50    503.50    103.50    509.50                                            
  6475.  
  6476.   B. 5.14 Sample points geographic file DEMOPOINT.DAT       
  6477.           -------------------------------------------
  6478.  
  6479. Points files just give the (X,Y) locations and a site name / label.             
  6480.                                                                                 
  6481. These files can be used with an attribute file for mapping site data or can be  
  6482. used to place sysmols or labels at locations (overlays).                        
  6483.                                                                                 
  6484.  
  6485.                                                                      123
  6486. COMMENT LINE FOR TEST DATA     - DEMOPOINT.DAT                                  
  6487. MAP                                                                             
  6488. 102.00    122.00    502.00    518.00                                            
  6489.          0                                                                      
  6490. POINTS                                                                          
  6491.          3                                                                      
  6492. 114.0     503.0     PNT1                                                        
  6493. 104.0     516.0     PNT2                                                        
  6494. 114.0     518.0     PNT3                                                        
  6495.                                                                                 
  6496.  
  6497.                                                                      124
  6498.  
  6499.   B. 6 Format of polygon geographic files                
  6500.       ----------------------------------
  6501.  
  6502.  
  6503.   B. 6. 1 Standard (not implemented)                        
  6504.           --------------------------
  6505.  
  6506. Geographic data are often available in polygon format, and this data            
  6507. definition enables it to be used used with OzGIS.                               
  6508.                                                                                 
  6509. The common line segments on the boundaries of adjacement polygons are           
  6510. effectively defined twice in polygon data; OzGIS assumes that they are          
  6511. exactly the same.  The polygon boundary must not cross itself.                  
  6512.                                                                                 
  6513. Each polygon has a name, which is the name of the zone to which it belongs.     
  6514.                                                                                 
  6515. Polygons may occur inside other polygons.  Where the polygon is not part of     
  6516. a zone (e.g. a lake) it may be given the name OUTSIDE.  The level field         
  6517. defines lakes, islands within lakes etc.  When maps are generated on            
  6518. devices using polygon fill the level gives the order of display so the          
  6519. polygons will overwrite correctly.                                              
  6520.                                                                                 
  6521.                                                                                 
  6522. Comment record:                                                                 
  6523.                                                                                 
  6524.      80      byte       comment describing the data                             
  6525.                                                                                 
  6526. Definition Record:                                                              
  6527.      10      integer    map projection code                                     
  6528.      10      integer    zone type (optional)                                    
  6529.                                                                                 
  6530. Each polygon is defined by a set of records:                                    
  6531.                                                                                 
  6532. Polygon header:                                                                 
  6533.      10      byte       zone name, usually left justified, blank filled         
  6534.                         or OUTSIDE if an internal polygon.                      
  6535.      10      integer    number of points in the line                            
  6536.      10      real       level of polygon for hardcopy generation using          
  6537.                         polygon fill 0=standard, 1=lakes, etc.                  
  6538.                                                                                 
  6539. Centroid record:                                                                
  6540.      2x10    real       centroid or labelling point (X,Y) in polygon            
  6541.                                                                                 
  6542. Point records:                                                                  
  6543.      8x10    real       (X,Y) coordinate pairs (4 per record) The last          
  6544.                         point must be the same as the first.                    
  6545.                                                                                 
  6546.  
  6547.   B. 6. 2 SAS Format Zone Files                             
  6548.           ---------------------
  6549.  
  6550. The SAS system provides a crude polygon format for map data. The old format has 
  6551. been updated to allow for multiple polygons in zones and for data at several    
  6552. levels of resolution.                                                           
  6553.                                                                                 
  6554. The polygons must be given in the correct order for display when there are      
  6555.  
  6556.                                                                      125
  6557. polygons within other polygons.                                                 
  6558.                                                                                 
  6559. The data consists of variable length records with the following fields:         
  6560.                                                                                 
  6561. field1: the zone name                                                           
  6562. field2: the polygon number within the zone (usually 1)                          
  6563. field3: the X value                                                             
  6564. field4: the Y value                                                             
  6565.                                                                                 
  6566. For example, part of a file might be as follows, where zone 19 has 2 polygons   
  6567.                                                                                 
  6568.   17   1 135.0198593289   -45.006152242                                         
  6569.   17   1 135.0214474499   -45.008039698                                         
  6570.   17   1 135.0234586746   -45.011447966                                         
  6571.   17   1 135.0232417881   -45.011781529                                         
  6572.   17   1 135.0146185011   -45.012796119                                         
  6573.   17   1 135.0149845481   -45.012392245                                         
  6574.   17   1 135.0148004219   -45.011233956                                         
  6575.   17   1 135.0155192316   -45.009236805                                         
  6576.   17   1 135.0140719935   -45.006661419                                         
  6577.   19   1 135.0200279355   -45.018230647                                         
  6578.   19   1 135.0211774409   -45.018684313                                         
  6579.   19   1 135.0218305141   -45.017554402                                         
  6580.   19   1 135.023555249    -45.017326832                                         
  6581.   19   1 135.024860993    -45.014845043                                         
  6582.   19   1 135.0251943022   -45.014588848                                         
  6583.   19   1 135.0192894787   -45.023670658                                         
  6584.   19   1 135.0179009587   -45.022158593                                         
  6585.   19   1 135.0182676911   -45.021624267                                         
  6586.   19   1 135.0180351585   -45.020997345                                         
  6587.   19   1 135.0192095339   -45.020121485                                         
  6588.   19   1 135.0194375813   -45.01857923                                          
  6589.   19   2 135.0279172212   -45.023049563                                         
  6590.   19   2 135.0281361789   -45.022784472                                         
  6591.   19   2 135.0283748209   -45.0230802                                           
  6592.   19   2 135.0285159498   -45.022607252                                         
  6593.   19   2 135.0283438861   -45.023600549                                         
  6594.   21   1 135.041364044   -45.0087376237                                         
  6595.   21   1 135.039871216   -45.0095451251                                         
  6596.   21   1 135.039485425   -45.0093839765                                         
  6597.   21   1 135.037185282   -45.0106722265                                         
  6598.             .                                                                   
  6599.             .                                                                   
  6600.             .                                                                   
  6601.             .                                                                   
  6602.             .                                                                   
  6603.  
  6604.   B. 6. 3 Simple Format (old SAS) Zone Files                
  6605.           ----------------------------------
  6606.  
  6607. Simple format files are in common use by the SAS system and other packages      
  6608. providing SAS interfaces.  Polygon for lakes etc. should follow standard        
  6609. polygons to provide the correct display order for overwriting.                  
  6610.                                                                                 
  6611. This format has now been updated in the SAS system.                             
  6612.                                                                                 
  6613.                                                                                 
  6614. Each data record has the form                                                   
  6615.  
  6616.                                                                      126
  6617.      10      byte       zone name                                               
  6618.      10      real       X coordinate                                            
  6619.      10      real       Y coordinate                                            
  6620.      10      integer    Polygon number within zone                              
  6621.  
  6622.   B. 6. 4 Sample simple zones data file DEMOSASG.DAT        
  6623.           ------------------------------------------
  6624.  
  6625. SQUARE        3.0       5.0                                                     
  6626. SQUARE        7.0       5.0                                                     
  6627. SQUARE        7.0       10.0                                                    
  6628. SQUARE        3.0       10.0                                                    
  6629. DIAMOND       8.0       8.0                                                     
  6630. DIAMOND       10.0      5.0                                                     
  6631. DIAMOND       12.0      8.0                                                     
  6632. DIAMOND       10.0      11.0                                                    
  6633. TRIANGLE      13.0      5.0                                                     
  6634. TRIANGLE      16.0      10.0                                                    
  6635. TRIANGLE      19.0      5.0                                                     
  6636. TRIANGLE      13.0      2.0            2                                        
  6637. TRIANGLE      15.0      2.0            2                                        
  6638. TRIANGLE      14.0      4.0            2                                        
  6639. SQUARE        4.0       0.0            2                                        
  6640. SQUARE        8.0       0.0            2                                        
  6641. SQUARE        8.0       4.0            2                                        
  6642. SQUARE        4.0       4.0            2                                        
  6643. SQUARE        0.0       0.0            2                                        
  6644. SQUARE        5.0       1.0            2                                        
  6645. SQUARE        5.0       3.0            2                                        
  6646. SQUARE        7.0       3.0            2                                        
  6647. SQUARE        7.0       1.0            2                                        
  6648. OUTSIDE       15.0      6.0            2                                        
  6649. OUTSIDE       15.0      7.0            2                                        
  6650. OUTSIDE       17.0      7.0            2                                        
  6651. OUTSIDE       17.0      6.0            2                                        
  6652. TOP           4.0       8.0                                                     
  6653. TOP           19.0      8.0                                                     
  6654. TOP           19.0      9.0                                                     
  6655. TOP           4.0       9.0                                                     
  6656.  
  6657.                                                                      127
  6658.  
  6659.   B. 7 GIS / common geographic file formats              
  6660.       ------------------------------------
  6661.  
  6662.  
  6663.   B. 7. 1 DIME format                                       
  6664.           -----------
  6665.  
  6666. This format is supported, but has not had much use. The data are primarily 2    
  6667. point segments, so is inefficient on storage.                                   
  6668.                                                                                 
  6669. Note that only 499 2 point segments can be handled.                             
  6670.                                                                                 
  6671. The data are usually passed through OzZone to build polygons and then through   
  6672. OzData to join up the segments into ones of decent length.                      
  6673.                                                                                 
  6674. The data are long Ascii records, and look something like:                       
  6675.                                                                                 
  6676. XX91609160012583                       1                                        
  6677.   MANUEL              ST                       8    8      201   299   200      
  6678.    29891600000011 14502 1450219711197119160       38  440195019510003016     234
  6679.   10003016     213   1818                        396750 757476396740            
  6680. 7574760610215040685606098370406849                                              
  6681.   MANUEL              ST                       8    8      301   359   300      
  6682.   35891600000029 14502 1450219711197119160       44  480195019510003016     233 
  6683.   10003016     212   1818                        396740 757476396730            
  6684. 7574760609837040684906095020406848                                              
  6685.   MANUEL              ST                       8    8      361   399   360      
  6686.   39891600000037 14502 1450219711197119160       48  540195019510003016     233 
  6687.   10003016     233   1818                        396730 757476396718            
  6688. 7574760609502040684806090470406846                                              
  6689.   SCHOOL              ST                       9    9      900   998   901      
  6690.    99991600000045 162   162  19720197209160       37  220200020010003031     107
  6691.   10003031     108   1818                        396611 755737396619            
  6692. 7557430605026045580006053140455632                                              
  6693.   SCHOOL              ST                       9    9     1000  1098  1001      
  6694.   109991600000052 162   162  19720197209160       22  140200020010003031     115
  6695.   10003031     115   1818                        396619 755743396624            
  6696. 7557460605314045563206054910455542                                              
  6697.  
  6698.   B. 7. 2 DLG optional 3 format                             
  6699.           ---------------------
  6700.  
  6701. The DLG-3 format is the major interchange format in use, and data can be        
  6702. obtained from many mapping agencies e.g. from USGS.                             
  6703.                                                                                 
  6704. The data differs in concept from the usual data displayed by OzGIS in that it   
  6705. is preclassified by the assignment of numeric "feature codes".                  
  6706.                                                                                 
  6707. All identifiers are numbers. These are converted to names by adding prefixes.   
  6708. Point names are POINT + 5 digit number, zone names are AREA + 6 digit zero      
  6709. filled number e.g.                                                              
  6710.                                                                                 
  6711. AREA000001                                                                      
  6712. AREA000630                                                                      
  6713. POINT00004                                                                      
  6714. POINT00234                                                                      
  6715.  
  6716.                                                                      128
  6717.                                                                                 
  6718. The data entry process processed the lines only. Any line with one vertice or   
  6719. two vertices and the same node numbers is taken as a point.                     
  6720.                                                                                 
  6721. Other lines are output with the left and right names set to the area names.     
  6722. Left and right area numbers of zero or one are taken to be outside the map.     
  6723.                                                                                 
  6724. Feature codes are stored as numbers (combined input pairs) for lines, points    
  6725. and zones e.g. '291  22' becomes 2910022.                                       
  6726.                                                                                 
  6727. The first area is ignored as it should be the boundary of the map.              
  6728.                                                                                 
  6729. Polygons are generated by passing the geographic file through the OzZone        
  6730. program.  This carries the area feature codes through to the polygons, retains  
  6731. the line segments, and forms a points segment that contains the centroids of    
  6732. the polygons.                                                                   
  6733.                                                                                 
  6734. Note that file should have 80 character fixed length records. In practise files 
  6735. often have no end-of-records (e.g. USGS CD-ROM files) or records may be         
  6736. truncated. Records with end-of-line markers must no be more than 80             
  6737. characters long.                                                                
  6738.                                                                                 
  6739. You will find that DLG-3 files off ARC-INFO systems often have extraneous       
  6740. background polygons that "zap" the map when displayed.                          
  6741.                                                                                 
  6742. Some test files are supplied for Hawaii.  These were read off the USGS GeoDATA  
  6743. CD ROM on a SUN system, and 'newline' characters inserted to form 80 character  
  6744. records.  The files had to be edited as an arbitrary polygon was given as       
  6745. outside the map as the left and right areas on the line (this could also be     
  6746. handled during display by specifying feature codes).                            
  6747.                                                                                 
  6748. The test files are:                                                             
  6749.                                                                                 
  6750. HAWDLGWB - water boundaries i.e. the islands                                    
  6751. HAWDLGWB - administrative boundaries                                            
  6752. HAWDLGRD - roads                                                                
  6753. HAWDLGST - streams                                                              
  6754.                                                                                 
  6755. The data format is described in the US Geological Survey Circular 895-c         
  6756. "USGS Digital Cartographic Data Standards, Digital Line Graphs"                 
  6757.                                                                                 
  6758. The files look like:                                                            
  6759.                                                                                 
  6760. USGS-NMD  DLG DATA - CHARACTER FORMAT - 09-29-82 VERSION s21_wb.dlg             
  6761. HAWAIIAN ISLANDS POLY 10 DROPPED        1967, 1980  2000000.                    
  6762.                                                                                 
  6763.      3     3  9999     2 0.50800000000D+02     4     0     4     1              
  6764.    0.637820640000000D+07   0.676865799729109D-02   0.800000000000000D+07        
  6765.    0.180000000000000D+08  -0.157000000000000D+09   0.300000000000000D+07        
  6766.    0.0                     0.0                     0.0                          
  6767.    0.0                     0.0                     0.0                          
  6768.    0.0                     0.0                     0.0                          
  6769.  0.10000000000D+01 0.0               0.0               0.0                      
  6770. SW       19.000000 -160.000000        -316386.41  1771715.66                    
  6771. NW       22.000000 -160.000000        -312489.03  2102112.53                    
  6772. NE       22.000000 -155.000000         208312.61  2101093.98                    
  6773. SE       19.000000 -155.000000         210917.63  1770684.40                    
  6774. WATER BODIES           0    74    74 010    12    12 010    70    70   1        
  6775.  
  6776.                                                                      129
  6777. N    1  -316386.41  1771715.66           0           0     0                    
  6778. N    2  -312489.03  2102112.53           0           0     0                    
  6779. N    3   208312.61  2101093.98           0           0     0                    
  6780. N    4   210917.63  1770684.40           0           0     0                    
  6781. .                                                                               
  6782. .                                                                               
  6783. .                                                                               
  6784. .                                                                               
  6785. N   74  -320966.08  2105481.92           2           0     0                    
  6786.    -69    70                                                                    
  6787. A    1   -68438.87  1949336.24           3     0     1     0     0              
  6788.      8     9     7                                                              
  6789.      0     0                                                                    
  6790. A    2  -327997.34  2094827.63           3     0     1     0     0              
  6791.    -10    -2    -1                                                              
  6792.     40   150                                                                    
  6793. .                                                                               
  6794. .                                                                               
  6795. .                                                                               
  6796. .                                                                               
  6797. A   13   -91708.84  2025480.45           3     0     1     0     0              
  6798.    -66   -65   -67                                                              
  6799.     40   150                                                                    
  6800. L    1     7     6     2     0                24     1     0                    
  6801.   -332906.23  2078428.77  -332805.62  2077920.57  -331991.53  2078579.38        
  6802.   -332446.45  2079748.67  -331479.96  2080407.19  -331224.96  2080914.69        
  6803.   -331578.38  2082032.98  -331221.19  2082845.09  -330100.11  2084620.90        
  6804.   -329235.22  2085279.61  -328573.03  2086192.72  -328571.24  2087107.12        
  6805.   -327247.56  2088577.74  -325977.26  2088727.66  -325164.16  2088878.47        
  6806.   -324909.37  2089284.37  -324503.57  2088978.78  -323182.17  2089280.99        
  6807.   -322319.07  2089025.30  -321707.68  2089938.51  -321250.68  2089836.02        
  6808.   -320995.88  2090241.92  -319775.79  2090696.74  -318961.20  2091609.55        
  6809.    290  4000                                                                    
  6810. .                                                                               
  6811. .                                                                               
  6812. .                                                                               
  6813. .                                                                               
  6814. L   70    74    66    11     0                 2     1     0                    
  6815.   -320966.08  2105481.92  -321422.78  2105736.82                                
  6816.    290  4002                                                                    
  6817.  
  6818.   B. 7. 3 Gina format                                       
  6819.           -----------
  6820.  
  6821. The standard interchange format for GeoVision GIS is Gina.                      
  6822.                                                                                 
  6823. OzEnter processes some of the file. Feature codes must be numeric. Zone names   
  6824. generated are of the form ZONE12345 and site names are of the form POINT12345.  
  6825.                                                                                 
  6826. Only boundary lines and points are output - OzZone has to be used to generate   
  6827. the zones / polygons.                                                           
  6828.                                                                                 
  6829. The sample file DEMOGINA.DAT is as follows:                                     
  6830.                                                                                 
  6831. udb-start b v 8192                                                              
  6832.                                                                                 
  6833. udb-header 0.5 fred-db "Fred's test database"                                   
  6834. descr      29oct85 14:32:10 example GINA files                                  
  6835.  
  6836.                                                                      130
  6837. coord-sys  rect  feet                                                           
  6838. extent -12000, -8000,  12000, 8000                                              
  6839. layer 1 base        "base information layer"                                    
  6840. layer 2 roads       "roads and streets layer"                                   
  6841. layer 3 hydro       "hydrographic layer (rivers, streams etc)"                  
  6842. layer 4 telephone   "telephone plant layer"                                     
  6843. layer 5 lots        "property lots layer"                                       
  6844.                                                                                 
  6845. network 1 emergency l 2 "emergency routes"                                      
  6846. network 2 property  p 5 "property polygon network"                              
  6847.                                                                                 
  6848. udb-primary                                                                     
  6849. table road free                                                                 
  6850. field name        char 40   i n   "road name"                                   
  6851. field r_type      char 12   i n   "type of road, arterial, highway etc"         
  6852. field lanes       num  2,0        "maximum number of lanes"                     
  6853. field surface     char 10   n     "type of surface"                             
  6854. fc   1000, 1099                                                                 
  6855. table house free                                                                
  6856. field h_type      char 10   n     "house type: bungalow;""test quotes""  etc"   
  6857. field lot_no      num 10    i     "lot number"                                  
  6858. fc   1130,  1139                                                                
  6859. table lots free                                                                 
  6860. field lot_no      num  10   i u n "lot number"                                  
  6861. field address_no  num  6,0  i n                                                 
  6862. field street      char 40   n     "street name"                                 
  6863. fc   1100                                                                       
  6864.                                                                                 
  6865.                                                                                 
  6866. udb-feature                                                                     
  6867. feat 1  1002 2 0 l xy 0 0 0 1 0                                                 
  6868. coor 1805 1120 1805 1143                                                        
  6869. coor 2018 1143 2018 1204 2508 1204                                              
  6870. text "Elm Street"                                                               
  6871. attr Elm suburban 2 "asphalt"                                                   
  6872. feat 2  1004 2 0 l xy 0 0 0 1 0                                                 
  6873. coor 2508 1204 2508 820                                                         
  6874. text "Oak Street"                                                               
  6875. attr Oak arterial 4 "concrete"                                                  
  6876. feat 3  1400 5 2 l xy                                                           
  6877. coor 2508 903 2508 933                                                          
  6878. feat 4  1400 5 2 l xy                                                           
  6879. coor 2508 933 2568 933                                                          
  6880. feat 5  1400 5 2 l xy                                                           
  6881. coor 2568 933 2568 903                                                          
  6882. feat 6  1400 5 2 l xy                                                           
  6883. coor 2508 903 2568 903                                                          
  6884. feat 7  1400 5 2 l xy                                                           
  6885. coor 2508 873 2508 903                                                          
  6886. feat 8  1400 5 2 l xy                                                           
  6887. coor 2568 903 2568 873                                                          
  6888. feat 9  1400 5 2 l xy                                                           
  6889. coor 2508 873 2568 873                                                          
  6890. feat 20  1100 5 2 p xy                                                          
  6891. coor 2520 920                                                                   
  6892. attr  10875,  104 Oak                                                           
  6893. feat 21  1133 5 0 l xy                                                          
  6894. coor 2530  920                                                                  
  6895.  
  6896.                                                                      131
  6897. attr 2-story  10875                                                             
  6898. feat 22  1100 5 2 p xy                                                          
  6899. coor 2520  890                                                                  
  6900. attr 10874,  106 Oak                                                            
  6901. feat 23  1133 5 0 l xy                                                          
  6902. coor  2530 890                                                                  
  6903. attr bungalow 10874                                                             
  6904.                                                                                 
  6905. udb-polygon                                                                     
  6906. poly 3 20 r e                                                                   
  6907. poly 4 20 r e                                                                   
  6908. poly 6 20 l e                                                                   
  6909. poly 5 20 r e                                                                   
  6910. poly 6 22 r e                                                                   
  6911. poly 8 22 r e                                                                   
  6912. poly 9 22 l e                                                                   
  6913. poly 7 22 r e                                                                   
  6914.                                                                                 
  6915. udb-indirect                                                                    
  6916. table road_types free                                                           
  6917. field r_type    char 12 i u n  "road type"                                      
  6918. field maint     char 2         "maintenance class"                              
  6919. field resp_code char 3  n      "responsibility code"                            
  6920. attr highway    m3  A-4                                                         
  6921. attr aterial    m6  B-3                                                         
  6922. attr secondary  n2  B-1                                                         
  6923. attr suburban   s4  B-8                                                         
  6924.                                                                                 
  6925.                                                                                 
  6926. udb-indirect                                                                    
  6927. table house_types  free                                                         
  6928. field h_type    char 10  i u n "house  types"                                   
  6929. field tax_code  char 4   n     "taxation code"                                  
  6930. attr bungalow  10-5                                                             
  6931. attr 2-story   12-2                                                             
  6932. attr split     11-5                                                             
  6933.                                                                                 
  6934. udb-end                                                                         
  6935.  
  6936.   B. 7. 4 ANSII standard                                    
  6937.           --------------
  6938.  
  6939. The new standard format for interchange will be supported when test data become 
  6940. available.                                                                      
  6941.  
  6942.   B. 7. 5 SIF format (not available)                        
  6943.           --------------------------
  6944.  
  6945. SIF format will be supported if there is a demand.                              
  6946. Data files appear to be 80 character ascii files.                               
  6947.                                                                                 
  6948. The files contain a series of commands that define how the coordinates are to be
  6949. displayed.                                                                      
  6950.                                                                                 
  6951. Most of the commands are ignored.                                               
  6952.                                                                                 
  6953. The commands of value seem to be:                                               
  6954.                                                                                 
  6955.  
  6956.                                                                      132
  6957. DID/ is the first record in the file, and gives some basic information. The     
  6958. parameter MO=2 or MO=3 gives the number of dimensions (compulsory?). Any Z value
  6959. is ignored.                                                                     
  6960.                                                                                 
  6961. OVR/   defines the active level. This is stored in the relations as a number    
  6962. column 'ovr' as it seems to  be  effectively a layer.                           
  6963.                                                                                 
  6964. ASC/ggnum defines the graphic group number, and is used to  form the entid of   
  6965. form SIFggnum.                                                                  
  6966.                                                                                 
  6967. If ggnum is 0 the item is ignored (not appended).                               
  6968.                                                                                 
  6969. If ggnum is <0 a number is assigned to it (sequentially starting at 10001).     
  6970.                                                                                 
  6971. LST/xx, defines a line. There are 2-101 vertices in a record. If a record has   
  6972. 101 values and the next record starts with the same point as the end point it is
  6973. taken to be a continuation. (actually found some records with more than 101)    
  6974.                                                                                 
  6975. LST/ and LST/OP are line strings.                                               
  6976.                                                                                 
  6977. LST/HO and LST/SO are polygons (solid & holes)                                  
  6978.                                                                                 
  6979. Vertices are (x,y) or (x,y,z) according to the DID/ header.                     
  6980.                                                                                 
  6981. New records that are not continuations are taken to be new components.          
  6982.                                                                                 
  6983.                                                                                 
  6984.  
  6985.   B. 7. 6 DXF format                                        
  6986.           ----------
  6987.  
  6988. Digitised map data can be entered into OzGIS in the AutoCAD Drawing Interchange 
  6989. and File format as lines, points and polygons.                                  
  6990.                                                                                 
  6991. The format is described in the AutoCAD manuals.                                 
  6992.                                                                                 
  6993. If the data are to be used for choropleth mapping (with attribute data)         
  6994. the entities must have been digitised  with handles to give the entities        
  6995. names. The hexadecimal handle values will become the zone (or point) names      
  6996. that will also have to be used in the attribute files. You can rename the       
  6997. entities with a combine file by using OzData, but the the easiest method is to  
  6998. edit the names with a word-processor. The names are treated as text.            
  6999. The handles are given in type 5 groups.                                         
  7000.                                                                                 
  7001. The entities are processed as follows:                                          
  7002.                                                                                 
  7003. LINEs are stored as line segments, and can only be used for line overlays       
  7004. as there is no left & right zone names to enable polygons to be built.          
  7005.                                                                                 
  7006. POINTs are stored as points. Any handle will be used as the name.               
  7007.                                                                                 
  7008. POLYLINE & VERTEXes give a series of points that are either lines for line      
  7009. overlays, or polygons if a bit flag values defines it as closed. If a           
  7010. handle value is given it becomes the name and attribute values can be linked    
  7011. to it (polygons).                                                               
  7012.                                                                                 
  7013. TEXT entities are stored as points with the text group used as the name         
  7014. or for assigning attribute values (first 10 characters).                        
  7015.  
  7016.                                                                      133
  7017.                                                                                 
  7018.  
  7019.   B. 7. 7 ATLAS Export Format                               
  7020.           -------------------
  7021.  
  7022. Digitised boundary data can often be purchased in a format supported by the     
  7023. Atlas PC mapping system.                                                        
  7024.                                                                                 
  7025. The files are Ascii, and records are of the form:                               
  7026.                                                                                 
  7027. "name",n,x1,y1,...........Xn,Yn                                                 
  7028.                                                                                 
  7029. where                                                                           
  7030.                                                                                 
  7031. n=1 => a point                                                                  
  7032. n=2 => a circle                                                                 
  7033. n>2 => a polygon                                                                
  7034. n<0 => a line                                                                   
  7035.                                                                                 
  7036. These data can be entered via the OzGIS system with some restrictions:          
  7037.                                                                                 
  7038. . circles are not supported                                                     
  7039.                                                                                 
  7040. . only the first 10 characters of the name can be used to assign attribute      
  7041.   values.                                                                       
  7042.                                                                                 
  7043. . there cannot be more than one spatial object in a record                      
  7044.                                                                                 
  7045. . The name of a polygon that is internal e.g. a lake, should be "OUTSIDE".      
  7046.                                                                                 
  7047.                                                                                 
  7048. An example file for africa AFRICA.DAT may be included with your system.         
  7049.                                                                                 
  7050. Example file records from the africa files are:                                 
  7051.                                                                                 
  7052. "Morocco",141                                                                   
  7053. 13.92683,60.72203                                                               
  7054. 13.92685,60.67901                                                               
  7055. 13.99129,60.48547                                                               
  7056. 14.1201,60.33495                                                                
  7057. 14.24891,60.18444                       A POLYGON                               
  7058. 14.3777,60.07695                                                                
  7059. 14.48501,60.05548                                                               
  7060. 14.61376,60.07703                                                               
  7061. 14.72104,60.09858                                                               
  7062. 14.80687,60.14163                                                               
  7063.     .                                                                           
  7064.     .                                                                           
  7065. "Tunisia",113                          A ZONE with 2 polygons                   
  7066. 24.03397,61.15581                                                               
  7067.    .          .    polygon 1                                                    
  7068.    .          .                                                                 
  7069. 24.03397,61.15581                                                               
  7070. 25.49409,58.66141                                                               
  7071.    .          .    polygon 2                                                    
  7072.    .          .                                                                 
  7073. 25.49409,58.66141                                                               
  7074. 24.03397,61.15581   < - first point repeated after every polygon                
  7075.  
  7076.                                                                      134
  7077.                                                                                 
  7078.                                                                                 
  7079.     .                                                                           
  7080.     .                                                                           
  7081. "Mbabane",1                                                                     
  7082. 41.41317,7.313157                                                               
  7083. "Maseru",1                                                                      
  7084. 38.45704,4.957369                       POINTS                                  
  7085. "Pretoria",1                                                                    
  7086. 39.15494,8.036585                                                               
  7087.     .                                                                           
  7088.     .                                                                           
  7089.     .                                                                           
  7090. "euro3",-41                                                                     
  7091. 33.15051,61.9                                                                   
  7092. 33.10709,61.72918                                                               
  7093. 33.14988,61.68601                       A LINE                                  
  7094. 33.21407,61.62125                                                               
  7095. 33.34267,61.55629                                                               
  7096.     .                                                                           
  7097.     .                                                                           
  7098.     .                                                                           
  7099. Atlas seems to handle multiple polygons within a zone by simply putting them    
  7100. all together in the record following the name i.e. if the first vertex is       
  7101. found to be equal to another in the following list, then that is the end of     
  7102. that polygon and the next vertex is the start of the next polygon etc. For      
  7103. some strange reason the first point of the region is repeated after each        
  7104. of the polygons.                                                                
  7105.                                                                                 
  7106. Atlas does not support topologically structured polygons, so ensure that        
  7107. internal polygons are given after the containing polygons so they are not       
  7108. overwritten on the screen. Also, internal polygons that are to have the         
  7109. background colour should have names "OUTSIDE".                                  
  7110.                                                                                 
  7111. Apparently there are two possibilities for regions with multiple polygons:      
  7112.                                                                                 
  7113. The polygons can be kept together, which results in the format which you        
  7114. see in the africa-files (see below). This is the default! The other             
  7115. possibility is to split the the region into separate polygons. This results     
  7116. in an export format where each polygon starts with the boundary name, number    
  7117. of vertices and then the vertices. (The easiest way to do this in ATLAS is      
  7118. to SELECT ALL, and then BOUNDARY, SPLIT, ISLANDS.)                              
  7119.                                                                                 
  7120. The following is supposed to be from the ATLAS EXPORT/IMPORT MANUAL:            
  7121.                                                                                 
  7122. ISLANDS AND LAKES                                                               
  7123.                                                                                 
  7124. The Island/Lake Rule                                                            
  7125. --------------------                                                            
  7126.                                                                                 
  7127. If you return to the firs coordinate pair in the description of a region,       
  7128. you have closed the main polygon. The line to the next coordinate pair          
  7129. will not be drawn, but will instead signal the start of an island or lake.      
  7130. The last coordinate pair in the island or lake must be the same as the first    
  7131. one; this must also be followed by the first coordinate pair of the main        
  7132. polygon - this line again will not be drawn. This rule may be applied as        
  7133. many times in succession as necessary, one time for each island or lake.        
  7134.                                                                                 
  7135.  
  7136.                                                                      135
  7137. Curves created with Atlas*Draw can also have islands, but ASCII boundary        
  7138. files do not support this.                                                      
  7139.                                                                                 
  7140. General Region Structure With Island/Lake                                       
  7141. ------------------------------------------                                      
  7142.                                                                                 
  7143. The format for a region containing an island and/or lake is:                    
  7144.                                                                                 
  7145. "Pname","Sname",numxy                                                           
  7146. x1,y1                                                                           
  7147. ..                                                                              
  7148. xn,yn                                                                           
  7149. x1,y1                                                                           
  7150. xx1,yy1,                                                                        
  7151. ..                                                                              
  7152. xx1,yy1                                                                         
  7153. x1,y1                                                                           
  7154.                                                                                 
  7155. The second xx1,yy1 pair closes the island or lake and is immediately            
  7156. followed by an x1,y1 pair, which closes back to the main polygon.               
  7157. Additional islands or lakes can follow, as long as each closes on itself        
  7158. and then closes back to the main polygon.                                       
  7159.                                                                                 
  7160. The illustrations below show examples of a region with an island, and of a      
  7161. region with a lake containing an embedded region.                               
  7162.                                                                                 
  7163. The region with an island is listed as:                                         
  7164.                                                                                 
  7165. "Region w/Island",11                                                            
  7166. 1,1 first coordinate pair                                                       
  7167. 1,0                                                                             
  7168. 0,0                                                                             
  7169. 0,1                                                                             
  7170. 1,1 end of main polygon                                                         
  7171. 2,1 start of island                                                             
  7172. 3,1                                                                             
  7173. 3,0                                                                             
  7174. 2,0                                                                             
  7175. 2,1 end of island                                                               
  7176. 1,1 end of main polygon                                                         
  7177.                                                                                 
  7178. An entry for a region with a lake containing an embedded region:                
  7179.                                                                                 
  7180. "Region w/lake",11                                                              
  7181. 0,3 first coordinate pair                                                       
  7182. 3,3                                                                             
  7183. 3,0                                                                             
  7184. 0,0                                                                             
  7185. 0,3 end of main polygon                                                         
  7186. 1,2 start of lake                                                               
  7187. 1,1                                                                             
  7188. 2,1                                                                             
  7189. 2,2                                                                             
  7190. 1,2 end of lake                                                                 
  7191. 0,3 end of main polygon                                                         
  7192. "Embedded Region", 5                                                            
  7193. 1,2                                                                             
  7194. 2,2                                                                             
  7195.  
  7196.                                                                      136
  7197. 2,1                                                                             
  7198. 1,1                                                                             
  7199. 1,2                                                                             
  7200.                                                                                 
  7201. According to the documentation, regions with multiple polygons can name         
  7202. them all with a record of the form e.g. "poly1","poly2","poly3",num             
  7203. The data we have seen does not seem to do this, but just gives one name.        
  7204.                                                                                 
  7205.                                                                                 
  7206.  
  7207.   B. 7. 8 MapInfo Data Interchange Format                   
  7208.           -------------------------------
  7209.  
  7210. Many data suppliers can provide geographic data in a format suitable for use    
  7211. with the MapInfo mapping system.                                                
  7212.                                                                                 
  7213. This format is partially supported, primarily for Census boundaries.            
  7214. The main restriction is that the more contrived spatial types are not supported.
  7215.                                                                                 
  7216. The data is supplied usually as two files. The MapInfo Interchange File (MIF)   
  7217. contains the coordinates. The other file, the MID file, contains data, of which 
  7218. the only part of interest is the names of the spatial objects. Hence the MID    
  7219. file has to be given if you want to display attribute data, such as Census      
  7220. data, according to the names. Optionally the MID file need not be given, in     
  7221. which case the lines, points and polygons can only be used as overlays.         
  7222.                                                                                 
  7223.                                                                                 
  7224. The MIF file starts with a header of the form:                                  
  7225.                                                                                 
  7226.              Version 2                                                          
  7227.              Delimiter ","                                                      
  7228.              CoordSys Earth Projection 1, 0                                     
  7229.              Columns 2                                                          
  7230.                Name Char(40)                                                    
  7231.                ID Integer                                                       
  7232.              Data                                                               
  7233.                                                                                 
  7234. The only parts of the header used are:                                          
  7235.                                                                                 
  7236. "Delimiter" defines the seperator used in the MID file, default <tab>           
  7237.                                                                                 
  7238. "Columns" gives the number of values in the MID file for each object            
  7239.                                                                                 
  7240. "Data" indicates the end of the header and start of the coordinates etc         
  7241.                                                                                 
  7242. The data part of the file describes several types of objects. Only real         
  7243. geographic types are processed:                                                 
  7244.                                                                                 
  7245. POINT and CENTER describe points (sites)                                        
  7246. LINE and PLINE describe line segments                                           
  7247. REGION describes zones (polygons)                                               
  7248.                                                                                 
  7249. Entries such as PEN are ignored.                                                
  7250.                                                                                 
  7251. A typical Census boundary file will have region entries with coordinates that   
  7252. will be output as polygons and centre's output as points. The polygons and the  
  7253. points will both have the same names from the MID file, so Census data can be   
  7254. mapped as either zones or sites, and the polygons and points can also be used   
  7255.  
  7256.                                                                      137
  7257. for overlays e.g. to put names on the polygons.                                 
  7258.                                                                                 
  7259.                                                                                 
  7260. For example, the data part of a MID file could look like:                       
  7261.                                                                                 
  7262. Region 1                                                                        
  7263.   41                                                                            
  7264. 147.30982 -42.851953                                                            
  7265. 147.309298 -42.851559                                                           
  7266. 147.309174 -42.851233                                                           
  7267. 147.309033 -42.851096                                                           
  7268. 147.308207 -42.851211                                                           
  7269.        .       .                                                                
  7270.        .       .                                                                
  7271.        .       .                                                                
  7272.        .       .                                                                
  7273.        .       .                                                                
  7274.        .       .                                                                
  7275. 147.312079 -42.850697                                                           
  7276. 147.310575 -42.851964                                                           
  7277. 147.30982 -42.851953                                                            
  7278.     Pen (1,2,12582912)                                                          
  7279.     Brush (2,16777215,16777215)                                                 
  7280.     Center 147.308418 -42.848512                                                
  7281. Region 1                                                                        
  7282.   13                                                                            
  7283. 147.286268 -42.838088                                                           
  7284. 147.282985 -42.841294                                                           
  7285. 147.283788 -42.842113                                                           
  7286. 147.285434 -42.843622                                                           
  7287. 147.286394 -42.844522                                                           
  7288. 147.28709 -42.845175                                                            
  7289. 147.289192 -42.847147                                                           
  7290. 147.290486 -42.84662                                                            
  7291.        .       .                                                                
  7292.        .       .                                                                
  7293.        .       .                                                                
  7294.        .       .                                                                
  7295.                                                                                 
  7296. The MID file provides the names of the objects as "columns". You will have      
  7297. to provide the number of the column that is the names (usually 1)               
  7298.                                                                                 
  7299. If a polygon  is inside another it should have the name "OUTSIDE" so it         
  7300. will be displayed with the background colour.                                   
  7301.                                                                                 
  7302. A MID file with the name in column 1 looks like:                                
  7303.                                                                                 
  7304. Canberra,637                                                                    
  7305. Burra Creek,639                                                                 
  7306. Phred,640                                                                       
  7307. London,641                                                                      
  7308. Wagga Wagga,642                                                                 
  7309. 1230807,644                                                                     
  7310.   .                                                                             
  7311.   .                                                                             
  7312.   .                                                                             
  7313.                                                                                 
  7314.  
  7315.                                                                      138
  7316.  
  7317.   B. 8 Format of names files                             
  7318.       ---------------------
  7319.  
  7320.                                                                                 
  7321. Names files give lists of zones, lines or sites which are to be used to         
  7322. restrict certain kinds of processing in OzGIS.                                  
  7323.                                                                                 
  7324. The file would usually be prepared with a text editor, possibly operating       
  7325. on a file output from OzGIS.                                                    
  7326.                                                                                 
  7327.      Comment Record:                                                            
  7328.      80       byte      comment describing the data                             
  7329.                                                                                 
  7330.      Name Records (one per zone or line or site)                                
  7331.      10       byte      name                                                    
  7332.                                                                                 
  7333.  
  7334.   B. 8. 1 Sample names file DEMOATTR.DAT                    
  7335.           ------------------------------
  7336.  
  7337. DEMONAMES.DAT - NAMES FILE                                                      
  7338. ZONE 1                                                                          
  7339. ZONE 2                                                                          
  7340. ZONE 4                                                                          
  7341.                                                                                 
  7342.  
  7343.   B. 9 Format of colour names files (Removed from system)
  7344.       --------------------------------------------------
  7345.  
  7346.                                                                                 
  7347. Colour names files are usually generated within OzGIS, but they may be          
  7348. entered as data files. The file X11-BGR is supplied.                            
  7349.                                                                                 
  7350. Comment record:                                                                 
  7351.      80      byte       comment describing the file                             
  7352.                                                                                 
  7353. Colour records:                                                                 
  7354.      40      byte       colour name (in ascending order)                        
  7355.      10      real       blue value, range 0.0 to 1.0                            
  7356.      10      real       green value, range 0.0. to 1.0                          
  7357.      10      real       red value, range 0.0 to 1.0                             
  7358.                                                                                 
  7359. The demonstration file DEMOCOLNM.DAT looks like:                                
  7360.                                                                                 
  7361. DEMO COLOUR NAMES FILE                                                          
  7362. aquamarine                                   .8314    1.0000     .4980          
  7363. blue                                        1.0000     .0000     .0000          
  7364. brown                                        .1647     .1647     .6471          
  7365. darkseagreen                                 .5608     .7373     .5608          
  7366. hotpink                                      .7059     .4118    1.0000          
  7367. lemonchiffon                                 .8039     .9804    1.0000          
  7368. lightskyblue                                 .9804     .8078     .5294          
  7369. mintcream                                    .9804    1.0000     .9608          
  7370. pink                                         .7961     .7529    1.0000          
  7371. purple                                       .9412     .1255     .6275          
  7372. royalblue                                    .8824     .4118     .2549          
  7373.  
  7374.                                                                      139
  7375. salmon                                       .4471     .5020     .9804          
  7376. steelblue                                    .7059     .5098     .2745          
  7377. turquoise                                    .8157     .8784     .2510          
  7378. yellowgreen                                  .1961     .8039     .6039          
  7379.                                                                                 
  7380.  
  7381.   B.10 Format of combine files                           
  7382.       -----------------------
  7383.  
  7384.                                                                                 
  7385. Combine files define new map zones in terms of zones in a base map, or site     
  7386. catchments in terms of percentages of base zones.                               
  7387.                                                                                 
  7388. Comment record:                                                                 
  7389.      80      byte       comment describing the file                             
  7390.                                                                                 
  7391. Header record:                                                                  
  7392.      10      integer    number of items defined                                 
  7393.                                                                                 
  7394.                                                                                 
  7395. Sets of records follow for the items:                                           
  7396.                                                                                 
  7397. Item definition record:                                                         
  7398.      10      byte       name (ascending order)                                  
  7399.      10      integer    number of zones                                         
  7400.                                                                                 
  7401. Zone records:                                                                   
  7402.      10      byte       zone name (ascending order)                             
  7403.      10      real       proportion of zone in area (0 to 1.0)                   
  7404.                                                                                 
  7405.                                                                                 
  7406.  
  7407.   B.10. 1 Sample combine file DEMOCOMB.DAT                  
  7408.           --------------------------------
  7409.  
  7410. This file defines three territories AREA1, AREA2, AREA3 in terms of base zones  
  7411. A, B, ......                                                                    
  7412.                                                                                 
  7413. 3 AREAS                                                                         
  7414.          3TEST AREAS                                                            
  7415. AREA1              1                                                            
  7416. H             1.0                                                               
  7417. AREA2              3                                                            
  7418. N             1.0                                                               
  7419. O             1.0                                                               
  7420. R             1.0                                                               
  7421. AREA3              5                                                            
  7422. A             1.0                                                               
  7423. B             1.0                                                               
  7424. C             1.0                                                               
  7425. D             1.0                                                               
  7426. E             1.0                                                               
  7427.  
  7428.   B.11 Format of presentation files                      
  7429.       ----------------------------
  7430.  
  7431.                                                                                 
  7432. Presentation files give a set of saved map files that are to be referenced      
  7433.  
  7434.                                                                      140
  7435. by menu items so the maps can be easily displayed when giving demonstrations.   
  7436.                                                                                 
  7437. Presentation files must have names with extension prs e.g. DEMO.PRS             
  7438.                                                                                 
  7439.      First record:                                                              
  7440.                                                                                 
  7441.      60      byte       menu header                                             
  7442.                                                                                 
  7443. A pair of records is given for each saved display file                          
  7444.      60      byte       menu item text                                          
  7445.      50      byte       saved map file in full form                             
  7446.                                                                                 
  7447.  
  7448.   B.11. 1 Sample presentation file                          
  7449.           ------------------------
  7450.  
  7451. AURISA Exhibition                                                               
  7452. Far East Asia zone map                                                          
  7453. DEMOFEA.SAV                                                                     
  7454. Lowe Electorate bivariate zone map                                              
  7455. BIVLOWE.SAV                                                                     
  7456. Diagram map                                                                     
  7457. DIAG1.SAV                                                                       
  7458. Zones & Sites map                                                               
  7459. ZONESITE.SAV                                                                    
  7460. Australia Statistical Division zones map                                        
  7461. DEMOOZ.SAV                                                                      
  7462. Canberra LGAs zone map with overlays                                            
  7463. ACT.SAV                                                                         
  7464.  
  7465.   B.12 Format of marker files                            
  7466.       ----------------------
  7467.  
  7468.                                                                                 
  7469. Markers are displayed in OzGIS as single polygons using polygon fill.           
  7470.                                                                                 
  7471. OzGIS has standard files available (star, triangle etc.) but a you can          
  7472. define your own.                                                                
  7473.                                                                                 
  7474. A marker is a single closed polygon.  OzGIS requires that the points that       
  7475. define the polygon lie within a circle of unit diameter.                        
  7476.                                                                                 
  7477. The data points are usually prepared by drawing the marker on graph paper,      
  7478. centred on the origin, and lying within a circle of radius 0.5.                 
  7479.                                                                                 
  7480.      Comment record:                                                            
  7481.                                                                                 
  7482.      80      byte       marker name, comments                                   
  7483.                                                                                 
  7484.      Header record:                                                             
  7485.                                                                                 
  7486.      10      integer    number of points (3-100)                                
  7487.                                                                                 
  7488.      Boundary record:                                                           
  7489.                                                                                 
  7490.      8x10    real       Polygon points (X,Y) 4 per record                       
  7491.                         Values are in the range (-0.5 to +0.5)  The last        
  7492.                         point must be the same as the first                     
  7493.  
  7494.                                                                      141
  7495.                                                                                 
  7496.  
  7497.   B.12. 1 Sample marker file SQUARE.DAT                     
  7498.           -----------------------------
  7499.  
  7500. SQUARE.DAT - MARKER                                                             
  7501.          5                                                                      
  7502. -0.35     -0.35     -0.35     0.35      0.35      0.35      0.35      -0.35     
  7503. -0.35     -0.35                                                                 
  7504.  
  7505.   B.13 Format of device files                            
  7506.       ----------------------
  7507.  
  7508.                                                                                 
  7509. Device files describe the characteristics of graphics display devices and set   
  7510. colours etc.                                                                    
  7511.                                                                                 
  7512. Standard files are usually held on the system for all devices available. Users  
  7513. would not usually define their own.                                             
  7514.                                                                                 
  7515.  OzGIS was designed to operate as a highly interactive colour mapping system    
  7516. where speed of display was obtained by the use of an  advanced raster display   
  7517. system.                                                                         
  7518.                                                                                 
  7519.  The software can operate on most graphics devices, but there could be loss of  
  7520. speed and capabilities depending on the characteristics of the devices being    
  7521. used.                                                                           
  7522.                                                                                 
  7523.  OzGIS is based on graphics packages with the functionality of the GKS graphic  
  7524. standard. These graphic packages provide graphic primitives such as lines,      
  7525. text, and filled polygons. An important feature of GKS is that it is device     
  7526. independent so the package allows OzGIS to produce maps on a large range of     
  7527. devices.                                                                        
  7528.                                                                                 
  7529.  Every device available for use with OzGIS has at least one file associated with
  7530. it.                                                                             
  7531.                                                                                 
  7532. All devices within OzGIS have the same characteristics so e.g. a map previewed  
  7533. on a display device can be output directly to a hard-copy device. The files     
  7534. ensure that a device with limited capabilities can  simulate the required       
  7535. capabilities in the best way.                                                   
  7536.                                                                                 
  7537.  The device files also set GKS primitive attributes such as colours and zone    
  7538. fill types. A colour display system has several files available that provide    
  7539. standard sets of colours for maps. Files with similar colours are usually       
  7540. available for different devices for hard-copy generation.                       
  7541.                                                                                 
  7542. The easiest way to generate device data files is to edit standard ones.         
  7543.                                                                                 
  7544. The device files require colours to be specified in blue,green,red. One way to  
  7545. decide on these values is to look at the definitions in the colour names data   
  7546. file \ozgis\x11-bgr.dat.                                                        
  7547.                                                                                 
  7548. Hardcopy device files are based on the SCIPLOT package which has a fixed set of 
  7549. colours. Of course plotter colours depend on the pens. SCIPLOT colours are:     
  7550.      Black                                                                      
  7551.      Blue                                                                       
  7552.      Green                                                                      
  7553.  
  7554.                                                                      142
  7555.      Cyan                                                                       
  7556.      Red                                                                        
  7557.      Magenta                                                                    
  7558.      Brown                                                                      
  7559.      Light Gray                                                                 
  7560.      Dark Gray                                                                  
  7561.      Light Blue                                                                 
  7562.      Light Green                                                                
  7563.      Light Cyan                                                                 
  7564.      Light Red                                                                  
  7565.      Light Magenta                                                              
  7566.      Yellow                                                                     
  7567.      White                                                                      
  7568.                                                                                 
  7569.                                                                                 
  7570.                                                                                 
  7571.      Comment record:                                                            
  7572.                                                                                 
  7573.      80      byte       Device description                                      
  7574.                                                                                 
  7575.                                                                                 
  7576.      Size record:                                                               
  7577.                                                                                 
  7578.      10      real       Extent of device surface                                
  7579.      Note: defines units used for all sizes in data i.e. divide by this         
  7580.      10      real       width of device in device units (now set from OZGIS.INI)
  7581.      10      real       max address height of device    (now set from OZGIS.INI)
  7582.                                                                                 
  7583.      Type record:                                                               
  7584.                                                                                 
  7585.      10      integer    GKS workstation number                                  
  7586.      10      integer    Display type, 1 = raster display, pixel addressed       
  7587.                                       2 = continuous coordinates                
  7588.      10      integer    Fill type, 1 = solid colour                             
  7589.                                    2 = pattern                                  
  7590.                                    3 = hatch                                    
  7591.      10      integer    Locator device number, 0 = none, 1 = default            
  7592.                                                2 = crosshairs                   
  7593.                                                                                 
  7594.      Advanced Raster Record  (now set fromOZGIS.IN)                             
  7595.                                                                                 
  7596.      10      integer    number of bit planes (1-24)                             
  7597.      10      integer    length of LUT (1-4096)                                  
  7598.      10      integer    number of pixels across screen (256-4096)               
  7599.      10      integer    number of lines on screen (256-4096)                    
  7600.      10      integer    run-length encoding/decoding, 0 = not available         
  7601.                                                                                 
  7602.      Colour definition record:                                                  
  7603.                                                                                 
  7604.      10      integer    number of colours defined                               
  7605.                                                                                 
  7606.      Colour table records:                                                      
  7607.                                                                                 
  7608.      10      real       blue value (0.0 - 1.0) for colour table                 
  7609.      10      real       green                                                   
  7610.      10      real       red                                                     
  7611.                                                                                 
  7612.      Hatch definition record:                                                   
  7613.  
  7614.                                                                      143
  7615.                                                                                 
  7616.      10      integer    number of hatch patterns (0 - 256)                      
  7617.                                                                                 
  7618.      Hatch records (if required):                                               
  7619.                                                                                 
  7620.      10      integer    line number (1 - 8)                                     
  7621.                         (from overlay and quant. lines)                         
  7622.      10      real       line angles (0.0 - 180.0)                               
  7623.      10      real       line separation  (<0.1)                                 
  7624.      10      integer    line number (0 - 4) , 0 = not used                      
  7625.      10      real       second line angle (if reqd)                             
  7626.      10      real       second line separation (if reqd)                        
  7627.                                                                                 
  7628. The rest of the data records set internal tables for GKS primitive              
  7629. attributes.  Most records reference the colour table; the index has range 1     
  7630. to length of table.                                                             
  7631.                                                                                 
  7632.                                                                                 
  7633. A style table is used with the colour table for polygon fill according to       
  7634. the fill type.                                                                  
  7635.                                                                                 
  7636. -  SOLID - the colour is used, style not relevant                               
  7637. -  HATCH - the pen colour is obtained from the colour table, the hatch          
  7638.            pattern number from the style table                                  
  7639. -  PATTERN - the colour table is not used, the style table gives the device     
  7640.              dependent pattern number                                           
  7641.                                                                                 
  7642. Area Fill records:                                                              
  7643.                                                                                 
  7644. 10   integer            colour index                                            
  7645. 10   integer            fill or style index                                     
  7646.                                                                                 
  7647. Several fill records are required, in following order:                          
  7648.                                                                                 
  7649. -  background. NOTE also the menu / messages/ everything colour                 
  7650. -  zone missing data                                                            
  7651. -  excluded zones                                                               
  7652. -  diagram background                                                           
  7653. -  line or site quantisation legend and diagram                                 
  7654. -  8 polygon underlay records                                                   
  7655.                                                                                 
  7656. Text records:                                                                   
  7657.                                                                                 
  7658. 10   integer            colour index                                            
  7659. 10   integer            font number  (1-9)                                      
  7660. 10   integer            text precision 0=STRING, 1=CHAR, 2=STROKE               
  7661. 10   real               height of character space (pixels)                      
  7662. 10   real               width of character space  (pixels)                      
  7663.                                                                                 
  7664. Note:  on display devices hardware text of known size will be used.             
  7665. Fonts are available for use on the screen, but are more usually used for output 
  7666. on plotters.                                                                    
  7667.                                                                                 
  7668. The following fonts are available:                                              
  7669.                                                                                 
  7670. 1 VGA/EGA hardware font or default hardcopy font                                
  7671. 2 Simplex Roman, the most basic                                                 
  7672. 3 Duplex Roman, more detailed than the simplex with about twice as many strokes 
  7673.  
  7674.                                                                      144
  7675. 4 Complex Roman, similar but with more tapered segments                         
  7676. 5 Triplex Roman, heavier version                                                
  7677. 6 Simplex script, based on handwriting                                          
  7678. 7 Complex script                                                                
  7679. 8 Complex italic italic version of complex roman                                
  7680. 9 Triplex italic                                                                
  7681.                                                                                 
  7682. The text records are:                                                           
  7683.                                                                                 
  7684. 4 records to define the text available for name overlays at sites or typed      
  7685. in text.                                                                        
  7686. The text is usually defined in increasing size order.                           
  7687.                                                                                 
  7688. Legend text record:  This is fixed size text used for generation of all the     
  7689. legends.  The size is very important as it governs the overall size of the      
  7690. legend e.g. the zone legend boxes are 3 times the text height in height, 2      
  7691. times the text width in width.                                                  
  7692.                                                                                 
  7693. Attribute description text record:  This is normally large text.  The           
  7694. interactive system has to be able to clear it off for each attribute so it      
  7695. should be fixed size hardware text in that case.  When two variates are         
  7696. displayed the two descriptions are separated by                                 
  7697.  a 'VS' or 'AND' generated using the                                            
  7698. legend text.                                                                    
  7699.                                                                                 
  7700.                                                                                 
  7701. Line records:                                                                   
  7702.                                                                                 
  7703. 10   integer            colour index                                            
  7704. 10   integer            GKS type (1-4)                                          
  7705.                         1 = solid, 2 = dashed, 3 = dotted, 4 = dash dot         
  7706.                                                                                 
  7707. The actual records are as follows:                                              
  7708.                                                                                 
  7709. 4 records for lines to be used for line overlays.                               
  7710.                                                                                 
  7711. 4 records for lines to be used for quantised lines (line-type has no            
  7712. meaning here as types are assigned according to quantisation).                  
  7713.                                                                                 
  7714. Note that these first 8 records also define the hatching                        
  7715. plotter 'pens' if applicable.                                                   
  7716.                                                                                 
  7717. A record to define zone boundaries line.                                        
  7718.                                                                                 
  7719. A record to define the line used to draw axes on diagrams (should be            
  7720. solid).                                                                         
  7721.                                                                                 
  7722. A record to define the line used to draw statistical values on diagrams.        
  7723.                                                                                 
  7724. Marker records:                                                                 
  7725.                                                                                 
  7726. 10     integer     colour index                                                 
  7727. 10     integer     fill style index                                             
  7728. 10     real        marker height (and width)                                    
  7729. 40     byte        marker file name, left aligned, system format                
  7730.                                                                                 
  7731. The records are as follows:                                                     
  7732.                                                                                 
  7733.  
  7734.                                                                      145
  7735. 4 records for markers to be used as overlays at sites.                          
  7736.                                                                                 
  7737. 4 records for markers used for sites with quantised attribute data (marker      
  7738. size has no meaning, is set for class).                                         
  7739.                                                                                 
  7740. 1 record for site marker background  (currently not used)                       
  7741.                                                                                 
  7742. 1 record for scatter diagram (GKS marker no 1)                                  
  7743.                                                                                 
  7744. Colour Sequence records (170 records):                                          
  7745.                                                                                 
  7746. 10     integer  colour index                                                    
  7747. 10     integer  style index                                                     
  7748.                                                                                 
  7749. These records give sequences of colours (or patterns) or hatching for           
  7750. colouring zones after quantisation.                                             
  7751.                                                                                 
  7752. There are two types of sequence:                                                
  7753.                                                                                 
  7754. -  a 121 value array for single variate zones followed by                       
  7755. -  a 7x7 array for bivariate                                                    
  7756.                                                                                 
  7757.                                                                                 
  7758. The class fill is found by sampling out of the sequence for the number of       
  7759. classes, e.g. for bivariate                                                     
  7760.                                                                                 
  7761. 2 classes         1        7                                                    
  7762. 3 classes         1   4    7                                                    
  7763. 4 classes         1  3  5  7                                                    
  7764.                                                                                 
  7765. Similarly, the single variate 121 value array allows exact sampling for         
  7766. number of classes 2-7; a best choice is made for 8,9 or 10 classes.  In the     
  7767. special case of pseudo-continuous colour maps the whole 121 values are          
  7768. used.                                                                           
  7769.                                                                                 
  7770. Menu colour records (graphics mode, fixed for text mode)                        
  7771.                                                                                 
  7772. 10 integer background text number (1-8)                                         
  7773. 10 integer foreground text number (1-8)                                         
  7774.                                                                                 
  7775. The menu colours are:                                                           
  7776.                                                                                 
  7777. 1 main menus                                                                    
  7778. 2 lists                                                                         
  7779. 3 help messages                                                                 
  7780. 4 input of values                                                               
  7781. 5 error messages                                                                
  7782.                                                                                 
  7783. The 5 menu records use internal text numbers                                    
  7784.                                                                                 
  7785. Note:  Files for advanced raster display systems with long LUT's should be      
  7786. set up as follows:                                                              
  7787.                                                                                 
  7788. -  Display type = 1                                                             
  7789. -  Fill type = 1                                                                
  7790. -  LUT length 256 or greater                                                    
  7791. -  One LUT colour for each record in the data file i.e. all colour index        
  7792.    values unique                                                                
  7793.  
  7794.                                                                      146
  7795.                                                                                 
  7796. The system by passes the colour index and style index when operating in         
  7797. fast interactive code and accesses the LUT directly.                            
  7798.  
  7799.                                                                      147
  7800.                      C. USA Census data                                   
  7801.                        ===============
  7802.  
  7803.                                                                                 
  7804.                                                                                 
  7805.                                                                                 
  7806.                                                                                 
  7807. This appendix describes the procedure for entering US Census Bureau CD-ROM      
  7808. files into the OzGIS system, and gives examples of the procedures to            
  7809. prepare data and display maps.                                                  
  7810.                                                                                 
  7811.                                                                                 
  7812.                                                                                 
  7813.                                                                                 
  7814.                                                                                 
  7815.  
  7816.   C. 1 Overview                                          
  7817.       --------
  7818.  
  7819. The Census Bureau supplies data on CD-ROM. There are two types supported:       
  7820.                                                                                 
  7821. 1. the population and housing Census data (STF1A files), one State              
  7822.    per CD-ROM                                                                   
  7823.                                                                                 
  7824. 2. the digitised map data (TIGER format) supplied as one County per             
  7825.    CD-ROM                                                                       
  7826.                                                                                 
  7827. The OzEnter program provides the facilities to input these data, BUT...         
  7828.                                                                                 
  7829. THE FILES MUST BE NAMED IN THE CORRECT WAY as described later.                  
  7830.                                                                                 
  7831. The CD-ROM files can be very large, but the internal OzGIS files are much       
  7832. smaller. Hence the  usual procedure will be to read the raw data files          
  7833. directly off CD-ROM. Processing can take some time.                             
  7834.                                                                                 
  7835. The basic facility provided in the OzGIS system is to map tract/BNA or          
  7836. block group level data on a County basis. Census data can be extracted          
  7837. into one attribute file for one or more Counties. Census boundaries can         
  7838. be extracted into separate files for each county. Multiple county maps          
  7839. are generated by mapping the single attribute file with multiple geographic     
  7840. files.                                                                          
  7841.                                                                                 
  7842. Data for map overlays (e.g. roads) can also be extracted from TIGER data.       
  7843. These data can be displayed without Census data.                                
  7844.                                                                                 
  7845. Other data could be extracted from the CD-ROMs (e.g. blocks, places) and        
  7846. will be supported if there is demand.                                           
  7847.                                                                                 
  7848. The capacity of the OzGIS system can be exceeded by these data. This should be  
  7849. corrected when the WINDOWS3.1 version becomes available as it will use          
  7850. extended memory. The capacity should be sufficient to produce tract/BNA maps    
  7851. with overlays for single counties in all cases.                                 
  7852.                                                                                 
  7853. Generally the procedure for producing tract/BNA maps is to enter the TIGER      
  7854. data for the county of interest and all the STF1A files for the same county     
  7855. by selecting the appropriate options from the OzEnter menus.                    
  7856.                                                                                 
  7857.  
  7858.                                                                      148
  7859. Usually a new DOS directory will be set up for each map area. It must be on     
  7860. the same disk as the \OZGIS directory.                                          
  7861.                                                                                 
  7862. Census data is often not exactly what is required, so OzData program will       
  7863. probably be used to produce derived attributes. Common processing is to         
  7864. amalgamate age ranges and to normalise by dividing by total population.         
  7865.                                                                                 
  7866. The boundary line segments will probably be thinned with OzData to reduce       
  7867. their size and speed up display.                                                
  7868.                                                                                 
  7869. The polygons have to be built with OzZone to produce the final geographic       
  7870. file.                                                                           
  7871.                                                                                 
  7872. Finally the data are mapped with OzCensus (simple maps) or OzGIS.               
  7873.                                                                                 
  7874. Note that the number of tract/BNAs will often be under the magic 240 zone       
  7875. limit, so fast interacive mapping will be available on 256 colour super VGA     
  7876. systems if 16 colour device files are used. Otherwise you will have to keep     
  7877. redrawing the maps every time something changes.                                
  7878.                                                                                 
  7879. The most important sections in this appendix are:                               
  7880.                                                                                 
  7881. Processing STF1A data  and                                                      
  7882. OzGIS Processing of TIGER data                                                  
  7883.                                                                                 
  7884. These sections follow, with an example and further more general information     
  7885. after that.                                                                     
  7886.  
  7887.   C. 2 Documentation                                     
  7888.       -------------
  7889.  
  7890. Extensive documentation is available from the Census Bureau and on the          
  7891. CD-ROMs.                                                                        
  7892.                                                                                 
  7893. Some of that documentation is reproduced here.                                  
  7894.  
  7895.   C. 3 OzGIS Processing of TIGER data                    
  7896.       ------------------------------
  7897.  
  7898. You enter TIGER data into OzGIS with the OzEnter program.                       
  7899.                                                                                 
  7900. Select INPUT GEOGRAPHIC FILES from the top menu and then                        
  7901. INPUT A TIGER FORMAT GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                            
  7902.                                                                                 
  7903. The next menu is:                                                               
  7904.                                                                                 
  7905. TRACTS / BNA                                                                    
  7906. BLOCK GROUPS                                                                    
  7907. BLOCKS                                                                          
  7908. ZIP CODES (IF PRESENT)                                                          
  7909. VOTING DISTRICTS                                                                
  7910. SELECT LANDMARKS BY FEATURE CODES                                               
  7911. SELECT LINES BY FEATURE CODES                                                   
  7912. SELECT POINTS BY FEATURE CODES                                                  
  7913.                                                                                 
  7914. You will probably use options TRACTS / BNA and BLOCK GROUPS to extract          
  7915. boundaries for mapping with STF1A data. The OzZone program has to be used       
  7916. to build the polygons.                                                          
  7917.  
  7918.                                                                      149
  7919.                                                                                 
  7920. The option SELECT LINES BY FEATURE CODES will also be used often to extract     
  7921. line overlay data such as roads.                                                
  7922.                                                                                 
  7923. The Feature codes are described later in this appendix.                         
  7924.                                                                                 
  7925. The TIGER files must be present on hard disk or CD-ROM  with file names in a    
  7926. restricted form.                                                                
  7927.                                                                                 
  7928. It seems that each state is on at least one CD-ROM (some states like California 
  7929. are on two or more, but most are either on one by themselves or share           
  7930. a disk with one or two small states). The structure of the CD-ROM appears       
  7931. to be: general documentation and full state FIPS listing files at               
  7932. the top  (GRF_N_xx, where xx is the state's FIPS code); a subdirectory          
  7933. for each state named by its FIPS code (e.g. Indiana's subdirectory is 18); in   
  7934. each state's subdir are subdirectories for each county, again by FIPS codes     
  7935. (e.g. Allen County, Indiana is 003) using 3 digits; in each of these reside the 
  7936. (finally!) Tiger files of the form TGRXXYYY.F4n, where XX is the STATE code and 
  7937. YYY is the county code and n is the record format code.                         
  7938.                                                                                 
  7939. You usually read data directly off CD-ROM by giving the full file name.         
  7940. The files will probably already be named correctly on CD-ROM, where they usually
  7941. to have extensions of the form ".F4n". e.g. e:/36/121/tgr36121.f41              
  7942. You give the name of any one of the files and that name is used as a            
  7943. template for the rest of the files.                                             
  7944.                                                                                 
  7945. There are two forms of file name:                                               
  7946.                                                                                 
  7947. Firstly, as files are often on CD-ROM with file names of the form, for          
  7948. example boondocks.f41, boondocks.f42, boondocks.f43 etc, the OzEnter            
  7949. process will look for sets of files with names of the form ????.f4n             
  7950.                                                                                 
  7951. If no files are present of this form it will look for a second form, where      
  7952. the file names must contain the string "TGRn" where n is 1,2,3 or 7. This       
  7953. ensures that related files are named as a set. Files on hard disk are usually   
  7954. given names with extension ".DAT".                                              
  7955.                                                                                 
  7956. Name examples on hard disk are WASHTGR1.DAT, WASHTGR2.DAT, WASHTGR3.DAT,        
  7957. WASHTGR7.DAT and  TGR1NY.DAT and TGR2NY.DAT                                     
  7958.                                                                                 
  7959. Only the files of the required types are required:                              
  7960.                                                                                 
  7961. Extracting Census boundaries usually requires types 1 and 2, but in some        
  7962. cases the zone names (e.g. voting districts or 1980 regions) require that       
  7963. the record type 3 file is also processed.                                       
  7964.                                                                                 
  7965. Extracting lines by feature code requires types 1 and 2.                        
  7966.                                                                                 
  7967. Extracting points by feature codes requires type 1.                             
  7968. Extracting landmark features by feature code requires type 7.                   
  7969.                                                                                 
  7970. Address extraction by feature code requires types 1 and 2. Type 6 records       
  7971. are not processed.                                                              
  7972.  
  7973.                                                                      150
  7974.  
  7975.   C. 4 Processing STF1A data                             
  7976.       ---------------------
  7977.  
  7978. US Census data STF1A files can be entered into the system with the OzEnter      
  7979. program by choosing INPUT ATTRIBUTE FILES from the top menu and then            
  7980. one of:                                                                         
  7981. INPUT USA CENSUS STF 1A FILES FOR TRACT/BNA                                     
  7982. INPUT USA CENSUS STF 1A FILES FOR BLOCK GROUPS                                  
  7983.                                                                                 
  7984. The data files must be present with names of the form *1An* where n is in       
  7985. the range 0 to 9. The supplied files on CD-ROM will probably have extensions    
  7986. DBF and file names in the correct form. Data files on hard disk are usually     
  7987. given the extension .DAT                                                        
  7988.                                                                                 
  7989. Example file names are e:/xyz/stf1a0dc.dbf, stf1a0in.dat, wash1a3.dat           
  7990. You do not need to give the file extension if it is the default .DAT            
  7991.                                                                                 
  7992. All files present will be processed, so anywhere between 1 and 10 files         
  7993. will be read. It takes a long time to read all the data, but it will be         
  7994. usual to load it all in once.                                                   
  7995.                                                                                 
  7996. You give the name of any one of the files and that name is used as a            
  7997. template for the rest of the file names.                                        
  7998.                                                                                 
  7999. If you only want to process one or two files you will have to copy them to hard 
  8000. disk. It will be usual to input files directly from CD-ROM as they can be very  
  8001. big. The internal files are much smaller as only a small part of the data is    
  8002. required.                                                                       
  8003.                                                                                 
  8004. THE FIRST STF1A FILE (number zero) MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT as it contains the    
  8005. level codes necessary to avoid multiple records being extracted.                
  8006.                                                                                 
  8007. A parameter file must be given. These are described in the next section.        
  8008. You can use the supplied parameter file by giving the name as *STF1A, as        
  8009. described in the following section.                                             
  8010.                                                                                 
  8011. You can also set up your own parameter file, probably by modifying the example  
  8012. provided.                                                                       
  8013.                                                                                 
  8014. Attributes (table variables) that are not on the parameter file will not be     
  8015. processed, so a subset can be extracted by including just the appropriate       
  8016. entries in the file.                                                            
  8017.                                                                                 
  8018. You give a list of numbers for the counties you want to process e.g.            
  8019. 001, 005,...                                                                    
  8020.                                                                                 
  8021. If all the values for an attribute are zero nothing is written to the output    
  8022. file for that attribute.                                                        
  8023.                                                                                 
  8024. A log file is output to OZGIS.OUT which lists the attributes output and the     
  8025. position on the file. The positions are of value when generating new            
  8026. attributes as arithmetic expressions and for selecting attributes for display.  
  8027.  
  8028.                                                                      151
  8029.  
  8030.   C. 5 The STF1A parameter file                          
  8031.       ------------------------
  8032.  
  8033. A parameter file must be used to define the description, units and number of    
  8034. decimal places for each variable (field).                                       
  8035.                                                                                 
  8036. A sample parameter file is provided:   \OZGIS\STF1A.PRM (i.e. called *STF1A)    
  8037.                                                                                 
  8038. This file was generated by editing the STF1A data dictionary, and there is no   
  8039. guarantee that it is correct. (We would be pleased to accept a better version). 
  8040.                                                                                 
  8041. The format is fixed, so ensure any file has data in the correct columns if you  
  8042. modify the file. The first line of the file is a comment, then there is one     
  8043. line for each Census table variable that is to be processed in the following    
  8044. format:                                                                         
  8045.                                                                                 
  8046.  8 characters table name                                                        
  8047.  2 characters filler                                                            
  8048. 30 characters variable description                                              
  8049.  2 characters filler                                                            
  8050. 10 characters units description                                                 
  8051.  2 characters filler                                                            
  8052.  1 digit number of decimal places (0 or 2)                                      
  8053.                                                                                 
  8054.                                                                                 
  8055. The example parameter file is as follows:                                       
  8056.                                                                                 
  8057. Sample STF1A parameter file                                                     
  8058. P0010001  TOTAL  PERSONS                  PERSONS     0                         
  8059. P0020001  TOTAL  FAMILIES                 FAMILIES    0                         
  8060. P0030001  TOTAL HOUSEHOLDS                HOUSEHOLDS  0                         
  8061. P0040001  PERSONS INSIDE URBANIZED AREA   PERSONS     0                         
  8062. P0040002  PERSONS OUTSIDE URBANIZED AREA  PERSONS     0                         
  8063.              .                                                                  
  8064.              .                                                                  
  8065.              .                                                                  
  8066.              .                                                                  
  8067.              .                                                                  
  8068.  
  8069.   C. 6 Example                                           
  8070.       -------
  8071.  
  8072. You should have looked at the early chapters on using OzCensus and OzEnter      
  8073. before you look at this example.                                                
  8074.                                                                                 
  8075.                                                                                 
  8076. Suppose you want to produce a map of 1990 Census data for three counties in     
  8077. Texas for tract/BNA zones.                                                      
  8078.                                                                                 
  8079. First you look up the county FIPS codes in the documentation:                   
  8080.                                                                                 
  8081. 48         Texas                                                                
  8082.      .                                                                          
  8083.      .                                                                          
  8084. 48   047   Brooks County                                                        
  8085.      .                                                                          
  8086.  
  8087.                                                                      152
  8088.      .                                                                          
  8089. 48   117   Deaf Smith County                                                    
  8090.      .                                                                          
  8091.      .                                                                          
  8092. 48   301   Loving County                                                        
  8093.                                                                                 
  8094. So the codes are 047, 117 and 301.                                              
  8095.                                                                                 
  8096.                                                                                 
  8097. Now set up a directory to work in on the SAME disk as the \OZGIS directory.     
  8098.                                                                                 
  8099. e.g.                                                                            
  8100. CD \                                                                            
  8101. MKDIR TEXAS                                                                     
  8102. CD TEXAS                                                                        
  8103.                                                                                 
  8104.                                                                                 
  8105. Now get the CD-ROM with the STF1A file for Texas and the TIGER CD-ROMs for      
  8106. the three counties.                                                             
  8107.                                                                                 
  8108. What you need to do is to prepare an attribute file with Census data for        
  8109. the three counties and three geographic files, one for each county.             
  8110.                                                                                 
  8111.                                                                                 
  8112. You will probably find it most profitable to work through this example          
  8113. using your own CD-ROM files.                                                    
  8114.                                                                                 
  8115.                                                                                 
  8116.                                                                                 
  8117. Step1: input the Census data                                                    
  8118. ----------------------------                                                    
  8119.                                                                                 
  8120. Mount the STF1A CD-ROM in the drive. Suppose the files are called               
  8121. TEXAS1A0.DBF ......... TEXAS1A9.DBF.                                            
  8122.                                                                                 
  8123. Type OZENTER to start the program                                               
  8124.                                                                                 
  8125. A menu appears:                                                                 
  8126.                                                                                 
  8127. TUTORIALS & SYSTEM INFORMATION                                                  
  8128. INPUT GEOGRAPHIC FILES                                                          
  8129. INPUT ATTRIBUTE FILES                                                           
  8130. INPUT A NAMES FILE                                                              
  8131. INPUT A COMBINE FILE                                                            
  8132. INPUT A DEVICE FILE                                                             
  8133. INPUT A MARKER FILE                                                             
  8134.                                                                                 
  8135. select the option to INPUT ATTRIBUTE FILES                                      
  8136.                                                                                 
  8137. A new menu appears:                                                             
  8138.                                                                                 
  8139. INPUT A STANDARD FORMAT ATTRIBUTE FILE                                          
  8140. INPUT A LOTUS 1-2-3 FORMAT ATTRIBUTE FILE                                       
  8141. INPUT A DATABASE (SIMPLE) FORMAT ATTRIBUTE FILE                                 
  8142. INPUT A LAMM FORMAT ATTRIBUTE FILE                                              
  8143. INPUT USA CENSUS STF 1A FILES FOR TRACT/BNA                                     
  8144. INPUT USA CENSUS STF 1A FILES FOR BLOCK GROUPS                                  
  8145. INPUT ATLAS DATA FILES                                                          
  8146.  
  8147.                                                                      153
  8148.                                                                                 
  8149. Obviously you now select:                                                       
  8150.                                                                                 
  8151. INPUT USA CENSUS STF 1A FILES FOR TRACT/BNA                                     
  8152.                                                                                 
  8153. Give the input data file as E:/xxx/TEXAS1A0.DBF (using the correct drive)       
  8154.                                                                                 
  8155. Give the output attribute file as TEXAS1 (no extension!!)                       
  8156.                                                                                 
  8157. Give the parameter file as *STF1A                                               
  8158.                                                                                 
  8159. Give the numbers for the counties i.e. 047, 117 and 301.                        
  8160.                                                                                 
  8161. All the files will be processed. Trace messages will say what is going on.      
  8162.                                                                                 
  8163. Type F10 to exit from the program.                                              
  8164.                                                                                 
  8165. Either print the file OZGIS.OUT or copy it to a file. This is a list of         
  8166. the census variables and their positions in the attribute file.                 
  8167.                                                                                 
  8168.                                                                                 
  8169. Some comments ....... the file name given (TEXAS1A0.DBF) is used as a template  
  8170. to generate the other file names (TEXAS1A1.DBF etc) and all files in the set    
  8171. on the CD-ROM are processed.                                                    
  8172.                                                                                 
  8173. If the file name is not of the standard form you have to copy the files to      
  8174. hard disk and rename them.                                                      
  8175.                                                                                 
  8176. You can process just some of the files by copying them to hard disk (the first  
  8177. file, number zero, must always be there). i.e. all the files present are        
  8178. processed.                                                                      
  8179.                                                                                 
  8180.                                                                                 
  8181. Step2: derive census variables (optional)                                       
  8182. -----------------------------------------                                       
  8183.                                                                                 
  8184. You now have an attribute file called TEXAS1 ready for mapping. However,        
  8185. raw Census variables are often not exactly what you want.                       
  8186.                                                                                 
  8187. Suppose you actually want to map teenagers in the age group 12 to 15 years old. 
  8188.                                                                                 
  8189. Also, if you are interested in the way the data are spatially distributed you   
  8190. have to normalise the data to allow for differences in the total number of      
  8191. people in the different tract/BNAs.                                             
  8192.                                                                                 
  8193. This can be done as follows:                                                    
  8194.                                                                                 
  8195. First look at the file OZGIS.OUT from the OzEnter run to find the variable      
  8196. numbers. Suppose it looks like:                                                 
  8197.                                                                                 
  8198.   1  TOTAL  PERSONS                                                             
  8199.     .                                                                           
  8200.     .                                                                           
  8201.     .                                                                           
  8202. 108  12 AND 13 YEARS                                                            
  8203. 109  14 YEARS                                                                   
  8204. 110  15 YEARS                                                                   
  8205.     .                                                                           
  8206.  
  8207.                                                                      154
  8208.     .                                                                           
  8209.     .                                                                           
  8210.                                                                                 
  8211. The new variable is the sum of the three age variables, divided by the total.   
  8212.                                                                                 
  8213.                                                                                 
  8214. Now type OZDATA to execute the data preparation program.                        
  8215.                                                                                 
  8216. The menu looks like:                                                            
  8217.                                                                                 
  8218. PROCESS ATTRIBUTE FILES                                                         
  8219. PROCESS GEOGRAPHIC FILES                                                        
  8220. PROCESS NAMES FILES                                                             
  8221. OUTPUT EXTERNAL DATA FILES                                                      
  8222.                                                                                 
  8223.                                                                                 
  8224. Select PROCESS ATTRIBUTE FILES, which gives another menu:                       
  8225.                                                                                 
  8226. FORM ATTRIBUTES WITH ARITHMETIC EXPRESSIONS                                     
  8227. AMALGAMATE ATTRIBUTE DATA FOR AN COMBINE FILE                                   
  8228.                                                                                 
  8229.                                                                                 
  8230. Select FORM ATTRIBUTES WITH ARITHMETIC EXPRESSIONS                              
  8231.                                                                                 
  8232.                                                                                 
  8233. Now you have to specify an input attribute file, which is here TEXAS1, and a    
  8234. new output file, say TEXAS2                                                     
  8235.                                                                                 
  8236. You can then define a series of arithmetic operations (type H for help)         
  8237.                                                                                 
  8238. So you give the arithmetic expression as:                                       
  8239.                                                                                 
  8240. (#108+#109+#110) / #1 * 100.0                                                   
  8241.                                                                                 
  8242. You also have to give a description, say "12 TO 15 YEAR OLDS" and a             
  8243. units description, say "%POP".                                                  
  8244.                                                                                 
  8245. Type an expression "E" to exit, and then type F10 to quit the program.          
  8246.                                                                                 
  8247.                                                                                 
  8248.                                                                                 
  8249. Step 3: Enter the TIGER data                                                    
  8250. ----------------------------                                                    
  8251.                                                                                 
  8252. You will have a CD-ROM for each County. Put the first in the drive.             
  8253.                                                                                 
  8254. Suppose the files for Brooks County have names tgr48047.d41, tgr48047.f42 etc   
  8255.                                                                                 
  8256. Type OZENTER to start the program.                                              
  8257.                                                                                 
  8258. select INPUT GEOGRAPHIC FILES and then INPUT A TIGER FORMAT GEOGRAPHIC FILE.    
  8259.                                                                                 
  8260. The TIGER menu is:                                                              
  8261.                                                                                 
  8262. TRACTS / BNA                                                                    
  8263. BLOCK GROUPS                                                                    
  8264. BLOCKS                                                                          
  8265. ZIP CODES (IF PRESENT)                                                          
  8266.  
  8267.                                                                      155
  8268. VOTING DISTRICTS                                                                
  8269. SELECT LANDMARKS BY FEATURE CODES                                               
  8270. SELECT LINES BY FEATURE CODES                                                   
  8271. SELECT POINTS BY FEATURE CODES                                                  
  8272.                                                                                 
  8273. Obviously, you need to select TRACTS / BNA as that is what you extracted        
  8274. Census data for.                                                                
  8275.                                                                                 
  8276. As before, give the input data as the name of one of the CD-ROM files, say      
  8277. D:/48/047/TGR48047.F42, and the new geographic file as say BROOKS1              
  8278.                                                                                 
  8279. If there are problems reading the files you may have to copy the ones required  
  8280. to hard disk and rename them, as described in previous sections.                
  8281.                                                                                 
  8282. The file BROOKS1 contains the lines that form the boundaries of the tract/BNAs. 
  8283.                                                                                 
  8284. Suppose you also would like to display a lines overlay on your map of important 
  8285. roads.                                                                          
  8286.                                                                                 
  8287. Looking at the section on feature codes you find that a range of 110 to 128     
  8288. covers primary and secondary roads.                                             
  8289.                                                                                 
  8290. So, select SELECT LINES BY FEATURE CODES                                        
  8291.                                                                                 
  8292. Give the input data file as before, and the output geographic file as           
  8293. say BROOKRD                                                                     
  8294.                                                                                 
  8295. Give the feature code range as found: 110 to 128                                
  8296.                                                                                 
  8297.                                                                                 
  8298. Repeat the process for the TIGER files for each of the counties so you          
  8299. end up with a geographic file of boundaries for tract/BNAs for each county,     
  8300. and line overlay files for the roads.                                           
  8301.                                                                                 
  8302. type F10 to exit.                                                               
  8303.                                                                                 
  8304.                                                                                 
  8305.                                                                                 
  8306. Step4: Simplify lines                                                           
  8307. ---------------------                                                           
  8308.                                                                                 
  8309. Often you will want to thin the lines data i.e. throw away a lot of the points. 
  8310.                                                                                 
  8311. You do this for several reasons:                                                
  8312.                                                                                 
  8313. .  The less the number of vertices the faster map display is.                   
  8314.                                                                                 
  8315. .  You often dont care if the map is particularly accurate, its the attribute   
  8316. data you are interested in.                                                     
  8317.                                                                                 
  8318. .  Your screen is low resolution, there is no advantage in having many vertices 
  8319. for each pixel on the monitor.                                                  
  8320.                                                                                 
  8321. .  When you form polygons from the lines the number of vertices in some         
  8322. polygons may exceed system limits.                                              
  8323.                                                                                 
  8324. .  Geographic files take less disk space after thinning.                        
  8325.                                                                                 
  8326.  
  8327.                                                                      156
  8328.                                                                                 
  8329. Simplification is an option in the OzData program which reads a geographic      
  8330. file and outputs a new one where the line segments have less points.            
  8331.                                                                                 
  8332. So, type OZDATA to execute the program.                                         
  8333.                                                                                 
  8334. Select PROCESS GEOGRAPHIC FILES and then select SIMPLIFY (THIN) LINE SEGMENTS   
  8335.                                                                                 
  8336.                                                                                 
  8337. Give the input file as BROOKS1 and the new output file as BROOKS2.              
  8338.                                                                                 
  8339. The resolution for thinning is given as the number of pixels. For example,      
  8340. if you are displaying maps on a standard VGA at 640 X 480 you might give        
  8341. the resolution as 450 pixels. If you are more interested in speed of            
  8342. display than appearance give a value of 100.                                    
  8343.                                                                                 
  8344. Repeat for the other files.                                                     
  8345.                                                                                 
  8346. type F10 to exit.                                                               
  8347.                                                                                 
  8348.                                                                                 
  8349.                                                                                 
  8350. Step5: Form polygons from lines                                                 
  8351. -------------------------------                                                 
  8352.                                                                                 
  8353. The geographic files of tract/BNAs contain the line segments that form the      
  8354. boundaries of the Census regions.                                               
  8355.                                                                                 
  8356. You have to form the zone / polygon / line structure by joining the ends of     
  8357. the lines to form polygons, finding which polygons form the zones and           
  8358. working out which polygons are inside others.                                   
  8359.                                                                                 
  8360.                                                                                 
  8361. Type OZZONE to run the program.                                                 
  8362.                                                                                 
  8363. Select BUILD ZONES FROM LINE SEGMENTS INTO NEW GEOGRAPHIC FILE                  
  8364.                                                                                 
  8365. Give the input geographic file as BROOKS2                                       
  8366.                                                                                 
  8367. Give the output geographic file as BROOKS                                       
  8368.                                                                                 
  8369. The program will now build the polygons etc.                                    
  8370.                                                                                 
  8371. Repeat for the other tract/BNA boundary files (not the roads!)                  
  8372.                                                                                 
  8373. type F10 to quit.                                                               
  8374.                                                                                 
  8375. If you type "DIR BROO*.GEO" you will find that you have the three geographic    
  8376. files created during processing:                                                
  8377.                                                                                 
  8378. BROOKS.GEO                                                                      
  8379. BROOKS1.GEO                                                                     
  8380. BROOKS2.GEO                                                                     
  8381.                                                                                 
  8382. You only need the final one, so you can delete BROOKS1.GEO and BROOKS2.GEO      
  8383.                                                                                 
  8384.                                                                                 
  8385.                                                                                 
  8386.  
  8387.                                                                      157
  8388.                                                                                 
  8389. Step6: Display simple maps                                                      
  8390. --------------------------                                                      
  8391.                                                                                 
  8392. You can start by displaying some simple maps with the OzCensus program.         
  8393.                                                                                 
  8394. Type OZCENSUS to execute the mapping program.                                   
  8395.                                                                                 
  8396. The first menu appears:                                                         
  8397.                                                                                 
  8398. 1 TUTORIALS & SYSTEM INFORMATION                                                
  8399. 2 DISPLAY A NEW MAP                                                             
  8400.                                                                                 
  8401.                                                                                 
  8402. choose the option to "DISPLAY A NEW MAP".                                       
  8403.                                                                                 
  8404. give your attribute file name i.e. TEXAS1                                       
  8405.                                                                                 
  8406. and give your final geographic file name i.e. BROOKS                            
  8407.                                                                                 
  8408. The data are now processed, the map is displayed, and the next menu appears.    
  8409.                                                                                 
  8410. You now have a default map with legend and distribution diagram. The legend     
  8411. has the numbers of zones in each class on the left and the class value ranges   
  8412. to the right of the coloured boxes.                                             
  8413.                                                                                 
  8414. If you use an option such as changing the displayed attribute you may have      
  8415. to type F3 to cause the new map to be displayed.                                
  8416.                                                                                 
  8417. Refer to the chapter at the front of the manual on using OzCensus if you  have  
  8418. not already looked at the example there.                                        
  8419.                                                                                 
  8420. type F10 to exit.                                                               
  8421.                                                                                 
  8422.                                                                                 
  8423.                                                                                 
  8424.                                                                                 
  8425. Step7: Display complex maps                                                     
  8426. ---------------------------                                                     
  8427.                                                                                 
  8428. Lets display a map with the three counties tract/BNA geographic files, called   
  8429. say BROOKS, DEAF and LOVING. The raw attribute file TEXAS1 will be used and     
  8430. the three road overlay files BROOKSRD, DEAFRD and LOVINGRD will be used.        
  8431.                                                                                 
  8432. Type OZGIS to execute the main mapping program.                                 
  8433.                                                                                 
  8434. the first menu enables you to select the type of map or diagram that is         
  8435. required:                                                                       
  8436.                                                                                 
  8437. DISPLAY ZONES FOR AN ATTRIBUTE FILE                                             
  8438. DISPLAY LINES FOR AN ATTRIBUTE FILE                                             
  8439. DISPLAY SITES FOR AN ATTRIBUTE FILE                                             
  8440. DISPLAY BIVARIATE ZONES FOR TWO ATTRIBUTE FILES                                 
  8441. DISPLAY ZONES & LINES FOR TWO ATTRIBUTE FILES                                   
  8442. DISPLAY ZONES AND SITES FOR TWO ATTRIBUTE FILES                                 
  8443. DISPLAY GEOGRAPHIC FILES (NO ATTRIBUTES)                                        
  8444. DISPLAY ATTRIBUTE FILES (DIAGRAMS)                                              
  8445. DISPLAY A SAVED-DISPLAY FILE                                                    
  8446.  
  8447.                                                                      158
  8448. DISPLAY A PRESENTATION FILE                                                     
  8449.                                                                                 
  8450. Select DISPLAY ZONES FOR AN ATTRIBUTE FILE for a straight forward               
  8451. choropleth map.                                                                 
  8452.                                                                                 
  8453. Give the attribute file as TEXAS1 and give one of the geographic boundary       
  8454. files, say BROOKS.                                                              
  8455.                                                                                 
  8456. A map will be displayed that will be the same as that with OzCensus. The        
  8457. difference is that you now have many more options for mapping.                  
  8458.                                                                                 
  8459. The main menu is:                                                               
  8460.                                                                                 
  8461. CHANGE ATTRIBUTES                                                               
  8462. DEFINE QUANTISATION                                                             
  8463. CHANGE DISPLAY FEATURES                                                         
  8464. DEFINE GEOGRAPHIC OVERLAYS                                                      
  8465. DEFINE MAP REGIONS                                                              
  8466. ANALYSE MAP DATA                                                                
  8467. SAVE DISPLAY FEATURES                                                           
  8468.                                                                                 
  8469.                                                                                 
  8470.                                                                                 
  8471. First we will add the other two tract/BNA files to the map. This requires       
  8472. an understanding of map regions which are defined by both a geographic          
  8473. window and the part of the screen it is to appear on.                           
  8474.                                                                                 
  8475. select DEFINE MAP REGIONS.                                                      
  8476.                                                                                 
  8477. A menu then appears of the following form:                                      
  8478.                                                                                 
  8479. CHANGE THE DISPLAYED ITEMS IN THE MAP                                           
  8480. CHANGE MAP REGION WINDOW (GEOGRAPHIC AREA)                                      
  8481. ZOOM MAP REGION WINDOW ABOUT X-HAIR POINT                                       
  8482. CHANGE MAP REGION VIEWPORT (SCREEN AREA)                                        
  8483. DEFINE NEW REGION FOR QUANTISED ZONES                                           
  8484. DISPLAY MORE QUANTISED ZONES ON A REGION                                        
  8485. DELETE QUANTISED ZONES FROM REGION                                              
  8486.                                                                                 
  8487. What you do next depends on whether the counties are adjacent or not.           
  8488.                                                                                 
  8489. If counties are adjacent, add the files to the existing map region as           
  8490. follows:                                                                        
  8491.                                                                                 
  8492. select ZOOM MAP REGION WINDOW ABOUT X-HAIR POINT, choose a location with        
  8493. the cursor and mouse or arrows (select with left button or Enter). Give         
  8494. a zoom factor, say 4. Type F3 to regenerate the map in necessary.               
  8495.                                                                                 
  8496. You now have space for the other counties. Select DISPLAY MORE QUANTISED ZONES  
  8497. ON A REGION and give the next boundary geographic file DEAF. Repeat for LOVING. 
  8498.                                                                                 
  8499. If the counties are not adjacent you probably want to display the files in      
  8500. different parts of the screen in their own regions. Use the option              
  8501. DEFINE NEW REGION FOR QUANTISED ZONES to do this.                               
  8502.                                                                                 
  8503. You probably end up with a mess. Use CHANGE MAP REGION WINDOW (GEOGRAPHIC AREA) 
  8504. and CHANGE MAP REGION VIEWPORT (SCREEN AREA) to clean up the map layout.        
  8505.                                                                                 
  8506.  
  8507.                                                                      159
  8508. You often find that Census maps have very small polygons in the centres of      
  8509. cities. You can add "blow-ups" of the CBDs by using DEFINE NEW REGION FOR       
  8510. QUANTISED ZONES to add a geographic file a second time to the map and then      
  8511. use CHANGE MAP REGION WINDOW (GEOGRAPHIC AREA) to display just the desired      
  8512. area. (you can also use OzData to subset for complete polygons).                
  8513.                                                                                 
  8514. Finally add the roads. Type ESC to go back to the main map menu and             
  8515. select DEFINE GEOGRAPHIC OVERLAYS                                               
  8516.                                                                                 
  8517. A menu appears that offers options for several types of overlays:               
  8518.                                                                                 
  8519. OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FROM A GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                    
  8520. OVERLAY MARKERS FOR SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                    
  8521. OVERLAY NAMES FOR SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                      
  8522. UNDERLAY POLYGONS FROM GEOGRAPHIC FILE                                          
  8523. OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FOR FEATURE CODES                                         
  8524. OVERLAY MARKERS FOR SITES FOR FEATURE CODES                                     
  8525. OVERLAY NAMES FOR SITES FOR FEATURE CODES                                       
  8526. UNDERLAY POLYGONS FOR FEATURE CODES                                             
  8527.                                                                                 
  8528. Use OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FROM A GEOGRAPHIC FILE to overlay the road geographic 
  8529. files BROOKSRD, DEAFRD and LOVINGRD one at a time. If you have more than one    
  8530. region you will have to give the region number - the number is defined by the   
  8531. order the regions were defined. You could also use OVERLAY LINE SEGMENTS FOR    
  8532. FEATURE CODES and give a feature code range to subset the lines further.        
  8533.                                                                                 
  8534. You may have to type F3 to regenerate the map i.e. to cause the changes to      
  8535. appear.                                                                         
  8536.                                                                                 
  8537. You can add the names of the tract/BNAs to the map by using OVERLAY NAMES FOR   
  8538. SITES IN GEOGRAPHIC FILE and adding each of the boundary files.                 
  8539.                                                                                 
  8540. Having spent all this time you dont want to lose the map, so save it with the   
  8541. option SAVE DISPLAY FEATURES from the main map menu.                            
  8542.                                                                                 
  8543.                                                                                 
  8544. The other options are all described fully elsewhere in the manual.              
  8545.                                                                                 
  8546.                                                                                 
  8547. type F10 to exit.                                                               
  8548.                                                                                 
  8549.  
  8550.                                                                      160
  8551.  
  8552.   C. 7 OzGIS Census Zone Names                           
  8553.       -----------------------
  8554.  
  8555. Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) codes are assigned              
  8556. for a variety of geographic entities, including American Indian and             
  8557. Alaska Native area, congressional district, county, county subdivision,         
  8558. metropolitan area, place, and State. The structure, format, and meaning         
  8559. of FIPS codes used in the census are shown in the 1990 census                   
  8560. Geographic Identification Code Scheme; in the data dictionary portion of        
  8561. the technical documentation for summary tape files, CD-ROM's, and               
  8562. microfiche.                                                                     
  8563.                                                                                 
  8564. The names assigned to Census polygons in OzGIS are generated from the           
  8565. standard codes.                                                                 
  8566.                                                                                 
  8567. Tract / BNA name = 3digit county + 5 digit tract FIPS code                      
  8568.                                                                                 
  8569. Block group name = 3digit county + 5 digit tract FIPS code + first block digit  
  8570.                                                                                 
  8571. If you want to input your own data try generating a template attribute data     
  8572. file with OzData.                                                               
  8573.                                                                                 
  8574. These names are unique only within a state.                                     
  8575.  
  8576.   C. 8 STF1A Census data                                 
  8577.       -----------------
  8578.  
  8579. Summary Tape File 1 (STF 1) contains 100-percent data.  Population items        
  8580. include age, race, sex, marital status, Hispanic origin, household type,        
  8581. and household relationship.  Population items are cross tabulated by age,       
  8582. race, Hispanic origin, or sex.  Housing items include occupancy/vacancy         
  8583. status, tenure, units in structure, contract rent, meals included in            
  8584. rent, value, and number of rooms in housing unit.  Housing data are cross       
  8585. tabulated by race or Hispanic origin of householder or by tenure.               
  8586.                                                                                 
  8587. Selected aggregates and medians also are provided.  Data are presented in       
  8588. 37 population tables (matrices) and 63 housing tables (matrices).               
  8589.  
  8590.   C. 9 STF1A Geographic areas                            
  8591.       ----------------------
  8592.  
  8593.  
  8594.   C. 9. 1 Blocks                                            
  8595.           ------
  8596.  
  8597. Census blocks are small areas bounded on all sides by visible features such     
  8598. as streets, roads, streams, and railroad tracks, and by invisible               
  8599. boundaries such as city, town, township, and county limits, property lines,     
  8600. and short, imaginary extensions of streets and roads.                           
  8601.                                                                                 
  8602.   Tabulation blocks, used in census data products, are in most cases the        
  8603. same as collection blocks, used in the census enumeration. In some              
  8604. cases, collection blocks have been "split" into two or more parts               
  8605. required for data tabulations. Tabulation blocks do not cross the               
  8606. boundaries of counties, county subdivisions, places, census tracts or           
  8607. block numbering areas, American Indian and Alaska Native areas,                 
  8608.  
  8609.                                                                      161
  8610. congressional districts, voting districts, urban or rural areas, or             
  8611. urbanized areas. The 1990 census is the first for which the entire              
  8612. United States and its possessions are block-numbered.                           
  8613.                                                                                 
  8614.   Blocks are numbered uniquely within each census tract or BNA. A block         
  8615. is identified by a three-digit number, sometimes with a single                  
  8616. alphabetical suffix. Block numbers with suffixes generally represent            
  8617. collection blocks that were "split" in order to identify separate               
  8618. geographic entities that divide the original block. For example, when a         
  8619. city limit runs through data collection block 101, the data for the             
  8620. portion inside the city is tabulated in block 101A and the portion              
  8621. outside, in block 101B. A block number with the suffix "Z"                      
  8622. represents a "crews-of-vessels" entity for which the Census                     
  8623. Bureau tabulates data, but that does not represent a true geographic            
  8624. area; such a block is shown on census maps associated with an anchor            
  8625. symbol and a census tract or block numbering area with a .99 suffix.            
  8626.  
  8627.   C. 9. 2 Block Groups                                      
  8628.           ------------
  8629.  
  8630. A geographic block group (BG) is a cluster of blocks having the same            
  8631. first digit of their three-digit identifying numbers within a census            
  8632. tract or block numbering area (BNA). For example, BG 3 within a census          
  8633. tract or BNA includes all blocks numbered between 301 and 397. In most          
  8634. cases, the numbering involves substantially fewer than 97 blocks.               
  8635. Geographic BG's never cross census tract or BNA boundaries, but may             
  8636. cross the boundaries of county subdivisions, places, American Indian            
  8637. and Alaska Native areas, urbanized areas, voting districts, and                 
  8638. congressional districts. BG's generally contain between 250 and 550             
  8639. housing units, with the ideal size being 400 housing units.                     
  8640.  
  8641.   C. 9. 3 Census tract and block numbering area             
  8642.           -------------------------------------
  8643.  
  8644. Block Numbering Area (BNA)                                                      
  8645.                                                                                 
  8646. Block numbering areas (BNA's) are small statistical subdivisions of             
  8647. a county for grouping and numbering blocks in nonmetropolitan counties          
  8648. where local census statistical areas committees have not established            
  8649. census tracts. State agencies and the Census Bureau delineated BNA's            
  8650. for the 1990 census, using guidelines similar to those for the                  
  8651. delineation of census tracts. BNA's do not cross county boundaries.             
  8652.                                                                                 
  8653.   BNA's are identified by a four-digit basic number and may have a              
  8654. two-digit suffix; for example, 9901.07. The decimal point separating            
  8655. the four-digit basic BNA number from the two-digit suffix is shown in           
  8656. printed reports, in microfiche, and on census maps; in machine-readable         
  8657. files, the decimal point is implied. Many BNA's do not have a suffix;           
  8658. in such cases, the suffix field is left blank in all data products. BNA         
  8659. numbers range from 9501 through 9989.99, and are unique within a county         
  8660. (numbers in the range of 0001 through 9499.99 denote a census tract).           
  8661. The suffix .99 identifies a BNA that was populated entirely by persons          
  8662. aboard one or more civilian or military ships. A "crews-of-vessels" BNA         
  8663. appears on census maps only as an anchor symbol with its BNA number (and        
  8664. block numbers on maps showing block numbers); the BNA relates to the ships      
  8665. associated with the onshore BNA's having the same four-digit basic number.      
  8666. Suffixes in the range .80 through .98 usually identify BNA's that either        
  8667. were revised or were created during the 1990 census data collection             
  8668.  
  8669.                                                                      162
  8670. activities. Some of these revisions produced BNA's that have extremely          
  8671. small land area and ay have little or no population or housing. For data        
  8672. analysis, such a BNA can be summarized with an adjacent BNA.                    
  8673.  
  8674.   C. 9. 4 Census Tract                                      
  8675.           ------------
  8676.  
  8677. Census tracts are small, relatively permanent statistical subdivisions of a     
  8678. county. Census tracts are delineated for all metropolitan areas (MA's) and      
  8679. other densely populated counties by local census statistical areas              
  8680. committees following Census Bureau guidelines (more than 3,000 census           
  8681. tracts have been established in 221 counties outside MA's). Six States          
  8682. (California, Connecticut, Delaware, Hawaii, New Jersey, and Rhode Island)       
  8683. and the District of Columbia are covered entirely by census tracts. Census      
  8684. tracts usually have between 2,500 and 8,000 persons and, when first             
  8685. delineated, are designed to be homogeneous with respect to population           
  8686. characteristics, economic status, and living conditions. Census tracts do       
  8687. not cross county boundaries. The spatial size of census tracts varies           
  8688. widely depending on the density of settlement. Census tract boundaries are      
  8689. delineated with the intention of being maintained over a long time so that      
  8690. statistical comparisons can be made from census to census. However,             
  8691. physical changes in street patterns caused by highway construction, new         
  8692. development, etc., may require occasional revisions; census tracts              
  8693. occasionally are split due to large population growth, or combined as a         
  8694. result of substantial population decline. Census tracts are referred to         
  8695. as "tracts" in all 1990 data products.                                          
  8696.                                                                                 
  8697.   Census tracts are identified by a four-digit basic number and may have        
  8698. a two-digit suffix; for example, 6059.02. The decimal point separating          
  8699. the four-digit basic tract number from the two-digit suffix is shown in         
  8700. printed reports, in microfiche, and on census maps; in machine-readable         
  8701. files, the decimal point is implied. Many census tracts do not have a           
  8702. suffix; in such cases, the suffix field is left blank in all data               
  8703. products. Leading zeros in a census tract number (for example, 002502)          
  8704. are shown only on machine-readable files.                                       
  8705.                                                                                 
  8706.   Census tract numbers range from 0001 through 9499.99 and are unique           
  8707. within a county (numbers in the range of 9501 through 9989.99 denote a          
  8708. block numbering area). The suffix .99 identifies a census tract that            
  8709. was populated entirely by persons aboard one or more civilian or                
  8710. military ships. A "crews-of-vessels" census tract appears on                    
  8711. census maps only as an anchor symbol with its census tract number (and          
  8712. block numbers on maps showing block numbers). These census tracts               
  8713. relate to the ships associated with the on-shore census tract having            
  8714. the same four-digit basic number. Suffixes in the range .80 through .98         
  8715. usually identify census tracts that either were revised or were created         
  8716. during the 1990 census data collection activities. Some of these                
  8717. revisions may have resulted in census tracts that have extremely small          
  8718. land area and may have little or no population or housing. For data             
  8719. analysis, such a census tract can be summarized with an adjacent census         
  8720. tract.                                                                          
  8721.  
  8722.   C. 9. 5 County                                            
  8723.           ------
  8724.  
  8725. The primary political divisions of most States are termed "counties." In        
  8726. Louisiana, these divisions are known as "parishes." In Alaska, which has no     
  8727. counties, the county equivalents are the organized "boroughs" and the           
  8728.  
  8729.                                                                      163
  8730. "census areas" that are delineated for statistical purposes by the State of     
  8731. Alaska and the Census Bureau. In four States (Maryland, Missouri, Nevada,       
  8732. and Virginia), there are one or more cities that are independent of any         
  8733. county organization and thus constitute primary divisions of their States.      
  8734. These cities are known as "independent cities" and are treated as               
  8735. equivalent to counties for statistical purposes. That part of Yellowstone       
  8736. National Park in Montana is treated as a county equivalent. The District of     
  8737. Columbia has no primary divisions, and the entire area is considered            
  8738. equivalent to a county for statistical purposes.                                
  8739.                                                                                 
  8740.   Each county and county equivalent is assigned a three-digit FIPS code         
  8741. that is unique within State. These codes are assigned in alphabetical           
  8742. order of county or county equivalent within State, except for the               
  8743. independent cities, which follow the listing of counties.                       
  8744.  
  8745.   C. 9. 6 Hierarchical Presentation                         
  8746.           -------------------------
  8747.  
  8748. A hierarchical geographic presentation shows the geographic entities            
  8749. in a superior/subordinate structure in census products. This structure          
  8750. is derived from the legal, administrative, or areal relationships of            
  8751. the entities. The hierarchical structure is depicted in report tables           
  8752. by means of indentation, and is explained for machine-readable media in         
  8753. the discussion of file structure in the geographic coverage portion of          
  8754. the abstract in the technical documentation. An example of hierarchical         
  8755. presentation is the "standard census geographic hierarchy":  block, within      
  8756. block group, within census tract or block numbering area, within place,         
  8757. within county subdivision, within county, within State, within division,        
  8758. within region, within the United States. Graphically, this is shown as:         
  8759.                                                                                 
  8760.  United States                                                                  
  8761.    Region                                                                       
  8762.      Division                                                                   
  8763.       State                                                                     
  8764.          County                                                                 
  8765.            County subdivision                                                   
  8766.             Place (or part)                                                     
  8767.                Census tract/block numbering area (or part)                      
  8768.                 Block group (or part)                                           
  8769.                    Block                                                        
  8770.  
  8771.   C. 9. 7 Zip codes                                         
  8772.           ---------
  8773.  
  8774. ZIP Codes are administrative units established by the United States             
  8775. Postal Service (USPS) for the distribution of mail. ZIP Codes serve             
  8776. addresses for the most efficient delivery of mail, and therefore                
  8777. generally do not respect political or census statistical area                   
  8778. boundaries. ZIP Codes usually do not have clearly identifiable                  
  8779. boundaries, often serve a continually changing area, are changed                
  8780. periodically to meet postal requirements, and do not cover all the land         
  8781. area of the United States. ZIP Codes are identified by five-digit codes         
  8782. assigned by the USPS. The first three digits identify a major city or           
  8783. sectional distribution center, and the last two digits generally                
  8784. signify a specific post office's delivery area or point. For the 1990           
  8785. census, ZIP Code data are tabulated for the five-digit codes in STF 3B.         
  8786.  
  8787.                                                                      164
  8788.  
  8789.   C.10 The STF1A file                                    
  8790.       --------------
  8791.  
  8792.  
  8793.   C.10. 1 File Segments                                     
  8794.           -------------
  8795.  
  8796. The file is segmented into 10 dBase III (.DBF) files, designated                
  8797. STF1A0ss.DBF through STF1A9ss.DBF where ss is the two-character State           
  8798. abbreviation.  The STF1A0 segment contains the full 67 field identification     
  8799. section.  The identification field names are shown in the Data Dictionary       
  8800. chapter of the technical documentation.  Segments STF1A1 through STF1A9         
  8801. each contain seven identification fields repeated from the STF1A0 segment.      
  8802. They are shown below.                                                           
  8803.                                                                                 
  8804. Identification Fields Common To All Segments                                    
  8805.                                                                                 
  8806.          SUMLEV                    Summary Level                                
  8807.          STATEFP                   State (FIPS)                                 
  8808.          CNTY                      County (FIPS)                                
  8809.          COUSUBFP                  County Subdivision (FIPS)                    
  8810.          PLACEFP                   Place (FIPS)                                 
  8811.          TRACTBNA                  Census Tract/Block Numbering Area            
  8812.          BLCKGR                    Block Group                                  
  8813.          LOGRECNU                  Logical Record Number                        
  8814.                                                                                 
  8815. The segments are divided as shown below.  Tables 12 and 13 go across            
  8816. segments.                                                                       
  8817.                                                                                 
  8818. Data Tables In Each Segment                                                     
  8819.                                                                                 
  8820.          STF1A0                    P1 - P10                                     
  8821.          STF1A1                    P11 - P12(pt.2)                              
  8822.          STF1A2                    P12(pt. 3) - P12(pt. 5)                      
  8823.          STF1A3                    P12(pt. 6) - P12(pt. 8)                      
  8824.          STF1A4                    P12(pt. 9) - P13(pt. 1)                      
  8825.          STF1A5                    P13(pt. 2) - P19                             
  8826.          STF1A6                    P20 - P35                                    
  8827.          STF1A7                    P36, H1 - H20                                
  8828.          STF1A8                    H21 - H40                                    
  8829.          STF1A9                    H41 - H55                                    
  8830.                                                                                 
  8831. Parts of Table P12                                                              
  8832.                                                                                 
  8833. (Each part contains 31 categories of age)                                       
  8834.                                                                                 
  8835.          Part 1                    White males                                  
  8836.          Part 2                    White females                                
  8837.          Part 3                    Black males                                  
  8838.          Part 4                    Black females                                
  8839.          Part 5                    American Indian, Eskimo or Aleut males       
  8840.          Part 6                    American Indian, Eskimo or Aleut females     
  8841.          Part 7                    Asian or Pacific Islander males              
  8842.          Part 8                    Asian or Pacific Islander females            
  8843.          Part 9                    Other race males                             
  8844.          Part 10                    Other race females                          
  8845.  
  8846.                                                                      165
  8847.                                                                                 
  8848. Parts of Table P13                                                              
  8849.                                                                                 
  8850. (Each part contains 31 categories of age)                                       
  8851.                                                                                 
  8852.          Part 1                    Hispanic origin males                        
  8853.          Part 2                    Hispanic origin females                      
  8854.                                                                                 
  8855. You can process all or some of the files.                                       
  8856.  
  8857.   C.10. 2 Field Names In Numeric Data Tables                
  8858.           ----------------------------------
  8859.  
  8860. Fields in numeric data tables are named according to a convention which         
  8861. identifies the tables and the sequence of the data item within the table.       
  8862. The 310 data items in P12, for example, are identified as P0120001 through      
  8863. P0120310.  The one data item in table H23A is identified as H023A001.           
  8864.                                                                                 
  8865. Components Of The Field Name                                                    
  8866.                                                                                 
  8867. Character 1                    P or H                                           
  8868. Character 2-4                  Table number; right justified with               
  8869.                                leading zeroes                                   
  8870. Character 5                    Sub-table letter; zero if not applicable         
  8871. Character 6-8                  Item number; right justified with                
  8872.                                leading zeroes                                   
  8873.  
  8874.   C.11  TIGER US Census Digital Map Data                 
  8875.       ---------------------------------
  8876.  
  8877. The 1990 Census TIGER/Line file provides digital data for all 1990 census       
  8878. map features and boundaries, the associated 1990 census final tabulation        
  8879. geographic area codes (such as 1990 census block numbers), and the codes        
  8880. for the January 1, 1990 legal and statistical areas on both sides of each       
  8881. line segment of every mapped feature.  This version also contains the final     
  8882. voting district codes and the 1990 census designated place codes.               
  8883.                                                                                 
  8884. The 1990 Census TIGER/Line files cover the entire United States, Puerto         
  8885. Rico, the Virgin Islands of the United States, American Samoa, Guam, the        
  8886. Northern Mariana Islands, Palau, the other Pacific entities that were part      
  8887. of the Trust Territory of the United States for the 1980 census (the            
  8888. Marshall Islands and the Federated States of Micronesia), and the Midway        
  8889. Islands (to provide complete mapping within the boundaries of the State of      
  8890. Hawaii).                                                                        
  8891.  
  8892.   C.12  TIGER files                                      
  8893.       ------------
  8894.  
  8895. The normal geographic coverage for a 1990 Census TIGER/Line file is a           
  8896. county.  The files can be combined to cover the whole Nation and its            
  8897. possessions.  Each 1990 Census TIGER/Line file consists of 12 record types      
  8898. that collectively contain geographic information (attributes) such as           
  8899. address ranges and ZIP codes for street segments (only in areas covered by      
  8900. the 1980 GBF/DIME-Files), names and codes of feature types, codes for legal     
  8901. and statistical entities, selected 1980 census geographic area codes,           
  8902. latitude/longitude coordinates of linear and point features, landmark           
  8903. features, area landmarks, and area and polygon boundaries.  The 12 record       
  8904. types are on the tape as 12 separate files.                                     
  8905.  
  8906.                                                                      166
  8907.                                                                                 
  8908.                                                                                 
  8909. The 1990 Census TIGER/Line file contains basic information for 1990 census      
  8910. geographic area codes, basic map features and their names, and address          
  8911. ranges in the form of 12 "Record Types."  The record types are as follows:      
  8912.                                                                                 
  8913.      1.     Basic Data Records (Individual Feature Segment Records)             
  8914.      2.     Shape Coordinate Points (Feature Shape Records)                     
  8915.      3.     Additional Decennial Census Geographic Area Codes                   
  8916.      4.     Index to Alternate Feature Names                                    
  8917.      5.     Feature Name List                                                   
  8918.      6.     Additional Address Range and ZIP Code(2) Information                
  8919.      7.     Landmark Features                                                   
  8920.      8.     Area Landmarks                                                      
  8921.      A.     Additional Polygon Geographic Area Codes                            
  8922.      I.     Area Boundaries                                                     
  8923.      P.     Polygon Location                                                    
  8924.      R.     Record Number Range                                                 
  8925.                                                                                 
  8926. Each segment record contains appropriate decennial census and, when             
  8927. appropriate, FIPS(1) geographic area codes, latitude/longitude coordinates      
  8928. for all line segments and point features, the name of the feature               
  8929. (including the relevant census feature class code identifying the segment       
  8930. by category), and, for areas formerly covered by the GBF/DIME-Files, the        
  8931. address ranges and the ZIP Code associated with those address ranges for        
  8932. each side of street segments.  For other areas, the TIGER/Line files do not     
  8933. contain address ranges or ZIP Codes.  The shape records provide coordinate      
  8934. values that describe the shape of those feature segments that are not           
  8935. straight.                                                                       
  8936.                                                                                 
  8937. Record types 1,2,3 and 7 are processed by OzGIS. The types used depend on       
  8938. the options chosen:                                                             
  8939.                                                                                 
  8940. Record Type 1:    Basic Data Record                                             
  8941.                                                                                 
  8942. Record Type 1 provides a single record for each unique line segment in the      
  8943. 1990 Census TIGER/Line file.  The end points of the line segments are           
  8944. expressed in latitude/longitude coordinate values in degrees and decimal        
  8945. fractions of a degree to six decimal places.  This record also contains         
  8946. address ranges and ZIP codes (in selected areas) and geographic area codes      
  8947. for each side of the line segment.  By convention, if one is standing at        
  8948. the "from" coordinate position facing the "to" coordinate position,             
  8949. data listed in the fields carrying a right qualifier would indeed be found      
  8950. to the right of the line segment.  Data users can collect the necessary         
  8951. segments to construct polygons and features that intersect from the             
  8952. information contained in this basic record.                                     
  8953.                                                                                 
  8954. Record Type 2:   Shape Coordinate Points                                        
  8955.                                                                                 
  8956. Record Type 2 provides an additional series of latitude and longitude           
  8957. coordinate values that describe the shape of each line segment that is not      
  8958. straight for the associated Record Type 1.  All coordinate values are           
  8959. expressed in degrees and decimal fractions of a degree of latitude and          
  8960. longitude.  The decimals are carried to six places to permit the                
  8961. representation of lines that are very close to one another.  If the segment     
  8962. in Record Type 1 is a straight line, there will not be a Record Type 2.         
  8963.                                                                                 
  8964. Record Type 3:   Additional Decennial Census Geographic Area Codes              
  8965.  
  8966.                                                                      167
  8967.                                                                                 
  8968. Record Type 3 includes the 1990 voting district codes provided to the           
  8969. Census Bureau for the 1990 Census Redistricting Data Program.  Record Type      
  8970. 3 also includes some 1980 census geographic area codes and 1990 census          
  8971. geographic area codes not included on Record Type 1.  The 1980 census block     
  8972. numbers are available only for areas covered by the 1980 GBF/DIME-Files.        
  8973. During the conversion of the 1980 GBF/DIME-Files to the TIGER data base         
  8974. format, some 1980 census block numbers may have been deleted or changed.        
  8975. Users are advised to check all 1980 census geographic area codes,               
  8976. especially any 1980 block numbers, before using them in a planned               
  8977. application.  The Census Bureau has not verified any of the 1980 census         
  8978. geographic area codes in these files.  There will be discrepancies between      
  8979. the geographic area boundaries and codes in these files and the 1980 census     
  8980. maps, which are the basis for the 1980 census tabulations.                      
  8981.                                                                                 
  8982. The TIGER/Line files may contain 1980 block numbers for portions of the         
  8983. country where the Census Bureau did not tabulate 1980 census data by block      
  8984. or block group.  These situations occur because these portions of the TIGER     
  8985. file originated from the 1980 GBF/DIME-Files that extended beyond the 1980      
  8986. block-numbered area.  Data users concerned about the validity of 1980 block     
  8987. numbers are advised to discard all 1980 block numbers that do not               
  8988. correspond to block numbers in the 1980 MARF or 1980 STF files.                 
  8989.                                                                                 
  8990. Record Type 6:   Additional Address Range and ZIP Code Data                     
  8991.                                                                                 
  8992. Record Type 6 provides additional address range information for a street        
  8993. segment when the information cannot be presented as a single address range      
  8994. (e.g., the house/building numbers are not uniformly arranged to form an         
  8995. address range).  Additional ZIP Codes, if any, also appear in Record Type 6     
  8996. for corresponding address ranges.  Record Type 6 appears only for those         
  8997. counties that have address ranges and ZIP Code information in the TIGER         
  8998. data base.  There is no assurance that the address ranges provided on           
  8999. Record Type 6 will be "shorter" than those appearing on Record Type 1.          
  9000. Data users must use Record Type 6 to obtain the complete picture of the         
  9001. potential address ranges along a segment.                                       
  9002.                                                                                 
  9003.                                                                                 
  9004. Record Type 7:   Landmark Features                                              
  9005.                                                                                 
  9006. Record Type 7 contains the area and point landmarks in the Census Bureau's      
  9007. TIGER data base.  During the extraction of this data, we assigned a             
  9008. temporary Landmark Identification Number that we use to link the landmark       
  9009. attributes to the polygons that comprise the landmark.  If there is no          
  9010. landmark in a county file, there will be no Record Type 7 or Record Type 8      
  9011. for that county file.                                                           
  9012.  
  9013.   C.13 TIGER Geographic Area Definitions                 
  9014.       ---------------------------------
  9015.  
  9016. United States - The 50 States and the District of Columbia.                     
  9017.                                                                                 
  9018. States and Statistically Equivalent Areas - The 50 States; in addition, we      
  9019. treat the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and each of the outlying           
  9020. areas-American Samoa, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, Palau, and the        
  9021. Virgin Islands of the United States-as statistical equivalents to States        
  9022. for presentation.  We also have TIGER/Line files for the Marshall Islands,      
  9023. the Federated States of Micronesia, and the Midway Islands.                     
  9024.                                                                                 
  9025.  
  9026.                                                                      168
  9027. Counties, Parishes, Statistically Equivalent Areas - The first-order            
  9028. divisions of each State, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and the         
  9029. outlying areas:  counties for 48 States; parishes for Louisiana; boroughs       
  9030. and census areas for Alaska; independent cities in Maryland, Missouri,          
  9031. Nevada, and Virginia; Yellowstone National Park in Montana, "District of        
  9032. Columbia" for the District of Columbia, municipios in Puerto Rico; other        
  9033. entities in the outlying areas.                                                 
  9034.                                                                                 
  9035. Minor Civil Divisions (MCDs) - Legally defined subcounty areas such as          
  9036. towns and townships.  For the 1990 census, these are found in 28 States,        
  9037. Puerto Rico, and the outlying areas.                                            
  9038.                                                                                 
  9039. Sub-MCDs - Legally defined subdivisions of a minor civil division;              
  9040. specifically,  subbarrios in Puerto Rico, and municipal districts in the        
  9041. Federated States of Micronesia.                                                 
  9042.                                                                                 
  9043. Incorporated Places - Legal units incorporated as a city, town (excluding       
  9044. the New England States, New York, and Wisconsin), borough (excluding Alaska     
  9045. and New York), or village.                                                      
  9046.                                                                                 
  9047. American Indian Reservations - American Indian areas with boundaries            
  9048. established by treaty, statute, and/or executive or court order.                
  9049.                                                                                 
  9050. Alaska Native Regional Corporations (ANRCs) - Corporate entities                
  9051. established by the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (P.L. 92-203) to         
  9052. carry out the business and non-profit operations established by and for         
  9053. Native Alaskans under the Act.  Twelve ANRCs have specific boundaries and       
  9054. cover the State of Alaska except for the Annette Islands Reserve.               
  9055.                                                                                 
  9056. Statistical Areas                                                               
  9057.                                                                                 
  9058. Alaska Native Village Statistical Areas (ANVSAs) - 1990 census statistical      
  9059. areas that delineate the settled area of each Alaska Native village (ANV).      
  9060. Officials of Alaska Native Regional Corporations (ANRCs) and other              
  9061. appropriate State officials delineated the ANVSAs for the Census Bureau for     
  9062. the sole purpose of presenting census data.                                     
  9063.                                                                                 
  9064. Tribal Designated Statistical Areas (TDSAs) - Geographic areas delineated       
  9065. for 1990 census data tabulation purposes by tribal officials of Federally       
  9066. and State-recognized tribes outside of Oklahoma that do not have a legally      
  9067. defined reservation.                                                            
  9068.                                                                                 
  9069. Tribal Jurisdiction Statistical Areas (TJSAs) - Geographic areas delineated     
  9070. for 1990 census data tabulation purposes by tribal officials in Oklahoma        
  9071. for Federally recognized tribes that do not have a legally defined              
  9072. reservation.                                                                    
  9073.                                                                                 
  9074. Census County Divisions (CCDs) - Areas delineated by the Census Bureau in       
  9075. cooperation with State and local officials in States where MCDs are not         
  9076. adequate for reporting subcounty statistics.                                    
  9077.                                                                                 
  9078. Unorganized Territories (UTs) - Areas delineated by the Census Bureau for       
  9079. those portions of a State with MCDs where MCDs do not exist or are not          
  9080. adequate for reporting subcounty statistics.                                    
  9081.                                                                                 
  9082. Census Designated Places (CDPs) - Densely settled population centers            
  9083. without legally defined corporate limits or corporate powers, defined in        
  9084. cooperation with State officials and local data users.                          
  9085.  
  9086.                                                                      169
  9087.                                                                                 
  9088. Census Tracts - Small, locally delineated statistical areas within selected     
  9089. counties, generally having stable boundaries and, when first established by     
  9090. local committees, designed to have relatively homogeneous demographic           
  9091. characteristics.                                                                
  9092.                                                                                 
  9093. Block Numbering Areas (BNAs) - Areas delineated by State governments or the     
  9094. Census Bureau for the purpose of grouping and numbering blocks in counties      
  9095. without census tracts.                                                          
  9096.                                                                                 
  9097. Census Blocks - Small, usually compact areas, usually bounded by streets        
  9098. and other prominent physical features as well as boundaries of legal areas      
  9099. for which the Census Bureau tabulates data.  Blocks do not cross county,        
  9100. census tract, or BNA boundaries.                                                
  9101.                                                                                 
  9102. Voting Districts (VTDs) - For the 1990 census, the term "voting district"       
  9103. replaces the 1980 census term "election precinct."  A voting district is        
  9104. any of a variety of areas (for example, election districts, precincts,          
  9105. legislative districts, wards) defined by State and local governments for        
  9106. purposes of elections.  The 1990 voting district codes that appear in the       
  9107. 1990 census version of the TIGER/Line files were supplied by the State          
  9108. under the 1990 Census Redistricting Data Program.  The boundaries of the        
  9109. voting districts recorded in the TIGER/Line files may represent pseudo-         
  9110. voting districts; the States were required to have voting districts follow      
  9111. 1990 census block boundaries, and therefore they may have had to relocate       
  9112. the boundaries of actual voting districts to a nearby feature used as a         
  9113. block boundary.  States had the option of participating in the program on a     
  9114. county-by-county basis.  Voting districts do not appear in all TIGER/Line       
  9115. files.                                                                          
  9116.  
  9117.   C.14 TIGER feature codes                               
  9118.       -------------------
  9119.  
  9120. Data can be extracted from the TIGER files and subset for display by            
  9121. feature codes.                                                                  
  9122.                                                                                 
  9123. Feature codes are derived from the Census Feature Class Codes (CFCC)            
  9124. by changing the leading alphabetic character by its position in the             
  9125. alphabet.                                                                       
  9126.                                                                                 
  9127. This is a series of codes that provides more detailed information on the        
  9128. classification of the line segment, such as class of road, class of stream,     
  9129. and so forth.                                                                   
  9130.                                                                                 
  9131. A list of these codes follows.                                                  
  9132.                                                                                 
  9133. CFCC    CLASSIFICATION A = ROAD FEATURES                                        
  9134.                                                                                 
  9135. 100     Road, Classification Unknown or Not Elsewhere Classified                
  9136. 101     Road, undivided                                                         
  9137. 102     Road, undivided, in tunnel                                              
  9138. 103     Road, undivided, underpassing                                           
  9139. 104     Road, undivided, rail line in center                                    
  9140. 105     Road, divided                                                           
  9141. 106     Road, divided, in tunnel                                                
  9142. 107     Road, divided, underpassing                                             
  9143. 108     Road, divided, rail line in center                                      
  9144.                                                                                 
  9145.  
  9146.                                                                      170
  9147. 110     Primary road, interstate highway and limited access road                
  9148. 111     Primary road, interstate highway and limited access road, undivided     
  9149. 112     Primary road, interstate highway and limited access road,               
  9150.          undivided, in tunnel                                                   
  9151. 113     Primary road, interstate highway and limited access road,               
  9152.          undivided, underpassing                                                
  9153. 114     Primary road, interstate highway and limited  access road,              
  9154.          undivided, rail line in center                                         
  9155. 115     Primary road, interstate highway and limited access road, divided       
  9156. 116     Primary road, interstate highway and limited access road, divided,      
  9157.          in tunnel                                                              
  9158. 117     Primary road, interstate highway and limited access road, divided,      
  9159.          underpassing                                                           
  9160. 118     Primary road, interstate highway and limited access road, divided,      
  9161.          rail line in center                                                    
  9162.                                                                                 
  9163. 120     Secondary road, U.S. highway not classified 110, and state roads        
  9164. 121     Secondary road, U.S. highway not classified 110, and state roads,       
  9165.          undivided                                                              
  9166. 122     Secondary road, U.S. highway not classified 110, and state roads,       
  9167.          undivided, in tunnel                                                   
  9168. 123     Secondary road, U.S. highway not classified 110, and state roads,       
  9169.          undivided, underpassing                                                
  9170. 124     Secondary road, U.S. highway not classified 110, and state roads,       
  9171.          undivided, rail line in center                                         
  9172. 125     Secondary road, U.S. highway not classified 110, and state roads,       
  9173.          divided                                                                
  9174. 126     Secondary road, U.S. highway not classified 110, and state roads,       
  9175.          divided, in tunnel                                                     
  9176. 127     Secondary road, U.S. highway not classified 110, and state roads,       
  9177.          divided, underpassing                                                  
  9178. 128     Secondary road, U.S. highway not classified 110, and state roads,       
  9179.          divided, rail line in center                                           
  9180.                                                                                 
  9181. 130     Connecting road, county roads, and roads not classified as 110 or       
  9182.          120                                                                    
  9183. 131     Connecting road, county roads, and roads not classified as 110 or       
  9184.          120, undivided                                                         
  9185. 132     Connecting road, county roads, and roads not classified as 110 or       
  9186.          120, undivided, in tunnel                                              
  9187. 133     Connecting road, county roads, and roads not classified as 110 or       
  9188.          120, undivided, underpassing                                           
  9189. 134     Connecting road, county roads, and roads not classified as 110 or       
  9190.          120, undivided, rail line in center                                    
  9191. 135     Connecting road, county roads, and roads not classified as 110 or       
  9192.          120, divided                                                           
  9193. 136     Connecting road, county roads, and roads not classified as 110 or       
  9194.          120, divided, in tunnel                                                
  9195. 137     Connecting road, county roads, and roads not classified as 110 or       
  9196.          120, divided, underpassing                                             
  9197. 138     Connecting road, county roads, and roads not classified as 110 or       
  9198.          120, divided, rail line in center                                      
  9199.                                                                                 
  9200. 140     Neighborhood roads, city streets and unimproved roads                   
  9201. 141     Neighborhood roads, city streets and unimproved roads, undivided        
  9202. 142     Neighborhood roads, city streets and unimproved roads, undivided,       
  9203.          in tunnel                                                              
  9204. 143     Neighborhood roads, city streets and unimproved roads, undivided,       
  9205.  
  9206.                                                                      171
  9207.          underpassing                                                           
  9208. 144     Neighborhood roads, city streets and unimproved roads, undivided,       
  9209.          rail line in center                                                    
  9210. 145     Neighborhood roads, city streets and unimproved roads, divided          
  9211. 146     Neighborhood roads, city streets and unimproved roads, divided, in      
  9212.          tunnel                                                                 
  9213. 147     Neighborhood roads, city streets and unimproved roads, divided,         
  9214.          underpassing                                                           
  9215. 148     Neighborhood roads, city streets and unimproved roads, divided,         
  9216.          rail line in center                                                    
  9217.                                                                                 
  9218. 150     Jeep trail, passable only by four-wheel drive (4WD) vehicle             
  9219. 151     Jeep trail, passable only by four-wheel drive (4WD) vehicle,            
  9220.          undivided                                                              
  9221. 152     Jeep trail, passable only by four-wheel drive (4WD) vehicle,            
  9222.          undivided, in tunnel                                                   
  9223. 153     Jeep trail, passable only by four-wheel drive (4WD) vehicle,            
  9224.          undivided, underpassing                                                
  9225.                                                                                 
  9226. 160     Special Road Feature                                                    
  9227. 161     Cul-de-sac                                                              
  9228. 162     Traffic circle                                                          
  9229. 163     Cloverleaf or interchange                                               
  9230. 164     Service drive                                                           
  9231. 165     Ferry crossing                                                          
  9232.                                                                                 
  9233. 170     Other Thoroughfare                                                      
  9234. 171     Walkway                                                                 
  9235. 172     Stairway                                                                
  9236. 173     Alley                                                                   
  9237.                                                                                 
  9238. NOTE:  In the portion of the TIGER/Line file prepared from the GBF/DIME-        
  9239. Files, the roads are classified as Class 4 roads with a few exceptions.         
  9240. The interstate highways that were identified by name as such in the             
  9241. GBF/DIME-File, are classified as Class 1 roads.  Also, in the GBF/DIME-File     
  9242. coverage areas, users may not find many roads with alternate names; if an       
  9243. alternate name is provided, it usually represents another local name and        
  9244. not a Route Number.                                                             
  9245.                                                                                 
  9246. CFCC    CLASSIFICATION B = RAIL FEATURES                                        
  9247.                                                                                 
  9248. 200     Railroad, Classification Unknown or Not Elsewhere Classified            
  9249. 201     Railroad track                                                          
  9250. 202     Railroad track, in tunnel                                               
  9251. 203     Railroad track, underpassing                                            
  9252.                                                                                 
  9253. 210     Railroad Main Track                                                     
  9254. 211     Railroad main track                                                     
  9255. 212     Railroad main track, in tunnel                                          
  9256. 213     Railroad main track, underpassing                                       
  9257.                                                                                 
  9258. 220     Railroad Spur Track                                                     
  9259. 221     Railroad spur track                                                     
  9260. 222     Railroad spur track, in tunnel                                          
  9261. 223     Railroad spur track, underpassing                                       
  9262.                                                                                 
  9263. 230     Railroad Yard                                                           
  9264. 231     Railroad yard                                                           
  9265.  
  9266.                                                                      172
  9267. 232     Railroad yard, in tunnel                                                
  9268. 233     Railroad yard, underpassing                                             
  9269.                                                                                 
  9270. 240     Railroad Ferry Crossing                                                 
  9271.                                                                                 
  9272. 250     Other Rail Feature                                                      
  9273. 251     Carline                                                                 
  9274. 252     Cog railroad, incline railway, or logging tram                          
  9275.                                                                                 
  9276. CFCC    CLASSIFICATION C = PIPELINES, POWER TRANSMISSION LINES, AND             
  9277.               MISCELLANEOUS TRANSPORTATION FEATURES                             
  9278.                                                                                 
  9279. 300     Special Transportation Feature, Classification Unknown or Not           
  9280.          Elsewhere Classified                                                   
  9281.                                                                                 
  9282. 310     Pipeline                                                                
  9283.                                                                                 
  9284. 320     Power Transmission Line                                                 
  9285.                                                                                 
  9286. 330     Other Special Transportation Feature                                    
  9287. 331     Aerial tramway, monorail, or ski lift                                   
  9288.                                                                                 
  9289. CFCC    CLASSIFICATION D = LANDMARK FEATURES                                    
  9290.                                                                                 
  9291. 400     Landmark Feature, Classification Unknown or Not Elsewhere               
  9292.          Classified                                                             
  9293.                                                                                 
  9294. 410     Military installation                                                   
  9295.                                                                                 
  9296. 420     Multihousehold and transient quarters                                   
  9297. 421     Apartment building or complex                                           
  9298. 422     Rooming or boarding house                                               
  9299. 423     Trailer court or mobile home park                                       
  9300. 424     Marina                                                                  
  9301. 425     Crew of vessel                                                          
  9302. 426     Housing facility for workers                                            
  9303. 427     Hotel, motel, resort, spa, YMCA, or YWCA                                
  9304. 428     Campground                                                              
  9305. 429     Shelter or mission                                                      
  9306.                                                                                 
  9307. 430     Custodial facility                                                      
  9308. 431     Hospital                                                                
  9309. 432     Halfway house                                                           
  9310. 433     Nursing home, retirement home, or home for the aged                     
  9311. 434     County home or poor farm                                                
  9312. 435     Orphanage                                                               
  9313. 436     Jail or detention center                                                
  9314. 437     Federal penitentiary, state prison, or prison farm                      
  9315.                                                                                 
  9316. 440     Educational or religious institution                                    
  9317. 441     Sorority or fraternity                                                  
  9318. 442     Convent or monastery                                                    
  9319. 443     Educational institution                                                 
  9320. 444     Religious institution                                                   
  9321.                                                                                 
  9322. 450     Transportation terminal                                                 
  9323. 451     Airport or airfield                                                     
  9324. 452     Train station                                                           
  9325.  
  9326.                                                                      173
  9327. 453     Bus terminal                                                            
  9328. 454     Marine terminal                                                         
  9329. 455     Seaplane anchorage                                                      
  9330.                                                                                 
  9331. 460     Employment center                                                       
  9332. 461     Shopping center or major retail center                                  
  9333. 462     Industrial building or industrial park                                  
  9334. 463     Office building or office park                                          
  9335. 464     Amusement center                                                        
  9336. 465     Government center                                                       
  9337. 466     Other employment center                                                 
  9338.                                                                                 
  9339. 470     Tower                                                                   
  9340. 471     Lookout tower                                                           
  9341.                                                                                 
  9342. 480     Open space                                                              
  9343. 481     Golf course                                                             
  9344. 482     Cemetery                                                                
  9345. 483     National park or forest                                                 
  9346. 484     Other federal land                                                      
  9347. 485     State or local park or forest                                           
  9348.                                                                                 
  9349. 490     Special purpose landmark                                                
  9350. 491     Post office box ZIP code                                                
  9351.                                                                                 
  9352. CFCC    CLASSIFICATION E = OTHER PHYSICAL FEATURES                              
  9353.                                                                                 
  9354. 500     Physical Feature, Classification Unknown or Not Elsewhere               
  9355.          Classified                                                             
  9356.                                                                                 
  9357. 510     Fence line                                                              
  9358. 520     Topographic feature                                                     
  9359. 521     Ridge line                                                              
  9360. 522     Mountain peak                                                           
  9361.                                                                                 
  9362. CFCC    CLASSIFICATION F = NONVISIBLE BOUNDARIES                                
  9363.                                                                                 
  9364. 600     Nonvisible Boundary, Classification unknown or not Elsewhere            
  9365.          Classified                                                             
  9366.                                                                                 
  9367. 610     Nonvisible Political Boundary                                           
  9368. 611     Offset corporate boundary                                               
  9369. 612     Corporate Corridor                                                      
  9370. 613     Nonvisible interpolated boundary, polygon definition line for           
  9371.          hydrological areas                                                     
  9372.                                                                                 
  9373. 620     Feature Extension, Not Otherwise Classified                             
  9374. 621     Automated extension                                                     
  9375. 622     Irregular block extension                                               
  9376. 623     Closure extension                                                       
  9377. 624     Nonvisible separation line                                              
  9378. 625     Nonvisible corporate corridor centerline                                
  9379.                                                                                 
  9380. 630     Point-to-Point Line                                                     
  9381.                                                                                 
  9382. 640     Property Line                                                           
  9383.                                                                                 
  9384. 650     ZIP Code Boundary                                                       
  9385.  
  9386.                                                                      174
  9387.                                                                                 
  9388. 660     Map Edge                                                                
  9389.                                                                                 
  9390. 670     Statistical Boundary                                                    
  9391. 671     1980 Statistical Boundary                                               
  9392. 672     1990 Block Boundary                                                     
  9393. 673     1990 Statistical Boundary                                               
  9394. 674     1990 Statistical Boundary, Tabulation Areas Only                        
  9395.                                                                                 
  9396. CFCC    CLASSIFICATION H = HYDROGRAPHIC FEATURES                                
  9397.                                                                                 
  9398. 800     Water Feature, Classification Unknown or Not Elsewhere Classified       
  9399.                                                                                 
  9400. 801     Shoreline of perennial water feature                                    
  9401. 802     Shoreline of intermittent water feature                                 
  9402.                                                                                 
  9403. 810     Stream                                                                  
  9404. 811     Perennial stream                                                        
  9405. 812     Intermittent stream or wash                                             
  9406. 813     Braided stream                                                          
  9407.                                                                                 
  9408. 820     Canal, Ditch, or Aqueduct                                               
  9409. 821     Perennial canal, ditch, or aqueduct                                     
  9410. 822     Intermittent canal, ditch, or aqueduct                                  
  9411.                                                                                 
  9412. 830     Lake or pond                                                            
  9413. 831     Perennial lake or pond                                                  
  9414. 832     Intermittent lake or pond                                               
  9415.                                                                                 
  9416. 840     Reservoir                                                               
  9417. 841     Perennial reservoir                                                     
  9418. 842     Intermittent reservoir                                                  
  9419.                                                                                 
  9420. 850     Bay, Estuary, Gulf, Sound, Sea, or Ocean                                
  9421. 851     Bay, estuary, gulf, or sound                                            
  9422. 853     Sea or ocean                                                            
  9423.                                                                                 
  9424. 860     Gravel Pit or Quarry Filled With Water                                  
  9425.                                                                                 
  9426. 870     Nonvisible Water Area Definition Boundary                               
  9427. 871     USGS closure line                                                       
  9428. 872     Census computed center line                                             
  9429. 873     Census international water boundary, 10-mile limit, area                
  9430.          measurement line                                                       
  9431. 874     Census water boundary, inland or coastal or Great Lakes                 
  9432. 875     3-mile limit water boundary                                             
  9433.                                                                                 
  9434. 880     Special Water Feature                                                   
  9435. 881     Glacier                                                                 
  9436.                                                                                 
  9437.  
  9438.                                                                      175
  9439.                      D. CONFIGURING OZGIS                                 
  9440.                        =================
  9441.  
  9442.                                                                                 
  9443.                                                                                 
  9444. This appendix provides additional information about configuring OzGIS.          
  9445.                                                                                 
  9446. You should read the the information in the early chapter first as that provides 
  9447. most of the information you need.                                               
  9448.                                                                                 
  9449.                                                                                 
  9450.  
  9451.   D. 1 Configuring for a Super VGA                       
  9452.       ---------------------------
  9453.  
  9454. INTERACTER supports 5 non-standard screen modes numbered 9 to 13 which          
  9455. can be activated by inserting suitable 'MODEnn' keywords in the INTERACTER      
  9456. initialisation file. The INTERACT.INI file contains some examples which         
  9457. contain suitable initialisation file MODEnn entries for various combinations    
  9458. of video board and display monitor.                                             
  9459.                                                                                 
  9460.                                                                                 
  9461. The supported non-standard screen modes are as follows                          
  9462.                                                                                 
  9463.    INTERACTER      Mode Type                                                    
  9464.    Mode Number                                                                  
  9465.    -----------     ---------                                                    
  9466.        9            640x400 'Olivetti' monochrome graphics                      
  9467.       10            132x25   16 colour text                                     
  9468.       11            800x600  16 colour 'Super VGA' graphics                     
  9469.       12            256 colour 'Super VGA' graphics                             
  9470.       13            256 colour 'Super VGA' graphics                             
  9471.                                                                                 
  9472. Notes :                                                                         
  9473. (1) The dimensions of mode numbers 12 and 13 are definable as part of           
  9474.     the MODEnn keyword. By default they are 640x480 and 800x600 modes.          
  9475. (2) 800x600 and 1024x768 modes will require a multisync or Super-VGA type       
  9476.     monitor. On certain boards, 132 column mode also requires such a monitor.   
  9477.     Be sure to use a suitable monitor/adapter combination.                      
  9478. (3) The precise mode numbers used by particular video board manufacturers       
  9479.     can vary. Users should check the documentation supplied with their          
  9480.     video board before including the supplied example MODEnn entries            
  9481.     in their INTERACTER initialisation file.                                    
  9482.                                                                                 
  9483. Initialisation entries can be found for following:                              
  9484.                                                                                 
  9485.   Ahead B chipset                                                               
  9486.   ATI VGA Wonder chipset                                                        
  9487.   Chips & Technology chipset                                                    
  9488.   Everex chipset                                                                
  9489.   Oak Technology chipset                                                        
  9490.   Olivetti M24/M28/M300, AT&T 6300, Compaq Portable                             
  9491.   Paradise chipset (inc. Compaq, Dell, HP D1180A, AST VGA's))                   
  9492.   Toshiba 3100 + Gas plasma screen                                              
  9493.   Trident chipset                                                               
  9494.   TsengLabs ET3000 chipset                                                      
  9495.   TsengLabs ET4000 chipset                                                      
  9496.  
  9497.                                                                      176
  9498.   VAXmate II                                                                    
  9499.   Video 7 chipset                                                               
  9500.                                                                                 
  9501.   By default, mode numbers 12 & 13 are 640x480 and 800x600 256 colour Super     
  9502.   VGA modes using the TsengLabs ET3000 chipset.                                 
  9503.   However the precise dimensions of these modes can now be specified using the  
  9504.   MODE12 and MODE13 initialisation keywords which now take up to 7 parameters : 
  9505.                                                                                 
  9506.       MODE12 = ax bx cx dx chipset width height                                 
  9507.       MODE13 = ax bx cx dx chipset width height                                 
  9508.                                                                                 
  9509.       ax bx cx dx = Interrupt 10h mode selection register values, as before     
  9510.                                                                                 
  9511.       chipset     = VGA chipset number :                                        
  9512.                     0 = Tseng Labs ET3000 (default)  5 = ATI                    
  9513.                     1 = Tseng Labs ET4000            6 = Trident                
  9514.                     2 = Paradise                     7 = Chips & Technology     
  9515.                     3 = Video 7                      8 = Ahead B                
  9516.                     4 = Everex                       9 = Oak Technology         
  9517.                                                                                 
  9518.       width       = screen mode width in pixels                                 
  9519.                     (default = 640 in mode 12 or 800 in mode 13)                
  9520.                                                                                 
  9521.       height      = screen mode height in pixels                                
  9522.                     (default = 480 in mode 12 or 600 in mode 13)                
  9523.                                                                                 
  9524.   Any trailing values which are omitted take the default values indicated.      
  9525.   Available modes on the supported chipsets include :                           
  9526.                                                                                 
  9527.     Chipset     Chipset   640x350   640x400   640x480   800x600  1024x768       
  9528.                 Number                                                          
  9529.     Tseng 3000    0          y                   y         y                    
  9530.     Tseng 4000    1          y         y         y         y         y          
  9531.     Paradise      2                    y         y                              
  9532.     Video 7       3                    y         y         y                    
  9533.     Everex        4          y         y         y         y                    
  9534.     ATI           5                    y         y         y                    
  9535.     Trident       6                    y         y         y         y          
  9536.     Chips & Tech  7                    y         y         y                    
  9537.     Ahead B       8                    y         y         y                    
  9538.     Oak           9                              y         y                    
  9539.                                                                                 
  9540.   The precise combination of modes available on any given board varies          
  9541.   according to the manufacturer and the amount of video RAM available.          
  9542.   The 640x480 and 800x600 modes require 512k and the 1024x768 mode requires     
  9543.   1 megabyte. Here are some examples of suitable initialisation file keywords   
  9544.                                                                                 
  9545.   VGA board based on the Tseng Labs ET3000 chipset :                            
  9546.     MODE12 = 46                                                                 
  9547.     MODE13 = 48                                                                 
  9548.                                                                                 
  9549.   VGA board based on the Paradise chipset :                                     
  9550.     MODE12 = 94 0 0 0 2 640 400                                                 
  9551.     MODE13 = 95 0 0 0 2 640 480                                                 
  9552.                                                                                 
  9553.   VGA board based on the Video 7 chipset :                                      
  9554.     MODE12 = 28421 103 0 0 3                                                    
  9555.     MODE13 = 28421 105 0 0 3                                                    
  9556.  
  9557.                                                                      177
  9558.                                                                                 
  9559.   VGA board based on the Everex chipset :                                       
  9560.     MODE12 = 112 19 0 0 4 640 350                                               
  9561.     MODE13 = 112 20 0 0 4 640 400                                               
  9562.                                                                                 
  9563.   The number of text columns and rows available in modes 12 and 13 varies       
  9564.   according to the pixel dimensions :                                           
  9565.                                                                                 
  9566.     Columns = mode_width/8                                                      
  9567.     Rows    = mode_height/14 (if mode_height < 480)                             
  9568.            or mode_height/16 (if mode_height >=480)                             
  9569.                                                                                 
  9570.   This gives the following text dimensions :                                    
  9571.                                                                                 
  9572.      640x350 mode :  80 columns x 25 rows                                       
  9573.      640x400 mode :  80 columns x 28 rows                                       
  9574.      640x480 mode :  80 columns x 30 rows                                       
  9575.      800x600 mode : 100 columns x 37 rows                                       
  9576.     1024x768 mode : 128 columns x 48 rows                                       
  9577.                                                                                 
  9578. - Since most Microsoft compatible mouse drivers do not support a mouse          
  9579.   cursor in non-standard PC graphics modes, an option has been added to         
  9580.   the MODEnn initialisation file keyword which tells INTERACTER to display      
  9581.   it's own cross-hair cursor in such modes. Simply place a single letter        
  9582.   'C' (upper or lower case) at the very end of the record containing the        
  9583.   MODEnn keyword to cause INTERACTER to provide a mouse cursor in that mode.    
  9584.                                                                                 
  9585.       MODE9  = 64 C                                                             
  9586.       MODE11 = 88 C                                                             
  9587.       MODE12 = 94 0 0 0 2 640 400 c                                             
  9588.       MODE13 = 95 0 0 0 2 640 480 c                                             
  9589.                                                                                 
  9590.                                                                                 
  9591. EXAMPLE................                                                         
  9592.                                                                                 
  9593.                                                                                 
  9594. Here is the configuration file for a 1Mbyte Trident board (1024 x 768 x 256)    
  9595. using a mouse and saving screens on disk.                                       
  9596.                                                                                 
  9597.                                                                                 
  9598. DISPLAY    = 10                                                                 
  9599. CHARSET    = c:\ozgis\standard.chr                                              
  9600. COLUMNS    = 80                                                                 
  9601. TEMPMENU   = \ozgis\menu.tmp                                                    
  9602. TEMPWINDOW = \ozgis\window.tmp                                                  
  9603. mode13  = 98 0 0 0 6 1024 768 C                                                 
  9604.  
  9605.   D. 2 Hardcopy configuration for  OzMap                 
  9606.       ---------------------------------
  9607.  
  9608. This section is applicable if you want to output maps to printers or            
  9609. plotters with the OzMap and Vector programs.                                    
  9610.                                                                                 
  9611. The configuration file \ozgis\sciplot.ini has to be set up if OzMap is going to 
  9612. be used to produce hardcopy maps. The file looks like:                          
  9613.                                                                                 
  9614. VGA                                  VGA or EGA                                 
  9615. 40.0      0                          HP Plotter metafile                        
  9616.  
  9617.                                                                      178
  9618. 18.0      1                          Dot-matrix printer metafile                
  9619. 18.0      1                          Postscript Ascii metafile                  
  9620. 18.0      1                          Encapsulated Postscript file               
  9621. 18.0      0                          HPGL file                                  
  9622. 18.0      1                          CGM file                                   
  9623. 18.0      0                          WordPerfect graphics file                  
  9624. 18.0      1 COM1                     On-line Apple Laser Writer                 
  9625. 40.0      0 LPT1                     On-line HP plotter                         
  9626. 00C3                                 device mode & serial modes HEXIDECIMAL     
  9627.                                                                                 
  9628. The first column is the width of the drawing surface in cm. Values will need to 
  9629. be set for your plotter or printer.                                             
  9630.                                                                                 
  9631. The second column is the drawing line width for Postscript, Encapsulated        
  9632. Postscript, Apple LaserWriter, Computer Graphics Metafile, dot matrix, and HP   
  9633. LaserJet printers.                                                              
  9634. 0  = Ignore parameter                                                           
  9635. 1  = 1 device space units (1-10 Valid)                                          
  9636.                                                                                 
  9637. The third column is the port used for printers and plotters:                    
  9638. 'COM' - Primary Serial Port                                                     
  9639. 'COM2'- Secondary Serial Port                                                   
  9640. 'LPT1'- Primary Parallel Port                                                   
  9641. 'LPT2'- Secondary Parallel Port                                                 
  9642.                                                                                 
  9643. The value at the bottom is a hexidecimal set of flags for setting the port for  
  9644. on-line printers or plotters.                                                   
  9645.                                                                                 
  9646. The packed coded device mode word with the device mode byte in the most         
  9647. significant part of the integer, and the serial modest byte in the least        
  9648. significant part of the integer.                                                
  9649.                                                                                 
  9650. Format of the integer = [device mode | serial modeset].                         
  9651.                                                                                 
  9652. Device mode byte description:  [bits]                                           
  9653. 76543210                                                                        
  9654. _______0  = XON/XOFF flow control                                               
  9655. _______1  = Hardware flow control on DSR line                                   
  9656. ______0_  = Bell with FRAME or PLTEND                                           
  9657. ______1_  = No bell with FRAME or PLTEND                                        
  9658. _____0__  = Cr with FRAME or PLTEND                                             
  9659. _____1__  = No cr with FRAME or PLTEND                                          
  9660. ____0___  = Check for break in PLOT                                             
  9661. ____1___  = No check for break in PLOT                                          
  9662. ___0____  = HP pen plotter handshake init                                       
  9663. ___1____  = No HP pen plotter handshake init                                    
  9664.                                                                                 
  9665. Serial modeset byte description:  [bits]                                        
  9666. 7      6   5  4    3        2        1    0                                     
  9667. --Baud Rate-- -Parity-  -Stop Bits- -Char Length-                               
  9668. 000 -   110  00 - None  0  - 1   10  - 7 Bits                                   
  9669. 001 -   300  01 - Odd   1  - 2   11  - 8 Bits                                   
  9670. 010 -   600  11 - Even                                                          
  9671. 011 -  1200                                                                     
  9672. 100 -  2400                                                                     
  9673. 101 -  4800                                                                     
  9674. 110 -  9600                                                                     
  9675. 111 - 19200                                                                     
  9676.  
  9677.                                                                      179
  9678.                                                                                 
  9679. For example, 9600 baud, no parity, 1 stop bit, 8 bits is                        
  9680.                                                                                 
  9681. 110 00 0 11 = C3 hex = 195 decimal                                              
  9682.                                                                                 
  9683.  
  9684.   D. 3 Plotter setup                                     
  9685.       -------------
  9686.  
  9687.                                                                                 
  9688. Plotter pens should agree with those defined in device files. The standard      
  9689. order is:                                                                       
  9690. BLACK        PEN 1                                                              
  9691. BLUE         PEN 2                                                              
  9692. GREEN        PEN 3                                                              
  9693. RED          PEN 4                                                              
  9694. YELLOW       PEN 5  The last four dont matter that much!                        
  9695. MAGENTA      PEN 6                                                              
  9696. CYAN         PEN 7                                                              
  9697. GREY         PEN 8                                                              
  9698.                                                                                 
  9699. If this order conflicts with other packages in use the device files can be      
  9700. modified. The order of the first four pens is particularly important for colour 
  9701. simulation, although as long as all pens have different colours the final maps  
  9702. will probably be acceptable.                                                    
  9703.                                                                                 
  9704.                                                                                 
  9705. Plotters will usually use software handshaking.                                 
  9706.                                                                                 
  9707. HP pen plotters require a serial interface between the  Personal Computer and   
  9708. the HP pen plotter. On the PC side, a cable with a D9 or D25 connector should be
  9709. connected to a  serial port or asynchronous adapter port. On the HP pen plotter,
  9710. a cable with a D25 connector should be connected to the computer/modem port. A  
  9711. detailed specification of the way the  cable should be wired follows:           
  9712.                                                                                 
  9713. Serial cable wiring for HP pen plotters: 7440A, 7470A, 7475A, 7550A             
  9714.                                                                                 
  9715.  ----------------------------             -----------------------               
  9716. | Personal Computer          |           | HP Pen Plotter        |              
  9717. | [Serial I/O Port or        |           | [Computer/modem port] |              
  9718. | Asynchronous Adapter Port] |           |                       |              
  9719.  ----------------------------              ----------------------               
  9720.                                                                                 
  9721.       Transmit Data     *-------------------*   Receive Data                    
  9722.        [D9/Pin-3, or                             [D25/Pin-3]                    
  9723.         D25/Pin-2]                                                              
  9724.                                                                                 
  9725.       Receive Data      *-------------------*   Transmit Data                   
  9726.        [D9/Pin-2, or                             [D25/Pin-2]                    
  9727.         D25/Pin-3]                                                              
  9728.                                                                                 
  9729.       Signal Ground     *-------------------*   Signal Ground                   
  9730.        [D9/Pin-5, or                             [D25/Pin-7]                    
  9731.         D25/Pin-7]                                                              
  9732.                                                                                 
  9733.       Data Set Ready    *-----*-------------*   Data Terminal Ready             
  9734.        [D9/Pin-6, or          |                  [D25/Pin-20]                   
  9735.         D25/Pin-6]            |                                                 
  9736.  
  9737.                                                                      180
  9738.                               |                                                 
  9739.       Clear-To-Send     *-----*                                                 
  9740.        [D9/Pin-8, or                                                            
  9741.         D25/Pin-5]                                                              
  9742.                                                                                 
  9743.       Data Terminal Rdy *--------------*-----*  Data Set Ready                  
  9744.        [D9/Pin-4, or                   |         [D25/Pin-6]                    
  9745.         D25/Pin-20]                    |                                        
  9746.                                        |                                        
  9747.                                        *-----*  Clear-To-Send                   
  9748.                                                  [D25/Pin-5]                    
  9749.                                                                                 
  9750. Please note that the previous wiring diagram is necessary if full hardware      
  9751. handshake is desired. If the user intends to  use only software handshake       
  9752. (XON/XOFF), then only three wires  are required. For software handshake the only
  9753. connections  required are: signal ground, receive data, and transmit data.      
  9754.                                                                                 
  9755.      There are certain restrictions when an HP pen plotter is used as the plot  
  9756. device. Not all HP pen plotters possess equal capability! SciPlot only supports 
  9757. the 7470A, the 7475A, and the 7550A HP Pen Plotter. There are enough control    
  9758. mechanisms in SciPlot to allow the use of others though.  Please note the       
  9759. following:                                                                      
  9760.                                                                                 
  9761.  The "INIT=ON" command in the VECTOR.CFG file will send initialization commands 
  9762. in the I/O stream to the  plotter when VECTOR is executed. Older HP plotters    
  9763. will  produce errors on receipt of these handshake mode commands.  If this      
  9764. happens, set "INIT=OFF" in the VECTOR.CFG file, and the offending commands will 
  9765. be deleted from the stream.                                                     
  9766.                                                                                 
  9767.                                                                                 
  9768.  
  9769.                                                                      181
  9770.                      E. GLOSSARY OF TERMS                                 
  9771.                        =================
  9772.  
  9773. The purpose of this Appendix is to provide definitions for a number of          
  9774. terms used within this Guide.  Most of these terms are commonly used words      
  9775. or phrases which have taken on a more precise technical meaning in one of       
  9776. the areas spanned by the OzGIS system.  Technical terms have been               
  9777. borrowed from the jargon of statistics, data processing, computer software      
  9778. and hardware, cartography, and graphic arts.  Because of the diversity of       
  9779. these disciplines, it is unlikely that a potential OzGIS user will have         
  9780. developed a level of expertise in each.  This glossary should provide most      
  9781. of the information necessary for communicating the basic concepts of            
  9782. OzGIS.                                                                          
  9783.                                                                                 
  9784. The glossary is available on-line, and is accessed by typing 'G' to a menu      
  9785. selection request.                                                              
  9786.                                                                                 
  9787. Area - 1) A measurement of the size of a geographical region whose shape is     
  9788.    displayed on the OzGIS monitor.  2) An arbitrary portion of the face         
  9789.    of the monitor.                                                              
  9790.                                                                                 
  9791. Attribute - A general term for the variable associated with a set of            
  9792.    geographic zones, lines or sites to be processed by OzGIS.                   
  9793.    Attributes may be variates, statistics or simply data collected for each     
  9794.    item.  Note that the modes of display for an attribute are usually           
  9795.    referred to as "single variate" or "bi-variate".  See also Variate and       
  9796.    Statistic.                                                                   
  9797.                                                                                 
  9798. Background - The informationless area displayed on the monitor around a map     
  9799.    and its associated components.  Usually given a user selected, neutral       
  9800.    colour such as black or white.                                               
  9801.                                                                                 
  9802. Bit - A unit of information representing the value (either 1 or 0) of a         
  9803.    single binary digit.                                                         
  9804.                                                                                 
  9805. Bivariate - A display of the relative distribution of two different sets        
  9806.    of statistics on the same map.  It must be noted that no relationship        
  9807.    between the two statistics is implied by the display.  For example, if       
  9808.    the distribution of little old ladies is displayed simultaneously with       
  9809.    the distribution of cricket players, the result is not a display of the      
  9810.    distribution of little old ladies who play cricket.  See also Variate.       
  9811.                                                                                 
  9812. Boundary - A set of lines displayed on the monitor to represent the edges       
  9813.    of polygons defined to the system.  Often the same as zone edges.            
  9814.                                                                                 
  9815. Byte - A group of eight bits.  See also Bit.                                    
  9816.                                                                                 
  9817. Catchment - The region of influence around a site e.g. suburbs around a         
  9818.    shopping centre where most of the customers live.                            
  9819.                                                                                 
  9820.                                                                                 
  9821. Character - A single symbolic pattern which may be displayed on either the      
  9822.    monitor or terminal.  It may be alphabetic, numeric, or punctuational,       
  9823.    as the normal symbols encountered on a typical typewriter keyboard, or a     
  9824.    special symbol generated for display as an entity, such as a square root     
  9825.    symbol.                                                                      
  9826.                                                                                 
  9827.  
  9828.                                                                      182
  9829. Choropleth Map - A map portraying the values of an attribute averaged over      
  9830.    data collection units (or zones) and represented by a symbol covering        
  9831.    the entire unit.  A map displayed by OzGIS represents the zones by a         
  9832.    uniform colour.                                                              
  9833.                                                                                 
  9834. Class - A convenient subdivision of the total range of values of a              
  9835.    particular statistical variate.  Classes are usually chosen to make          
  9836.    computations or analyses less labourious, or to make the results of such     
  9837.    analyses more obvious or meaningful.  For example, the range of a set of     
  9838.    values might be divided into ten equal classes in order to highlight         
  9839.    items in the top ten percent.  See also Variate, Class Boundary, Class       
  9840.    Interval and Class Number.                                                   
  9841.                                                                                 
  9842. Class Boundary - The special values of variates which determine the upper       
  9843.    and lower limits of the range of a class.  See also Class.                   
  9844.                                                                                 
  9845. Class Interval - The range of variate values between the upper and lower        
  9846.    limits of the class.  See also Class.                                        
  9847.                                                                                 
  9848. Class Number - A cardinal number assigned to each class into which a            
  9849.    particular statistical range has been divided.  Conventionally, the          
  9850.    class whose members have the lowest magnitude is assigned number 1, with     
  9851.    class numbers increasing uniformly as the magnitude of class values          
  9852.    increases.  See also Class.                                                  
  9853.                                                                                 
  9854. Colour - One of the combinations of blue, green, and red which may be           
  9855.    specified for display on the monitor.  The total number of colours           
  9856.    available depends on the display system.                                     
  9857.                                                                                 
  9858. Colour Space - The range of colours which may be specified for display on       
  9859.    the colour monitor.  Since the colours are specified as values of blue,      
  9860.    green, and red, it is convenient to think of the colour space as a cube      
  9861.    located on a standard three dimensional coordinate system.  Black is         
  9862.    placed at the origin, with each of the x, y and z axes representing          
  9863.    blue, green, and red, respectively.  The range of possible values is 0.0     
  9864.    to 1.0 on each axis of the cube.                                             
  9865.                                                                                 
  9866. Continuous Colour - A method of representating statistical values               
  9867.    associated with map zones by graduating zone colours to correspond with      
  9868.    changes in statistical value.  From a user defined, or default, sequence     
  9869.    of colours, OzGIS generates the intermediate colours to provide a            
  9870.    12 colour graduated path through the colour space.  The statistic to be      
  9871.    represented is quantized into 12 equal value classes, and the classes        
  9872.    are assigned colours from the generated colour sequence.  This allows        
  9873.    small changes in statistical value to be represented by subtle changes       
  9874.    in colour, while large changes in value may be visually observed as          
  9875.    significant colour differences.                                              
  9876.                                                                                 
  9877.                                                                                 
  9878. Controller - A general term applied to a piece of intermediate equipment in     
  9879.    the data path between the electrical signals of a processor and their        
  9880.    physical realization in a peripheral device.  Within OzGIS, the term         
  9881.    will most often be used for the Color Display Controller.                    
  9882.    It will be used to a lesser extent to describe interface controllers for     
  9883.    the various disc and tape drives.                                            
  9884.                                                                                 
  9885. Coordinate - One of a pair of numbers which designates the location of a        
  9886.    geographic point with respect to another known point.  Geographic files      
  9887.  
  9888.                                                                      183
  9889.    for entry into the system under OzGIS must have their points                 
  9890.    specified in appropriately scaled and formatted coordinates.  The            
  9891.    coordinates specified by the user are converted by OzGIS for display         
  9892.    on the monitor.  On the monitor screen, the origin is in the lower left      
  9893.    hand corner of the viewing area.  The coordinates of a point on the          
  9894.    monitor screen are specified by their distance right and up from the         
  9895.    origin                                                                       
  9896.                                                                                 
  9897. Crosshair Cursor - A pair of lines at right angles to each other which is       
  9898.    displayed on the monitor to designate the location of a certain point of     
  9899.    interest.  Under most circumstances, the location of the crosshair           
  9900.    cursor may be controlled by movements of the mouse.  See also Box            
  9901.    Cursor, and Joystick.                                                        
  9902.                                                                                 
  9903. Data - Numerical values associated with certain physical phenomena, such as     
  9904.    128 cm long, 14 years old, or 43 kangaroos.  As a generality,                
  9905.    OzGIS was not designed to handle data, but rather the statistics             
  9906.    derived from data, such as average length, medium age, or number of          
  9907.    kangaroos per hectare.  See also Statistics.                                 
  9908.                                                                                 
  9909. Decile - One of the nine data values which divide the range of a variate        
  9910.    into ten equal sized classes.  See also Quantile and Percentile.             
  9911.                                                                                 
  9912. Default - A set of parameters automatically selected by OzGIS in the            
  9913.    absence of any stated preference by the user.  The actual default            
  9914.    parameters may be defined by the user in the users default file.  For        
  9915.    example, OzGIS may initially display a map by arbitrarily selecting          
  9916.    zone colours from a palette of possible shades which the user selected       
  9917.    previously.  After this default colouring, the user may wish to change       
  9918.    some particular zone colour to improve the appearance of the display.        
  9919.                                                                                 
  9920. Disc - An electronic device for storing digital data on a rotating plate        
  9921.    coated with magnetic material.  See also Controller.                         
  9922.                                                                                 
  9923. Display - As a verb, the act of presenting information on the monitor or        
  9924.    terminal for the purpose of visually communicating that information to       
  9925.    the user.  This includes all the procedures necessary to correctly           
  9926.    present the information in a format suitable for both the equipment and      
  9927.    the viewer.  Example:  "A map is displayed on the monitor, while a menu      
  9928.    is displayed on the terminal".                                               
  9929.                                                                                 
  9930.                                                                                 
  9931.    As a noun, the presentation which is visually perceived when a user          
  9932.    looks at the screen of the monitor or terminal;  the total information       
  9933.    content on the screen.  Examples:  "The terminal display indicates the       
  9934.    options possible now";  "This map display is too red".  See also Monitor     
  9935.    and Terminal.                                                                
  9936.                                                                                 
  9937. Display Elements - The components or items of a display on the OzGIS            
  9938.    monitor;  for example, legend, title, image map, boundaries, image           
  9939.    symbols, histograms.                                                         
  9940.                                                                                 
  9941. Distribution - The manner in which a number of samples of data are spread       
  9942.    across the range of possible values.  May be a subjective statement,         
  9943.    such as:  "These data appear to have an even distribution".  More often,     
  9944.    some quantifiable measure will be given such as:  "These data have a         
  9945.    normal distribution with a mean of 40 and standard deviation of 3".          
  9946.    Sometimes, distribution information will be presented in graphical form,     
  9947.  
  9948.                                                                      184
  9949.    such as a histogram or scatter diagram.                                      
  9950.                                                                                 
  9951. Equal Value Quantization - A method of dividing the range of values of a        
  9952.    statistical variate into a number of classes where the magnitude of the      
  9953.    range of each class is the same.  See also Class.                            
  9954.                                                                                 
  9955. Excluded Zone - A zone displayed on the map and coloured with a special         
  9956.    shade indicating that it has not been used for quantization or has been      
  9957.    omitted from the area of interest.                                           
  9958.                                                                                 
  9959. File - A number of data items grouped together and considered as a unit for     
  9960.    convenience of storage and retrieval by a computer.  Within OzGIS,           
  9961.    such files are stored as distinct entities on disk.  Files are               
  9962.    identified by media designation, name, and type.  The OzGIS user             
  9963.    normally supplies only the file name, but the storage media may also be      
  9964.    specified.  The file type is supplied by the system.  The same name may      
  9965.    be used for files of different types, but within a particular type, no       
  9966.    two files may have the same name.                                            
  9967.                                                                                 
  9968. Frequency - A statistical term referring to the number of members of a          
  9969.    population falling into a specified class.  See also Class.                  
  9970.                                                                                 
  9971. Geographic Data - Digitized map data which are referenced to a geographic       
  9972.    (or spatial) coordinate system, usually a map projection.                    
  9973.                                                                                 
  9974. Graphics - Data which can be displayed on the monitor in terms of lines         
  9975.    points and text, as opposed to colouring and filling regions of the          
  9976.    screen.  Used to refer to geographic and symbol data.                        
  9977.                                                                                 
  9978. Histogram - A type of bar graph in which vertical rectangles are erected on     
  9979.    the horizontal axis with the height of each bar representing the             
  9980.    frequency, and the width representing the corresponding class interval,      
  9981.    for each of the classes of a particular variate.  OzGIS can display          
  9982.    such statistical information on the monitor.  See also Scatter Diagram,      
  9983.    and Class.                                                                   
  9984.                                                                                 
  9985.                                                                                 
  9986. Information - The subjective knowledge which may be associated with an          
  9987.    objective set of data.  The ages and locations of children are data;         
  9988.    the distribution of school age children is statistic;  where the schools     
  9989.    should be built is information.  See also Data and Statistics.               
  9990.                                                                                 
  9991. Interval - The numerical distance between the upper and lower limits of a       
  9992.    class.                                                                       
  9993.                                                                                 
  9994. Joystick - An electro-mechanical device which converts the positions of a       
  9995.    small lever into electrical voltages.  The voltages are further              
  9996.    converted into digital signals which are used by the PDP11 to                
  9997.    position various cursor patterns on the monitor screen.  See also Box        
  9998.    Cursor, and Crosshair Cursor.                                                
  9999.                                                                                 
  10000. Legend - A display on the monitor which indicates the correspondence            
  10001.    between the statistical values and their associated colours or symbols       
  10002.    as defined for a particular map.  The legend usually occupies                
  10003.    approximately the rightmost one fifth of the viewing area of the monitor     
  10004.    and has two general forms, single variate and bivariate.  One type of        
  10005.    single variate legend consists of a column of coloured rectangles beside     
  10006.    which are numbers indicating the corresponding class boundaries for          
  10007.  
  10008.                                                                      185
  10009.    those colours.  The other is a rectangular column with colours gradually     
  10010.    changing from top to bottom, and an upper and lower number indicating        
  10011.    the range across which the "Continous Colour" varies.  The bivariate         
  10012.    legend consists of a 45 degree parallelogram divided left to right and       
  10013.    up and down into coloured smaller parallelograms.  A set of numbers          
  10014.    along the left side indicates the class boundaries of the primary            
  10015.    variate, while similar numbers across the upper side indicate the            
  10016.    secondary variate class boundaries.                                          
  10017.                                                                                 
  10018. Line - This term has three special meanings within OzGIS in addition to         
  10019.    its normal English usage.  (1) Any set of contiguous segments comprising     
  10020.    the section of a zone boundary which has one zone on its right and a         
  10021.    second zone on its left as part of a map.  (2) Any contiguous set of         
  10022.    segments as part of a graphics display.  (3) A set of alpha-numeric          
  10023.    characters meant to be displayed as one row on either the monitor or the     
  10024.    terminal.                                                                    
  10025.                                                                                 
  10026. Location - The position of a datum point, or pixel, on the monitor screen.      
  10027.    This is given by its x and y coordinates, with the origin in the lower       
  10028.    left hand corner.  The range of values depends on the display system.        
  10029.                                                                                 
  10030. Lookup Table (LUT) - A table in the display system which can modify the         
  10031.    value in memory for display purposes.                                        
  10032.                                                                                 
  10033. Map - Geographic data which can be displayed on the monitor by colouring        
  10034.    and filling regions of the screen or as lines or symbols.                    
  10035.                                                                                 
  10036. Map Projection - Refers to the coordinate system used for processing the        
  10037.    display of a map.                                                            
  10038.                                                                                 
  10039.                                                                                 
  10040. Markers - Special characters or symbols which may be displayed on the           
  10041.    monitor to identify locations of points.  For example, aircraft              
  10042.    symbols to indicate the location of airports.  Different sized markers       
  10043.    are used to show the classification of site attribute data.                  
  10044.                                                                                 
  10045. Mean - The arithmetic average of a set of data values.                          
  10046.                                                                                 
  10047. Memory - A portion of the OzGIS hardware used for the storage of data           
  10048.    by the altering of the electrical state of the appropriate circuitry.        
  10049.                                                                                 
  10050. Menu - An itemized list of alternative actions which might be selected          
  10051.    within OzGIS.  Menus are displayed on the terminal.  The terminal            
  10052.    keyboard is used to enter selections from the options listed on the          
  10053.    menu.  The sequence of menu items which is selected controls the "flow"      
  10054.    of the OzGIS program through its various tasks.                              
  10055.                                                                                 
  10056. Monitor - The electronic equipment, resembling a colour television              
  10057.    receiver, on which maps and graphics are displayed.                          
  10058.                                                                                 
  10059. Nested Means - A quantization method in which classes are generated by          
  10060.    dividing each variate range into two classes about the mean for that         
  10061.    range.  For example, the central class limit is set at the overall mean,     
  10062.    then the upper and lower classes are each divided at the means of the        
  10063.    two parts, giving four classes.  This process may be repeated, giving        
  10064.    eight classes.                                                               
  10065.                                                                                 
  10066. Operating System - Computer software provided to facilitate usage of the        
  10067.  
  10068.                                                                      186
  10069.    various computer resources available within the OzGIS system.                
  10070.                                                                                 
  10071. Overlay - As a noun, overlay refers to graphic data written on top of the       
  10072.    existing display.  This is displayed on the monitor as though placed         
  10073.    between the previous display and the viewer.  Overlays generally are         
  10074.    entered in the refresh memory in single bit planes.                          
  10075.    As a verb, overlay refers to the act of adding graphics data to a            
  10076.    display by putting it "on top of" the previous display.                      
  10077.                                                                                 
  10078. Palette - An array of coloured rectangles which is displayed on the monitor     
  10079.    at certain stages of OzGIS.  The palette shows a range of colours            
  10080.    which are available for selection by the user.  Palettes are held as         
  10081.    files within OzGIS.  Several palette files are provided as part of           
  10082.    the software package.                                                        
  10083.                                                                                 
  10084. Parameter - A general term referring to a physical characteristic which may     
  10085.    be measured or quantified in some way, even though the precise value of      
  10086.    that measurement may be unknown in specific instances.  For example, age     
  10087.    is a parameter of human beings.                                              
  10088.                                                                                 
  10089. Percentile - One of the set of 99 values which divide the range of a            
  10090.    statistic into 100 equal sized classes.                                      
  10091.                                                                                 
  10092. Peripherals - Items of auxillary equipment added to a computer to enhance       
  10093.    its performance.  These include such items as disc drives, tape drives,      
  10094.    and printers.                                                                
  10095.                                                                                 
  10096.                                                                                 
  10097. Pixel - The smallest, individually controllable, element (or cell)              
  10098.    displayed as dots of colour on the monitor's screen.  The monitor area       
  10099.    is made up of lines of pixels.  For each pixel, there is a corresponding     
  10100.    location in the refresh memory for storing the data value associated         
  10101.    with that pixel.  This location is the smallest datum area which can be      
  10102.    individually controlled by the software.  See also Image and Location.       
  10103.                                                                                 
  10104. Point - A geographic feature which, for display purposes, may be described      
  10105.    by only indicating its location as an x and y coordinate.                    
  10106.                                                                                 
  10107. Polygon - A geographic area described by the line segments forming its          
  10108.    boundary and the zone name which forms its surface.  One or more             
  10109.    polygons may be combined to form a zone.                                     
  10110.                                                                                 
  10111. Presentation Maps - A set of maps prepared for rapid display on the             
  10112.    monitor.                                                                     
  10113.                                                                                 
  10114. Primary Variate - The set of statistical values characterized by a common       
  10115.    name which is displayed on any given single variate map.  Two such sets      
  10116.    of values are displayed on a bivariate map.  The primary variate is          
  10117.    named at the top of the title, and its colour values are indicated in        
  10118.    the rows of the legend.  See also Variate.                                   
  10119.                                                                                 
  10120. Processor - The hardware which executes the procedural and computational        
  10121.    tasks specified by OzGIS.  The standard OzGIS processor is a                 
  10122.    Digital Equipment Corporation minicomputer, the VAX.                         
  10123.                                                                                 
  10124.  Projection - The representation of a physical shape on the screen of the       
  10125.    monitor according to a fixed mathematical coordinate system.  Normally,      
  10126.    a projection in OzGIS terms will refer to a method for presenting            
  10127.  
  10128.                                                                      187
  10129.    maps of geographic areas.  See also Map Projection.                          
  10130.                                                                                 
  10131. Quantile - Any of the specific values which divide the range of a statistic     
  10132.    into equal sized classes.  Some values have other special terms, i.e.,       
  10133.    if the range is divided into four classes, the boundary values are           
  10134.    called quartiles.  See also Percentile.                                      
  10135.                                                                                 
  10136. Quantify - To assign a number or quantity to an otherwise unnumbered            
  10137.    entity.  In particular, to assign a class number to a statistical value      
  10138.    or zone name.                                                                
  10139.                                                                                 
  10140. Quantization - The process of assigning class numbers to zones according to     
  10141.    the value of the statistic for that zone.  Viewed the other way,             
  10142.    quantization is the process of putting zones into classes.                   
  10143.                                                                                 
  10144. Quartile - One of the three data values which divide the range of a variate     
  10145.    into four equal sized classes.  See also Quantile and Percentile.            
  10146.                                                                                 
  10147. Raster - a term applied to image data.  In particular data handled on a         
  10148.    line basis.                                                                  
  10149.                                                                                 
  10150.                                                                                 
  10151. Refresh Memory - The portion of the hardware (within the display                
  10152.    controller) which holds the digital data necessary to continuously           
  10153.    regenerate the colour monitor display.  The cathode ray tube (CRT) of        
  10154.    the monitor produces its display by electrically stimulating various         
  10155.    phosphorus based compounds deposited on its face.  The colours thus          
  10156.    produced fade rapidly with time and must be continually "refreshed".         
  10157.    The data necessary to perform this refresh correctly is stored in the        
  10158.    refresh memory.                                                              
  10159.                                                                                 
  10160. Region - A designated portion of a map displayed on the monitor.  A region      
  10161.    consists of one or more zones or parts of zones defined in some way          
  10162.    (e.g. a circular region centered at a point on the map).  The concept of     
  10163.    a region is important when the displayed map consists of several             
  10164.    geographic areas.  In this context, a region consists of a window            
  10165.    (geographic area) and its displayed viewport on the screen (screen           
  10166.    area).  See also Area.                                                       
  10167.                                                                                 
  10168. Save - To store on disc (or magnetic tape) all the pertinent data regarding     
  10169.    a map displayed on the monitor.  The maps which are "saved" can later be     
  10170.    fully regenerated with all details preserved.                                
  10171.                                                                                 
  10172. Scatter Diagram - A two dimensional plot of points whose x and y                
  10173.    coordinates are the values of the individual variates associated with        
  10174.    those points.  Scatter diagrams are displayed on the monitor in              
  10175.    conjunction with bivariate maps.  In this instance, each map zone is         
  10176.    assigned a point on the diagram.  The y-coordinate of the point              
  10177.    corresponds to the value of the primary variate for that zone as             
  10178.    displayed on the map.  The x-coordinate of the point has a similar           
  10179.    relationship to the secondary variate.  In addition, the point will be       
  10180.    coloured the same as its associated map zone.  Scatter diagrams provide      
  10181.    a visual method of assessing the correlation between the two variates        
  10182.    displayed on the map.                                                        
  10183.                                                                                 
  10184. Secondary Variate - The second set of statistical values which are              
  10185.    displayed (along with a primary variate) on the map.  The                    
  10186.    secondary variate is named at the bottom of the title.  See also Primary     
  10187.  
  10188.                                                                      188
  10189.    Variate.                                                                     
  10190.                                                                                 
  10191. Segment - A set of connected straight lines defined to OzGIS by                 
  10192.    specifying the coordinates of their starting, intermediate, and end          
  10193.    points, along with the names of the two zones on either side of the          
  10194.    lines.  Consequently, segments must represent a portion, or all, of the      
  10195.    boundary between two zones.  See also Line and Boundary.                     
  10196.                                                                                 
  10197. Site - A geographic location that has associated attribute data.  A site is     
  10198.    defined by a name and fixed location e.g. a site could be a city or a        
  10199.    retail store.                                                                
  10200.                                                                                 
  10201. Standard Deviation - A statistical measure of the dispersion amongst a set      
  10202.    of measured values.  The standard deviation is mathematically equivalent     
  10203.    to the positive square root of the variance of the sample on which the       
  10204.    statistic is based.                                                          
  10205.                                                                                 
  10206.                                                                                 
  10207. Statistics - A general term referring to:  1) The branch of mathematics         
  10208.    involved with performing certain analytical calculations regarding           
  10209.    various relationships among sets of numerical data, and 2) The numerical     
  10210.    results of such calculations.  The height of an individual is data;  the     
  10211.    average height of a group is a statistic.                                    
  10212.                                                                                 
  10213. Status - The present condition of the software and hardware system,             
  10214.    especially as to its progress toward the completion of the tasks at          
  10215.    hand.  The status messages are displayed as a response to                    
  10216.    typing interpretation of various abbreviated messages displayed on the       
  10217.    terminal.  The status messages are displayed as a response to typing an      
  10218.    "S" command.                                                                 
  10219.                                                                                 
  10220. Terminal - An item of hardware comprising a keyboard for entering commands      
  10221.    to the processor, and some means for the processor to return                 
  10222.    alpha-numeric messages to the user.  The standard OzGIS terminal is          
  10223.    the Digital Equipment Corporation VT100.  This contains the necessary        
  10224.    keyboard, and a cathode ray tube for displaying processor generated          
  10225.    messages.  Some OzGIS installations may also have a printer terminal         
  10226.    for providing a permanent copy of the messages on paper.                     
  10227.                                                                                 
  10228. Territory - a zone which has been formed by amalgamating bas zones e.g. sales   
  10229.    territories formed from postcodes.                                           
  10230.                                                                                 
  10231. Text - Combinations of characters which may be specified by typing at the       
  10232.    terminal.  Lines of text may be displayed on either the terminal or the      
  10233.    monitor in various fonts.  See also Character, and Line.                     
  10234.                                                                                 
  10235. Time Lapse Maps - A formatted set of maps concerning a geographic area and      
  10236.    certain statistics associated with it as they have been collected over       
  10237.    time.  Time lapse files are used to display the time related changes in      
  10238.    the statistical data by rapid and periodic changes in map colours            
  10239.    corresponding to the statistics.  For example, variations in population      
  10240.    density, as recorded by the 1971, 1976, and 1981 census data, could be       
  10241.    shown by changing the colours of the displayed map at one second             
  10242.    intervals corresponding to the 3 sets of data.                               
  10243.                                                                                 
  10244. User - The person who is interactively controlling the OzGIS system at          
  10245.    the terminal.                                                                
  10246.                                                                                 
  10247.  
  10248.                                                                      189
  10249. Value - The number associated with a particular statistical item, as            
  10250.    opposed to the colour associated with that item.  For example, the zone      
  10251.    might be coloured red to indicate four to ten beer drinkers per pub in       
  10252.    that zone.  The actual value of the statistic might be 9.4 beer drinkers     
  10253.    per pub.                                                                     
  10254.                                                                                 
  10255. Variate - A measurable quantity which may take on any of the values within      
  10256.    a given range, and which has associated with it a specified probability      
  10257.    function describing the manner in which the permissible values are           
  10258.    likely to occur.  See also Bivariate, Primary Variate, and Secondary         
  10259.    Variate.                                                                     
  10260.                                                                                 
  10261. Viewport - The rectangular area of the colour monitor face selected for         
  10262.    displaying a specified item.                                                 
  10263.                                                                                 
  10264. Window - The rectangular portion of a geographic map which is selected for      
  10265.    display on the colour monitor.                                               
  10266.                                                                                 
  10267.                                                                                 
  10268. Zone - A geographic area which is to be considered as a spatial unit.  A        
  10269.    zone is defined in terms of one or more polygons which form it.              
  10270.    Statistically, a zone is defined in terms of a single value for each         
  10271.    variate in question.  This relationship of one variate value per defined     
  10272.    geographic zone allows zones to be completely and uniformly coloured in      
  10273.    a map display.  See also Polygon and Variate.                                
  10274.                                                                                 
  10275. Zone Name - An alphanumeric designation attached to the various                 
  10276.    computerized data associated with a zone.  The zone name facilitates for     
  10277.    the processor the task of relating various data items to the proper          
  10278.    zones.                                                                       
  10279.  
  10280.                                                                      190
  10281.                      F. SYSTEM LIMITS                                     
  10282.                        =============
  10283.  
  10284. The OzGIS system has a standard set of limits to various maximum counts. These  
  10285. correspond to array sizes.                                                      
  10286.                                                                                 
  10287. The limited memory on the PC makes these limits quite small under DOS. When     
  10288. the WINDOWS version is available these limits should be much larger.            
  10289.                                                                                 
  10290.                                                                                 
  10291. The standard limits are:-                                                       
  10292.                                                                                 
  10293. 500   max no displayed zones+sites+lines                                        
  10294. 500   max no values in attribute file (zones,sites,lines)                       
  10295. 10    max no map regions                                                        
  10296. 10    max no quantised zone geog files                                          
  10297. 10    max no quantised site geog files                                          
  10298. 10    max no quantised line geog files                                          
  10299. 10    max no line overlays                                                      
  10300. 10    max no polygon underlays                                                  
  10301. 10    max no marker overlays                                                    
  10302. 10    max no name overlays                                                      
  10303. 20    max no test strings displayed                                             
  10304. 50    max no polygons in a zone                                                 
  10305. 499   max no segments in a polygon                                              
  10306. 100   max no segments in a line                                                 
  10307. 256   max no vertices in a segment                                              
  10308. 500   max no points in a fast display polygon                                   
  10309. 1000  max no zones per item in a combine file                                   
  10310. 256   max length of display system LUT                                          
  10311. 2000  max no vertices in foreign segments data file                             
  10312. 5000  max no zones that can be built from line segments                         
  10313.  
  10314.                                                                      191
  10315.                      G. TROUBLE-SHOOTING                                  
  10316.                        ================
  10317.  
  10318. Many of the Oz programs use most of available memory in the 640K. If you have   
  10319. other programs loaded they man not run. This will often show up as errors when  
  10320. opening files.                                                                  
  10321.                                                                                 
  10322. IO errors can be caused initially by not having buffers=20, files=20 set        
  10323. in config.sys. Another common cause is lack of disk space. Some processing      
  10324. uses a lot of disk space as scratch files.                                      
  10325.                                                                                 
  10326. If you have trouble displaying maps then you probably have not configured the   
  10327. system properly. If you are using a super VGA get the system working in standard
  10328. VGA mode first. Generally check the \ozgis\interact.ini file for the DISPLAY    
  10329. parameter for the monitor type (usually 10). Super VGA modes need the correct   
  10330. startup register values to be set. Edit the interact.ini file and throw away    
  10331. irrelevant parts.                                                               
  10332.                                                                                 
  10333. If you have trouble with the mouse in super VGA mode you may need the C         
  10334. parameter on the end of the mode command in the interact.ini file. Ensure that  
  10335. there are no comments following the C parameter. There have also been problems  
  10336. with incompatible mouse drivers; microsoft and Genius drivers are known to work.
  10337. The mouse driver must be called MOUSE.COM.                                      
  10338.                                                                                 
  10339. If you have trouble with menus reload the \ozgis\ozgis.men file. This file      
  10340. defines all the menus and actions and is constantly rewritten. A hardware error 
  10341. could corrupt the file.                                                         
  10342.                                                                                 
  10343. Check the osgis.out file after problems to see if there are any error messages. 
  10344.                                                                                 
  10345. GIS data (digitised data) are often incorrect. This can cause problems with     
  10346. polygon display e.g. if zone boundaries cross themselves, and during zone       
  10347. building. Your data supplier probably wont be of much help. Try windowing into  
  10348. the part of the map with problems to isolate it and use the debug option to     
  10349. print values. You will have to patch the data files with a word processor.      
  10350.                                                                                 
  10351. Rebooting the system while the OzGIS programs are running can cause "loss" of   
  10352. disk space. This can be recovered using CHKDSK.                                 
  10353.  
  10354.                                                                      192
  10355.                      H. REFERENCES                                        
  10356.                        ==========
  10357.  
  10358.                                                                                 
  10359. O'CALLAGHAN, J.F., SIMONS, L. and PALMER, J.A.B. (1980).  A prototype           
  10360. system for interactive colour mapping.  Proc. URPIS-8 (k. Davies (ed.)),        
  10361. Surfers Paradise, pp. 9.1-9.5.                                                  
  10362.                                                                                 
  10363. SIMONS, L., O'CALLAGHAN, J.F. and PAINE, T. (1982).  COLOURMAP - an             
  10364. interactive colour mapping workstation.  Proc. DECUS (Digital Equipment         
  10365. Computer Users Society), Melbourne, Vol. 10, pp.1501-1504.                      
  10366.                                                                                 
  10367. O'CALLAGHAN J.F., and SIMONS, L.W.J. (1983) COLOURMAP: An Interactive           
  10368. Colour Mapping System. Proc. First Australasian Conference on Computer          
  10369. Graphics, Sydney.                                                               
  10370.                                                                                 
  10371. O'CALLAGHAN J.F., and SIMONS, L.W.J. (1984).   Map Display Techniques for       
  10372. Interactive Colour Mapping.                                                     
  10373.                                                                                 
  10374. Henzell, O'Callaghan. A Sequential Line Simplification Algorithm based on       
  10375. Equivalent Height. CSIRONET Technical Report, May 1980                          
  10376.                                                                                 
  10377. Robertson, O'Callaghan. The Generation of Colour Sequences for Univariate and   
  10378. Bivariate Mapping. IEEE Computer Graphics and Applications, February 1986.      
  10379.                                                                                 
  10380. Gerald Evenden. Cartographic Projection Procedures for the UNIX Environment - A 
  10381. User's Manual. USGS open-file report 90-284.                                    
  10382.                                                                                 
  10383. TIGER/Line Census Files, 1990 Technical Documentation / prepared                
  10384. by the Bureau of the Census. Washington:  The Bureau, 1991.                     
  10385.                                                                                 
  10386. Atef A Elassal. General Cartographic Transformation Package (GCTP), Version ii  
  10387. NOAA Technical Report NOS 124 CGS 9                                             
  10388.                                                                                 
  10389. J Sibert, 'Continuous-colour Choropleth Maps', Geo-Processing, (1980)           
  10390. 207-216.                                                                        
  10391.                                                                                 
  10392. 'The Harvard Library of Computer Graphics Mapping Collection', Harvard          
  10393. University.                                                                     
  10394.                                                                                 
  10395. E Giamottic and P Puliafits, 'An Interactive Spatial Information System: A      
  10396. Tool for Regional Planning'; Proc IFIP 79.                                      
  10397.                                                                                 
  10398. J Dalton et al, 'Interactive Colour Map Displays of Domestic Information',      
  10399. Proc SIGGRAPH 79, Computer Graphics, Vol 13 No 2 ACM/SiGGRAPH.                  
  10400.                                                                                 
  10401. A Robinson et al, 'Elements of Cartography', Wiley 1978.                        
  10402.                                                                                 
  10403.                                                                                 
  10404. D Des Jardins, 'Multi-Level Statistical Maps in Graphic Communication',         
  10405. Proc NCGA, Anaheim 1982.                                                        
  10406.                                                                                 
  10407.  
  10408.                                                                      193
  10409.                      I. FUTURE PLANS                                      
  10410.                        ============
  10411.  
  10412. The OzGIS system is undergoing constant development.                            
  10413.                                                                                 
  10414. Current plans are for:                                                          
  10415.                                                                                 
  10416. Support for 1991 Australian Census data (the first data should be available in  
  10417. August 92)                                                                      
  10418.                                                                                 
  10419. Support for more data formats e.g. UK Census                                    
  10420.                                                                                 
  10421. Support for formats of other PC mapping systems.                                
  10422.                                                                                 
  10423. Development of a WINDOWS 3.1 version. The primary reason is to enable the       
  10424. system to use extended memory to overcome some of the limitations in the DOS    
  10425. version e.g. it may be possible to display maps of 20,000 zones and handle      
  10426. polygons of up to (say) 10,000 vertices.                                        
  10427.                                                                                 
  10428.                                                                                 
  10429. Various minor enhancements.                                                     
  10430.                                                                                 
  10431. Spatial operations (polygon overlay)                                            
  10432.                                                                                 
  10433. Digitising                                                                      
  10434.                                                                                 
  10435.  
  10436.                     CONTENTS
  10437.  
  10438.   1. OzGIS INTRODUCTION                                              4          
  10439.   1. 1 Programs                                                      4          
  10440.   1. 2 Concepts                                                      4          
  10441.   1. 3 Environment                                                   5          
  10442.   2. SUMMARY                                                         7          
  10443.   3. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION                                           10          
  10444.   3. 1 Introduction                                                 10          
  10445.   3. 2  DOS system files                                            10          
  10446.   3. 3  Standard EGA and VGA boards                                 11          
  10447.   3. 4  Super VGA boards                                            12          
  10448.   3. 5 Maths Coprocessor                                            13          
  10449.   3. 6 Extra RAM                                                    14          
  10450.   3. 7 Mouse                                                        14          
  10451.   3. 8 Hardcopy configuration                                       14          
  10452.   3. 9 Digitiser                                                    14          
  10453.   4. OzEnter DATA ENTRY                                             15          
  10454.   4. 1 Introduction                                                 15          
  10455.   4. 2 Example of data entry                                        16          
  10456.   4. 3 Demonstration Files                                          18          
  10457.   4. 4 Example geographic and attribute data                        18          
  10458.   4. 5 Example device files                                         19          
  10459.   4. 6 Marker data files                                            19          
  10460.   4. 7 Colour names data (no longer used)                           19          
  10461.   5. BASIC CHOROPLETH MAPPING EXAMPLE                               20          
  10462.   5. 1 OzCensus                                                     20          
  10463.   5. 2 Example Choropleth Map                                       20          
  10464.   5. 3 Summary                                                      23          
  10465.   6. INTERACTIVE USER INTERFACE TO OzGIS                            24          
  10466.   6. 1 Menus                                                        24          
  10467.   6. 1. 1 Menu format                                               24          
  10468.   6. 1. 2 Function keys                                             24          
  10469.   6. 1. 3 Stacking selections                                       25          
  10470.   6. 2 Questions                                                    25          
  10471.   6. 3 Commands                                                     26          
  10472.   6. 4 Graphic interaction                                          27          
  10473.   6. 5 Pop-up                                                       27          
  10474.   6. 6  Print file                                                  27          
  10475.   7. OzGIS FILES                                                    28          
  10476.   7. 1 File Origins                                                 28          
  10477.   7. 2 File types                                                   29          
  10478.   7. 3 File Names                                                   31          
  10479.   7. 4 Directories                                                  31          
  10480.   8. DEVICE FILES                                                   33          
  10481.   9. OzGIS MAP TYPES                                                36          
  10482.   9. 1 Map Types                                                    36          
  10483.   9. 2 Attribute maps                                               36          
  10484.   9. 2. 1 Bivariate zones map Example                               37          
  10485.   9. 2. 2 Zones & sites Example                                     37          
  10486.   9. 2. 3 Geographic (GIS) maps Example                             38          
  10487.   9. 2. 4 Diagrams Example                                          40          
  10488.   9. 3 Presentations                                                41          
  10489.   9. 4 Saved-display files                                          41          
  10490.   9. 5 Time Lapse Display (not available)                           41          
  10491.  10. ATTRIBUTE SELECTION                                            42          
  10492.  10. 1 Introduction                                                 42          
  10493.  10. 2 Sequentially                                                 42          
  10494.  
  10495.  10. 3 By number (position in file)                                 42          
  10496.  10. 4 By attribute description                                     42          
  10497.  10. 5 By arithmetic operation                                      42          
  10498.  10. 6 Zone/Site/Line names                                         43          
  10499.  11. QUANTISATION                                                   44          
  10500.  11. 1 Introduction                                                 44          
  10501.  11. 2 Quantisation Methods                                         45          
  10502.  11. 3 Quantisation Ranges                                          47          
  10503.  11. 4 Quantisation Lists                                           47          
  10504.  12. GEOGRAPHIC OVERLAYS                                            49          
  10505.  12. 1 Introduction                                                 49          
  10506.  12. 2 USA Census / TIGER Overlays Example                          50          
  10507.  13.  DISPLAY CONTROL & MAP DESIGN                                  52          
  10508.  13. 1 Introduction                                                 52          
  10509.  13. 2  Map Quantisation Legends                                    52          
  10510.  13. 3 Overlays (GIS) legends                                       54          
  10511.  13. 4 Other Legends                                                54          
  10512.  13. 5 Text                                                         54          
  10513.  13. 6 Attribute Diagrams                                           54          
  10514.  13. 7 Displayed Colours (removed)                                  55          
  10515.  14. MAP REGIONS                                                    57          
  10516.  14. 1 Introduction                                                 57          
  10517.  14. 2 Regions                                                      58          
  10518.  14. 3 Map List                                                     59          
  10519.  14. 4 Quantised Zones                                              60          
  10520.  14. 5 Quantised lines                                              60          
  10521.  14. 6 Quantised sites                                              60          
  10522.  14. 7 Line Overlays                                                61          
  10523.  14. 8 Polygon underlays                                            61          
  10524.  14. 9 Marker Overlays                                              61          
  10525.  14.10 Name Overlays                                                61          
  10526.  14.11 Map Modification                                             61          
  10527.  15.  MAP ANALYSIS                                                  62          
  10528.  15. 1 Introduction                                                 62          
  10529.  15. 2 Map Reports                                                  62          
  10530.  15. 3 Attribute Data Statistics                                    62          
  10531.  15. 4 Map Interrogation                                            63          
  10532.  16. OzData DATA PREPARATION                                        64          
  10533.  16. 1 Introduction                                                 64          
  10534.  16. 2 Attribute Files                                              64          
  10535.  16. 3 Geographic Files                                             65          
  10536.  16. 4  Names Files                                                 66          
  10537.  16. 5  Output to Data Files                                        66          
  10538.  16. 6 Palette Files (Removed from system)                          67          
  10539.  16. 7 Colour Names Files  (Removed from system)                    67          
  10540.  17. OzZone BUILDING ZONES FROM SEGMENTS                            68          
  10541.  17. 1 Use                                                          68          
  10542.  17. 2 Faulty Digitised Data                                        68          
  10543.  17. 3 Example                                                      69          
  10544.  18. MAP PROJECTIONS                                                70          
  10545.  18. 1 Introduction                                                 70          
  10546.  18. 2 Precision                                                    70          
  10547.  18. 3 Latitude / longitude                                         70          
  10548.  18. 4 Projections                                                  71          
  10549.  18. 5 Ellipsoids                                                   71          
  10550.  18. 6 Use                                                          72          
  10551.  18. 7 Example                                                      72          
  10552.  19. OzMap HARDCOPY MAP PRODUCTION                                  73          
  10553.  
  10554.  19. 1 Overview                                                     73          
  10555.  19. 2 Procedure                                                    74          
  10556.  19. 3 OzMap Device files                                           74          
  10557.  19. 4 VECTOR Program                                               75          
  10558.  19. 5 OzMap Example                                                78          
  10559.  19. 6 Fitting Maps on the Page                                     79          
  10560.  20. OzTerr TERRITORY DEFINITION                                    81          
  10561.  21. ADDRESS MATCHING / GEOCODING                                   83          
  10562.  21. 1 Introduction                                                 83          
  10563.  21. 2 Addresses                                                    83          
  10564.  21. 3 Data entry                                                   84          
  10565.  21. 4 Address Matching                                             84          
  10566.  21. 5 Matching Addresses                                           85          
  10567.  21. 6 Procedure                                                    85          
  10568.  21. 7 Data                                                         86          
  10569.  21. 8 Abbreviations parameter file                                 87          
  10570.  21. 9 Handling Errors                                              88          
  10571.  22. OzSpat SPATIAL OPERATIONS (being tested)                       89          
  10572.  22. 1 Operations                                                   89          
  10573.  22. 2 Feature codes                                                90          
  10574.  22. 3 Procedure                                                    90          
  10575.  23. OzDigit DIGITISING (being ported from VAX)                     92          
  10576.  23. 1 Introduction                                                 92          
  10577.  23. 2 Configuration                                                92          
  10578.  23. 3 Files                                                        92          
  10579.  23. 4 Preparation for Digitising                                   93          
  10580.  23. 5 Setting up the Menu                                          93          
  10581.  23. 6 Control points                                               95          
  10582.  23. 7 Digitising the Map                                           95          
  10583.  23. 8 Examining digitised data                                     97          
  10584.  23. 9 Giving Names and Feature codes                               97          
  10585.  23.10 Forming Polygons / checking                                  97          
  10586.  23.11 Editing Digitised Data                                       98          
  10587.  23.12 Variations                                                   98          
  10588.  24. OzCatch RETAIL SITE CATCHMENTS (NOT AVAILABLE YET)             99          
  10589.  24. 1 Introduction                                                 99          
  10590.  24. 2  SITE CATCHMENTS                                             99          
  10591.   A. DATA SOURCES                                                  102          
  10592.   A. 1 General                                                     102          
  10593.   A. 2 Australia                                                   102          
  10594.   A. 2. 1 Australian Bureau of Statistics                          102          
  10595.   A. 2. 2 AUSLIG data                                              103          
  10596.   A. 3 New Zealand                                                 103          
  10597.   A. 4 United Kingdom                                              104          
  10598.   A. 5 USA Census Data                                             104          
  10599.   A. 6 Canada                                                      104          
  10600.   A. 7 Others                                                      104          
  10601.   B. MAP DATA FORMATS                                              106          
  10602.   B. 1 Introduction                                                106          
  10603.   B. 2 OzGIS Data Formats                                          106          
  10604.   B. 3 Description of File Formats                                 107          
  10605.   B. 4 Format of attribute files                                   108          
  10606.   B. 4. 1 Preprocessing                                            108          
  10607.   B. 4. 2 OzGIS Standard Format                                    108          
  10608.   B. 4. 3 Sample attribute file DEMOATTR.DAT                       109          
  10609.   B. 4. 4 Simple Attribute format (tabular database format)        109          
  10610.   B. 4. 5 Sample simple attribute file DEMOSASA.DAT                109          
  10611.   B. 4. 6 Spreadsheet data formats                                 110          
  10612.  
  10613.   B. 4. 7 ATLAS Data files                                         110          
  10614.   B. 4. 8 LAMM format                                              111          
  10615.   B. 4. 9 Comma delimited format                                   112          
  10616.   B. 4.10 Other attribute data formats                             113          
  10617.   B. 5 Standard OzGIS formats for geographic files                 114          
  10618.   B. 5. 1 General Information                                      114          
  10619.   B. 5. 2 Structure of data                                        114          
  10620.   B. 5. 3 Internal Data                                            115          
  10621.   B. 5. 4 Comment Record                                           115          
  10622.   B. 5. 5 Map Partition                                            115          
  10623.   B. 5. 6 Zones Partition                                          116          
  10624.   B. 5. 7 Line Partition                                           116          
  10625.   B. 5. 8 Polygons Partition                                       117          
  10626.   B. 5. 9 Segments Partition                                       117          
  10627.   B. 5.10 Points Partitions                                        118          
  10628.   B. 5.11 Sample boundaries geographic file DEMOZSEG.DAT           119          
  10629.   B. 5.12 Sample segments file with adddresses DEMOADDR.DAT        120          
  10630.   B. 5.13 Sample lines geographic file DEMOLINES.DAT               122          
  10631.   B. 5.14 Sample points geographic file DEMOPOINT.DAT              122          
  10632.   B. 6 Format of polygon geographic files                          124          
  10633.   B. 6. 1 Standard (not implemented)                               124          
  10634.   B. 6. 2 SAS Format Zone Files                                    124          
  10635.   B. 6. 3 Simple Format (old SAS) Zone Files                       125          
  10636.   B. 6. 4 Sample simple zones data file DEMOSASG.DAT               126          
  10637.   B. 7 GIS / common geographic file formats                        127          
  10638.   B. 7. 1 DIME format                                              127          
  10639.   B. 7. 2 DLG optional 3 format                                    127          
  10640.   B. 7. 3 Gina format                                              129          
  10641.   B. 7. 4 ANSII standard                                           131          
  10642.   B. 7. 5 SIF format (not available)                               131          
  10643.   B. 7. 6 DXF format                                               132          
  10644.   B. 7. 7 ATLAS Export Format                                      133          
  10645.   B. 7. 8 MapInfo Data Interchange Format                          136          
  10646.   B. 8 Format of names files                                       138          
  10647.   B. 8. 1 Sample names file DEMOATTR.DAT                           138          
  10648.   B. 9 Format of colour names files (Removed from system)          138          
  10649.   B.10 Format of combine files                                     139          
  10650.   B.10. 1 Sample combine file DEMOCOMB.DAT                         139          
  10651.   B.11 Format of presentation files                                139          
  10652.   B.11. 1 Sample presentation file                                 140          
  10653.   B.12 Format of marker files                                      140          
  10654.   B.12. 1 Sample marker file SQUARE.DAT                            141          
  10655.   B.13 Format of device files                                      141          
  10656.   C. USA Census data                                               147          
  10657.   C. 1 Overview                                                    147          
  10658.   C. 2 Documentation                                               148          
  10659.   C. 3 OzGIS Processing of TIGER data                              148          
  10660.   C. 4 Processing STF1A data                                       150          
  10661.   C. 5 The STF1A parameter file                                    151          
  10662.   C. 6 Example                                                     151          
  10663.   C. 7 OzGIS Census Zone Names                                     160          
  10664.   C. 8 STF1A Census data                                           160          
  10665.   C. 9 STF1A Geographic areas                                      160          
  10666.   C. 9. 1 Blocks                                                   160          
  10667.   C. 9. 2 Block Groups                                             161          
  10668.   C. 9. 3 Census tract and block numbering area                    161          
  10669.   C. 9. 4 Census Tract                                             162          
  10670.   C. 9. 5 County                                                   162          
  10671.  
  10672.   C. 9. 6 Hierarchical Presentation                                163          
  10673.   C. 9. 7 Zip codes                                                163          
  10674.   C.10 The STF1A file                                              164          
  10675.   C.10. 1 File Segments                                            164          
  10676.   C.10. 2 Field Names In Numeric Data Tables                       165          
  10677.   C.11  TIGER US Census Digital Map Data                           165          
  10678.   C.12  TIGER files                                                165          
  10679.   C.13 TIGER Geographic Area Definitions                           167          
  10680.   C.14 TIGER feature codes                                         169          
  10681.   D. CONFIGURING OZGIS                                             175          
  10682.   D. 1 Configuring for a Super VGA                                 175          
  10683.   D. 2 Hardcopy configuration for  OzMap                           177          
  10684.   D. 3 Plotter setup                                               179          
  10685.   E. GLOSSARY OF TERMS                                             181          
  10686.   F. SYSTEM LIMITS                                                 190          
  10687.   G. TROUBLE-SHOOTING                                              191          
  10688.   H. REFERENCES                                                    192          
  10689.   I. FUTURE PLANS                                                  193          
  10690.